Spec Piping

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 408
At a glance
Powered by AI
The key takeaways are that the document discusses Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 4.0 spec-driven piping help topics. It places restrictions on copying and distributing the documentation without permission and includes information about spec-driven piping, piping systems, reports, and standards.

The document discusses help topics for spec-driven piping in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 4.0, including using spec-driven piping, design modes, routing, specifications, piping systems, reports, and standards.

The documentation places restrictions on copying, disclosing, modifying, reducing to electronic media, transmitting, or making the documentation publicly available without prior written consent from Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC). Unauthorized use can result in civil damages and criminal prosecution.

® ®

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 4.0

Spec-Driven Piping
Help Topic Collection

Parametric Technology Corporation


Copyright © 2008 Parametric Technology Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
User and training guides and related documentation from Parametric Technology
Corporation and its subsidiary companies (collectively “PTC”) is subject to the copyright laws
of the United States and other countries and is provided under a license agreement that
restricts copying, disclosure, and use of such documentation. PTC hereby grants to the
licensed software user the right to make copies in printed form of this documentation if
provided on software media, but only for internal/personal use and in accordance with the
license agreement under which the applicable software is licensed. Any copy made shall
include the PTC copyright notice and any other proprietary notice provided by PTC. Training
materials may not be copied without the express written consent of PTC. This documentation
may not be disclosed, transferred, modified, or reduced to any form, including electronic
media, or transmitted or made publicly available by any means without the prior written
consent of PTC and no authorization is granted to make copies for such purposes.
Information described herein is furnished for general information only, is subject to change
without notice, and should not be construed as a warranty or commitment by PTC. PTC
assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this
document.
The software described in this document is provided under written license agreement,
contains valuable trade secrets and proprietary information, and is protected by the
copyright laws of the United States and other countries. It may not be copied or distributed
in any form or medium, disclosed to third parties, or used in any manner not provided for in
the software licenses agreement except with written prior approval from PTC.
UNAUTHORIZED USE OF SOFTWARE OR ITS DOCUMENTATION CAN RESULT IN
CIVIL DAMAGES AND CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
For Important Copyright, Trademark, Patent, and Licensing Information: For
Windchill products, select About Windchill at the bottom of the product page. For
InterComm products, on the Help main page, click the link for Copyright 2007. For other
products, select Help > About on the main menu for the product.
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND
This document and the software described herein are Commercial Computer Documentation
and Software, pursuant to FAR 12.212(a)-(b) (OCT’95) or DFARS 227.7202-1(a) and
227.7202-3(a) (JUN’95), and are provided to the US Government under a limited commercial
license only. For procurements predating the above clauses, use, duplication, or disclosure by
the Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights
in Technical Data and Computer Software Clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 (OCT’88) or
Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights at FAR 52.227-19(c)(1)-(2) (JUN’87), as
applicable. 01012008
Parametric Technology Corporation, 140 Kendrick Street, Needham, MA 02494 USA
Table of Contents
Spec-Driven Piping ......................................................................................... 1

Using Spec-Driven Piping .............................................................................. 2

About Spec-Driven Piping and Piping Systems............................................... 2

Tailoring the Spec-Driven Piping Working Environment ................................ 2

About Design Modes in Spec-Driven Piping ................................................... 3

To Access the Spec-Driven Design Mode ...................................................... 3

About the Spec-Driven Piping User Interface................................................. 4

PIPING Menu (Spec-Driven) ....................................................................... 4

Piping System Tree ................................................................................... 5

About the Piping System Tree in Spec-Driven Piping ................................... 5

Viewing the Piping System Tree............................................................. 6

Pipeline Selection and Display Features .................................................. 6

Customizing the Spec-Driven Piping Piping System Tree ........................... 6

To Access the Piping System Tree in Spec-Driven Piping .............................. 6

To Select Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping ................................................... 6

To Display or Blank Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping..................................... 7

To Display Centerlines or Solids in Spec-Driven Piping ................................. 7

To Highlight Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping ............................................... 8

To Reorganize Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping ............................................ 8

To Modify the Column Display in Spec-Driven Piping ................................... 8

To Display the Piping System Tree from the Active Assembly ....................... 8

To Display the Pipeline Component View.................................................... 9

To Display the Piping Spool View .............................................................. 9

To Create or Delete Pipeline Labels from the Piping System Tree .................. 9

To Display or Hide Pipeline Labels............................................................. 9

To Create or Delete Pipe Solids from the Piping System Tree.......................10

To Display or Hide Pipe Solids .................................................................10

To Create or Delete Pipe Insulation Quilts .................................................10

To Display or Hide Pipe Insulation Quilts...................................................10

iii
Table of Contents

About Customizing the Piping System Tree in Spec-Driven Piping ................11

Configuring Spec-Driven Piping.....................................................................11

About Configuring Spec-Driven Piping .........................................................11

ISOGEN Configuration Options ................................................................11

To Set Spec-Driven Piping Configuration Options ..........................................12

Specifying Thumb Wheel Increments ..........................................................12

display_thick_insulation ............................................................................13

display_thick_pipes ..................................................................................13

isogen_attribute_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping) ...........................................13

isogen_endtype_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping) ............................................14

isogen_mandatory_attr_file (Spec-Driven Piping) .........................................14

isogen_nominal_size_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping) .....................................14

isogen_output_files_dir (Spec-Driven Piping) ...............................................14

isogen_pcf_filename_format (Spec-Driven Piping) ........................................14

isogen_symbol_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping) .............................................15

pipe_3D_bend_theor_int_pts (Spec-Driven Piping) .......................................15

pipe_extend_dim_scheme (Spec-Driven Piping) ...........................................15

pipe_solid_centerline (Spec-Driven Piping) ..................................................15

pipe_solid_label_format (Spec-Driven Piping) .............................................16

pipe_update_pre_20_int_pts (Spec-Driven Piping) .......................................16

pipeline_assembly_library_dir (Spec-Driven Piping) ......................................16

pipeline_assembly_name_format (Spec-Driven Piping)..................................16

pipeline_label_format (Spec-Driven Piping) .................................................17

pipeline_solid_start_part_name (Spec-Driven Piping)....................................17

pipeline_spool_label_format (Spec-Driven Piping) ........................................17

pipeline_start_assembly_name (Spec-Driven Piping) ....................................18

piping_wildfire_convert (Spec-Driven Piping) ...............................................18

piping_appearance_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping)........................................18

piping_bolt_nut_select_file (Spec-Driven Piping) ..........................................19

piping_design_method (Spec-Driven Piping) ................................................19

piping_enable_designate_report.................................................................19

iv
Table of Contents

piping_end_compatibility_file (Spec-Driven Piping) .......................................19

piping_fitt_angle_tolerance (Spec-Driven Piping)..........................................19

piping_fitt_category_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping) ......................................20

piping_fitt_library_dir (Spec-Driven Piping) .................................................20

piping_insulation_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping).............................................20

piping_joint_fitting_clearance (Spec-Driven Piping) ......................................20

piping_joint_fitting_offset (Spec-Driven Piping)............................................20

piping_manufacture_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping) ........................................21

piping_material_file (Spec-Driven Piping) ....................................................21

piping_mcat_dir (Spec-Driven Piping) .........................................................21

piping_mcat_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping) ...................................................21

piping_min_bolting_clearance (Spec-Driven Piping) ......................................21

piping_project_data_dir (Spec-Driven Piping) ..............................................22

piping_schematic_driven...........................................................................22

piping_schematic_xml_dir (Spec-Driven Piping) ...........................................22

piping_spec_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping)....................................................22

piping_system_tree_format (Spec-Driven Piping) .........................................22

piping_thumb_wheel_increment (Spec-Driven Piping) ...................................23

piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc (Spec-Driven Piping).....................................23

units_system_dic_file ...............................................................................24

About Setting Up Spec-Driven Piping .............................................................24

About Setting Up Spec-Driven Piping ..........................................................24

Piping Specification Database ....................................................................25

About the Specification Database in Spec-Driven Piping..............................25

How the Piping Specification Database Works .........................................25

Master Catalog Files...............................................................................26

About Master Catalog Files...................................................................26

To Modify Master Catalog Files .............................................................27

Piping Master Catalog Directory File ......................................................27

Example: Piping Master Catalog Directory File ........................................29

Pipe Master Catalog File ......................................................................31

v
Table of Contents

Example: Pipe Master Catalog File ........................................................31

Fitting Master Catalog File....................................................................32

Example: Fitting Master Catalog File......................................................33

Bolt Nut Selection File .........................................................................35

Example: Bolt Nut Selection File ...........................................................36

Bolt Nut Master Catalog File .................................................................38

Example: Bolt Nut Master Catalog File ...................................................38

Piping Material File..............................................................................39

Example: Piping Material File................................................................40

Pipe Outer Diameter File......................................................................40

Example: Pipe Outer Diameter File........................................................41

Pipe Thickness File..............................................................................42

Example: Pipe Thickness File................................................................42

Pipe Manufacture Directory File ............................................................43

Example: Pipe Manufacture Directory File ..............................................44

Bend File ...........................................................................................44

Example: Bend File .............................................................................45

Bending Spring Back and Elongation File................................................46

Example: Bending Spring Back and Elongation File..................................46

Bend Machine File...............................................................................47

Example: Bend Machine File.................................................................49

Miter File ...........................................................................................50

Example: Miter File .............................................................................50

End Compatibility File..........................................................................51

Example: End Compatibility File............................................................52

Insulation File ....................................................................................52

Example: Insulation File ......................................................................53

Tip: Pipe Insulation Definition...............................................................54

Appearance Map File ...........................................................................54

Combined Size Code File......................................................................54

Example: Combined Size Code File .......................................................55

vi
Table of Contents

Tip: Defining Size Codes ......................................................................56

Units System File................................................................................56

Example: Units System File..................................................................57

Project Data Files ..................................................................................57

About Project Data Files ......................................................................57

About Specification Directory Files ........................................................58

Example: Specification Directory File .....................................................60

To Create a Specification Directory File..................................................60

About Auto-Selection Files ...................................................................61

Example: Auto-Selection File................................................................63

To Create an Auto-Selection File ...........................................................70

To Create an Auto-Selection Pipe Record ...............................................70

To Create an Auto-Selection Fitting Record ............................................72

To Create an Auto-Selection Assembly Fitting Record ..............................75

Preview Fitting Graphics ......................................................................76

Size Tables ........................................................................................77

Format Keywords ...............................................................................79

About Insulation Directory Files ............................................................80

Example: Insulation Directory File.........................................................81

To Create an Insulation Directory File ....................................................81

To Modify Project Data Files .................................................................82

About the Fitting Category Map File.......................................................83

Example: Fitting Category Map File .......................................................85

To Map an Icon File.............................................................................85

Fitting Categories ...............................................................................86

Creating Fitting Category Icons ............................................................87

Fitting Library Files ................................................................................87

About Fitting Library Files ....................................................................87

To Set Up a Library Component ............................................................87

Fitting Library Creation........................................................................88

The ANSI Standard ........................................................................... 110

vii
Table of Contents

Update Model ........................................................................................ 122

About Update Model ............................................................................ 122

To Change and Update Colors ............................................................... 123

To Change and Update Corner Types ..................................................... 124

To Change and Update Material Codes ................................................... 125

To Change and Update Stock Number Formats ........................................ 126

To Change and Update Outside Diameters .............................................. 127

To Change and Update Wall Thickness ................................................... 128

To Change and Update Material Density ................................................. 128

To Change and Update Miter Parameters ................................................ 129

To Change and Update Bend Parameters ................................................ 130

To Change and Update Bend Machine Parameters .................................... 130

Tip: Updating Multiple Changes ............................................................. 131

Design Rule Parameters .......................................................................... 131

About Design Rule Parameters in Spec-Driven Piping ............................... 131

To Define Design Rule Parameters in Spec-Driven Piping .......................... 132

Bend Arc Threshold in Spec-Driven Piping............................................... 133

Example: Bend Arc Threshold in Spec-Driven Piping................................. 133

Design Rules Checking ......................................................................... 134

About Design Rules Checking ............................................................. 134

To Check for Design Rule Violations in Spec-Driven Piping...................... 134

Displaying Missing Fitting Violations .................................................... 136

Displaying Segment Violations............................................................ 136

Displaying Bend Violations ................................................................. 137

Displaying Branch Violations .............................................................. 137

Displaying Pipe Segment Overlap........................................................ 138

Checking Design Rules ...................................................................... 138

Bend Tables .......................................................................................... 143

About Bend Tables in Spec-Driven Piping................................................ 143

Bend Table Menu .............................................................................. 143

To Define a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping ......................................... 144

viii
Table of Contents

Defining Bend Tables in Spec-Driven Piping ............................................ 144

To Modify a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping ......................................... 145

To Delete a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping ......................................... 145

To Show a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping ........................................... 146

To Read a Bend Table to a Model in Spec-Driven Piping ............................ 146

To Write a Bend Table to a File in Spec-Driven Piping ............................... 146

Bend Table Data in Spec-Driven Piping ................................................... 146

Formula Equations in Spec-Driven Piping ................................................ 147

Formula Equation Rules ..................................................................... 147

Conversion Equations in Spec-Driven Piping ............................................ 148

Conversion Equation Variables............................................................ 148

Conversion Equation Rules................................................................. 148

To Assign a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping ......................................... 149

Setting Display Options........................................................................... 149

About Setting Pipeline Display Options ................................................... 149

To Set Pipeline Display Options ............................................................. 150

Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies ................................................................... 151

About Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies ....................................................... 151

To Make a Spec-Driven Piping Assembly Active .......................................... 151

To Display Piping Information .................................................................. 151

About Converting Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies ....................................... 151

Assembly Conversion Processes ............................................................ 152

To Convert Non Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies in Spec-Driven Piping ........... 153

To Convert Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies in Spec-Driven Piping.................. 154

Converting Piping Assemblies to Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Format ................... 155

About Using External Simplified Representations in Spec-Driven Piping ......... 155

Example: Workflow for Creating an External Simplified Representation.......... 156

Spec-Driven Pipelines ................................................................................ 156

About Spec-Driven Pipelines .................................................................... 156

To Create a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping................................................. 157

To Delete a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping ................................................. 159

ix
Table of Contents

To Rename a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping............................................... 159

Specification-Driven Pipeline Merging........................................................ 159

About Merging Pipelines ....................................................................... 159

To Merge Pipelines............................................................................... 160

Workflow for Creating a New Pipeline by Merging Pipelines........................ 161

Workflow for Merging Pipelines.............................................................. 162

Selecting End Components ................................................................... 163

Considerations for Merging Pipelines ...................................................... 163

Specification Break................................................................................. 164

About Specification Break ..................................................................... 164

To Insert a Specification Break .............................................................. 164

Example: Inserting a Specification Break ................................................ 165

Suppressing Pipelines ............................................................................. 166

To Suppress a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping .......................................... 166

To Resume a Suppressed Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping ........................... 166

Piping Layers ......................................................................................... 166

About Piping Layers in Spec-Driven Piping .............................................. 166

To View Piping Layers in Spec-Driven Piping ........................................... 167

Spec-Driven Pipeline Routing...................................................................... 167

About Pipeline Routing in Spec-Driven Piping ............................................. 167

About Setting a Start Point ...................................................................... 167

Route Pipe Menu .................................................................................... 168

To Set a Start Point ................................................................................ 169

To Route a Pipe in Spec-Driven Mode........................................................ 169

To Route a Pipeline by Referencing a Pipe Edge.......................................... 170

Reference Edges for Routing .................................................................... 171

Associativity Between the Routed Pipeline and the Reference Pipeline ........... 172

About the Routing Environment ............................................................... 174

To Set the Display of Routing Environment Information............................... 175

Routing Flexible Hoses ............................................................................ 175

About Routing Flexible Hoses in Spec-Driven Piping ................................. 175

x
Table of Contents

To Enable Routing of Flexible Hoses in Spec-Driven Piping ........................ 175

To Use the PIPE ENV Menu ................................................................... 176

Specification-Driven Routing with Extend .................................................. 176

About Spec-Driven Routing with Extend ................................................. 176

To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Reference ........................................... 177

To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Axis Reference .................................... 178

To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing an Edge, Axis, or Segment................. 179

To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing a Plane or a Point ............................. 181

Routing with Equipment Nozzles............................................................... 182

About Equipment Nozzles ..................................................................... 182

To Route a Pipeline from an Equipment Nozzle ........................................ 183

To Route from a Port ........................................................................... 183

To Route to a Port ............................................................................... 183

Checking Pipe and Port Sizes ................................................................ 184

Spec-Driven Routing with Follow .............................................................. 184

About Spec-Driven Routing with Follow .................................................. 184

To Route a Pipeline with Follow ............................................................. 184

To Redefine Pipe Follow References ....................................................... 184

Branch Routing ...................................................................................... 185

About Branch Routing .......................................................................... 185

To Set a Branch Start Point................................................................... 185

To Route a Branch to a Pipeline ............................................................. 186

About Stub-in Branches........................................................................ 188

Considerations for Creating a Point on a Pipe Segment From Either End...... 188

Points on a Segment .............................................................................. 188

About Adding Points to Existing Routing ................................................. 188

To Add Dynamic Points to Existing Routing ............................................. 188

To Add Static Points to Existing Routing ................................................. 189

Spec-Driven Pipeline Insertion and Modification.......................................... 190

About Inserting and Modifying a Pipeline in Another Pipeline ..................... 190

To Insert and Modify a Pipeline in Another Pipeline .................................. 190

xi
Table of Contents

Selecting Pipeline Bounds ..................................................................... 192

Selecting the First Segment .................................................................. 194

Propagating the Inserted From Pipeline in the To Pipeline Assembly ........... 194

Spec-Driven Piping Flow Direction ............................................................ 195

About Flow Direction in Spec-Driven Piping ............................................. 195

To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Branch Series ................... 196

Default Flow Direction Determination Rules............................................. 196

Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Branch Series................. 197

To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Loop Series ...................... 197

Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Loop Series.................... 198

To Display the Flow Direction of a Pipeline .............................................. 198

Displaying or Hiding the Flow Direction of a Pipeline................................. 198

Example: Displaying the Flow Direction of a Specified Pipeline Series ......... 199

Flow Direction Violations ...................................................................... 199

Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments ................................................ 200

About Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments .................................... 200

To Suppress and Resume Pipe Segments................................................ 200

Example: Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments ............................... 201

Spec-Driven Fitting Insertion ...................................................................... 203

About Spec-Driven Fitting Insertion .......................................................... 203

To Insert Fittings ................................................................................... 204

About Specification Override during Fitting Insertion ................................... 208

Example: Overriding Specifications during Fitting Insertion .......................... 209

About Bolt and Nut Bulk Items ................................................................. 209

Parameters......................................................................................... 209

Relation ............................................................................................. 210

Family Table ....................................................................................... 210

About Inserting Bolts and Nuts Automatically............................................. 210

About Inserting Fittings at Free Ports ........................................................ 210

To Insert Fittings at Free Ports................................................................. 211

About Branch Fittings ............................................................................. 211

xii
Table of Contents

About No-break Fittings .......................................................................... 211

Inserting Elbows .................................................................................... 212

About Inserting Trimmed Elbows ........................................................... 212

To Convert Elbows to Trimmed Elbows ................................................... 212

To Insert a Trimmed Elbow by Specifying a Selection Name ...................... 212

To Insert a Trimmed Elbow by Selecting the Nearest Standard Elbow ......... 213

To Insert Elbows at all Corners with Trim................................................ 214

To Insert Elbows at All Corners without Trim ........................................... 214

To Insert Elbows at Pipe Ends ............................................................... 215

Example: Inserting Elbows at Pipe Ends ................................................. 216

To Insert Elbow Fittings at all Corners by Specifying a Selection Name ....... 216

Inserting Group Fittings .......................................................................... 216

About Inserting Group Fittings .............................................................. 216

To Insert Group Fittings ....................................................................... 217

Example: Overriding Specifications during Group Fitting Insertion.............. 221

Key Fitting.......................................................................................... 221

Group Fitting Rules .............................................................................. 222

End Type Compatibility Checking ........................................................... 222

Modifying Fittings ................................................................................... 222

About Modifying Fittings in Spec-Driven Piping ........................................ 222

To Delete Fittings ................................................................................ 223

To Delete Group Fittings....................................................................... 223

Example: Deleting Group Fittings .......................................................... 224

To Redefine Spec-Driven Fittings ........................................................... 225

About Specification Override during Fitting Replacement........................... 226

To Replace Fittings .............................................................................. 226

Tip: Modifying and Deleting Valve Numbers ............................................ 227

Fitting Overlap Checking ...................................................................... 227

Spec-Driven Pipeline Modification ................................................................ 228

About Pipeline Modification ...................................................................... 228

To Modify Pipe Segments ........................................................................ 229

xiii
Table of Contents

To Modify a Corner Type ......................................................................... 229

Tip: Modifying Corner Types .................................................................... 230

Tip: Changing the Bend Radius of a Pipeline .............................................. 230

To Modify the Bend Parameters................................................................ 231

To Reverse Flow Direction ....................................................................... 232

Flow Direction Violations ......................................................................... 232

To Modify the Line Shape of a Flexible Hose............................................... 233

To Edit a Pipeline ................................................................................... 233

To Replace a Bend with an Elbow ............................................................. 234

Spec-Driven Pipe Fabrication ...................................................................... 234

About Fabricating Pipes........................................................................... 234

Cutting Pipe Pieces ................................................................................. 235

About Cutting Pipe Pieces ..................................................................... 235

To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using Placement.............................. 235

To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Plane Reference ................... 236

To Cut Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Pipe Reference........................ 237

To Cut Pipe at a Single Location Using a Fitting Port Reference .................. 238

Selecting the Reference Fitting Port ....................................................... 240

Changing the Selected Reference Fitting Port ....................................... 241

Relocating the Selected Reference Fitting Port ...................................... 241

To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations Based on Pipe Stock or


User-Specified Length .......................................................................... 242

To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations with Automatic Joint Fitting Insertion ....... 242

To Cut Parallel Pipes at Locations Identical to the Reference Pipe Run......... 243

To Cut Parallel Pipes at Specified Interval Length..................................... 244

Tip: Selecting a Reference Pipe Run for Cutting Parallel Pipes .................... 245

Example: Parallel Pipe Piece Cutting ...................................................... 246

Checking the Clearance between the Pipe Cuts with Flanged Fittings .......... 247

Staggering of Cuts With Joint Fitting ................................................... 248

Assigning FLANGE_OD as a Dimension or Part Parameter ......................... 249

To Cut Pipes Associated With a Block ..................................................... 249

xiv
Table of Contents

Example: Block Boundary Based Pipe Piece Cutting.................................. 250

Using Joint Fittings .............................................................................. 253

For Parallel Pipe Cuts ........................................................................ 253

For Pipe Cuts at Block Boundary Intersection........................................ 254

Assigning a Weld Type ......................................................................... 254

To Delete a Pipe Piece Cut .................................................................... 254

Generating Pipe Spools ........................................................................... 255

About Spool Generation ....................................................................... 255

To Create a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment ........................ 255

To Modify a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment ........................ 256

To Delete a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment ........................ 257

About Simplified Spool Representation ................................................... 257

To Display a Simplified Spool ................................................................ 258

Pipe Insulation....................................................................................... 258

About Pipeline Insulation in Spec-Driven Piping ....................................... 258

To Assign Insulation during Pipeline Creation in Spec-Driven Piping............ 258

To Modify Insulation Assigned to a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping .............. 259

To Delete Insulation in Spec-Driven Piping.............................................. 260

Using the Model Tree to Delete Insulation ............................................ 260

To Report Insulation Information in Spec-Driven Piping ............................ 261

About Assigning Insulation to Part of a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping......... 261

To Assign Insulation to Part of a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping.................. 261

To Redefine Insulation Assigned to a Part of a Pipeline in


Spec-Driven Piping .............................................................................. 263

Using the Model Tree to Redefine Insulation ......................................... 264

Creating Pipe Solids................................................................................ 265

About Pipe Solids ................................................................................ 265

To Create or Erase a Pipe Solid ............................................................. 266

Example: Creating Pipe Solids and Insulation Quilts ................................. 267

Using the Piping System Tree to Create and Erase Pipe Solids ................ 268

Displaying Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation ............................................... 269

xv
Table of Contents

About Displaying Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation.................................... 269

To Set the Display of Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation .............................. 271

About Pairs Clearance Analysis for Pipelines ............................................ 271

To Set Thick Pipe and Thick Insulation Display in Drawings ....................... 271

Creating Weld Parameters ....................................................................... 272

About Welds ....................................................................................... 272

To Set Weld Parameters ....................................................................... 272

To Delete Weld Parameters................................................................... 273

Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling ............................................................ 273

About Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling................................................. 273

About Routed Systems Designer Component Properties in


Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling.......................................................... 273

Pipelines ............................................................................................ 273

Equipment and Nozzles ........................................................................ 274

Fittings .............................................................................................. 274

Branches............................................................................................ 275

About Designating Schematic Information ................................................. 275

To Designate Schematic Information......................................................... 275

Designating Equipment, Nozzles, Fittings, and Branches.............................. 277

About Routing a Pipeline Using Schematic Information ................................ 277

About Inserting a Fitting Using Schematic Information ................................ 278

About Replacing a Fitting Using Schematic Information ............................... 278

Spec-Driven Pipe Drawing .......................................................................... 279

About Pipe Drawings in Spec-Driven Piping ................................................ 279

About Drawing Setup Options in Piping ..................................................... 279

Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) ................................................... 280

About Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) in Spec-Driven Piping ........ 280

To Generate an Isometric Drawing in Spec-Driven Piping .......................... 280

Component Material Description in Spec-Driven Piping ............................. 283

Creating Pipe Component Information in Spec-Driven Piping ..................... 283

Example: ISOGEN Identifiers on a Component (Spec-Driven Piping)........... 286

xvi
Table of Contents

ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) ...................................... 286

Example: ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) ........................ 288

ISOGEN Symbol Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) ........................................ 292

Default Symbol Mapping .................................................................... 293

Symbol Key Selection........................................................................ 294

Example: ISOGEN Symbol Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) .......................... 294

Bolt Information in PCF Files ................................................................. 295

ISOGEN Endtype Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) ....................................... 297

Default End Type Mapping ................................................................. 297

Example: ISOGEN Endtype Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) ......................... 297

Weld Information in PCF Files................................................................ 298

Example: Weld Components in a PCF File ............................................... 298

ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) ................................ 300

Default Nominal Size Mapping ............................................................ 301

Example: ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File (Spec-Driven Piping) .................. 301

ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File (Spec-Driven Piping) ............................. 305

Example: ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File (Spec-Driven Piping) ............... 305

ISOGEN Error Log File (Spec-Driven Piping) ............................................ 306

Example: ISOGEN Error Log File (Spec-Driven Piping) .............................. 306

Installation Drawing Generation ............................................................... 307

About Installation Drawing Generation ................................................... 307

Example: Piping Installation Drawing ..................................................... 308

To Specify Display Style for Pipe Segments............................................. 308

Pipe Display Style................................................................................ 309

To Select a Slope Symbol for Pipe Segments ........................................... 311

Pipe Slope Symbol............................................................................... 312

To Annotate Installation Drawing........................................................... 313

Attribute and Parameter Specification File............................................... 316

User Object Type .............................................................................. 316

Attribute and Parameter Names.......................................................... 317

Factor ............................................................................................. 317

xvii
Table of Contents

Format ............................................................................................ 317

Style............................................................................................... 319

Layer .............................................................................................. 319

Example: Attribute and Parameter Specification File................................. 319

AEC Object Type File............................................................................ 320

User Object Type .............................................................................. 320

AEC Object Type............................................................................... 320

Example: AEC Object Type File.............................................................. 320

Pipe Spool Drawing Generation ................................................................ 321

About Pipe Spool Drawing Generation .................................................... 321

Process Flow of Pipe Spool drawing Generation........................................ 322

Using Pro/ENGINEER......................................................................... 322

Using ISOGEN .................................................................................. 323

ISOGEN Data Control Files.................................................................... 323

About ISOGEN Data Control Files ........................................................ 323

Option Switches File.......................................................................... 324

Alternative Text File .......................................................................... 324

Position Text File .............................................................................. 325

Drawing Definition File ...................................................................... 325

Drawing Frame File ........................................................................... 325

ISOGEN File ..................................................................................... 325

Displaying Bending Data ...................................................................... 326

About Bending Data .......................................................................... 326

About the Node Number .................................................................... 326

About the Bending Point .................................................................... 327

About Bending Spring Back ................................................................ 330

About Bending Elongation .................................................................. 331

About Pipe Cutting Length ................................................................. 332

About the Bending Angle ................................................................... 333

About the Bend Radius ...................................................................... 333

About Bending Rotation Angle ............................................................ 334

xviii
Table of Contents

About the Flange Twist Angle ............................................................. 334

About the Flange Angle ..................................................................... 336

Spec-Driven Pipeline Reporting ................................................................... 339

About Pipeline Reporting in Specification-Driven Piping ............................... 339

To Create Pipeline Reports in Spec-Driven Piping........................................ 340

To Generate a Bend Location Table........................................................... 341

To Generate a Bend Machine Table ........................................................... 341

Reporting the Weight and COG Information for Pipe Segments ..................... 342

Example: Pipe Segment Report ................................................................ 342

Example: Fitting Report .......................................................................... 343

Example: Insulation Report ..................................................................... 345

Example: Bill of Materials ........................................................................ 346

Spec-Driven Designatable Pipe Reporting .................................................. 349

About Designating Pipeline Reports........................................................ 349

To Generate Designatable Reports ......................................................... 349

About Bend Location Information........................................................... 350

Example: Bend Location Report............................................................. 350

About Bend Machine Information ........................................................... 351

Example: Bend Machine Report ............................................................. 352

About Holes Information....................................................................... 352

Example: Holes Report......................................................................... 353

About Clocking Angle Information.......................................................... 353

Example: Clocking Angle Report ............................................................ 354

Example: Clocking Angle ...................................................................... 354

Accessing Clocking Angle as a System Parameter .................................... 355

About Using Show Report Setup ............................................................ 355

To Use the Show Report Setup Information............................................. 356

About Output FIF................................................................................. 356

To Generate an FIF File ........................................................................ 356

Accessing the Designated Report Parameters in a Drawing........................ 357

Pipeline Network Report .......................................................................... 357

xix
Table of Contents

About the Pipeline Network Report......................................................... 357

Example: Pipeline Network Report -1 ..................................................... 358

Errors in the Pipeline Network Report ..................................................... 364

To Change the Pipeline Network Report Format ....................................... 366

Example: Pipeline Network Report with Changed Format .......................... 367

Reporting the Bolt and Nut Quantity for Fittings....................................... 370

Schematic Consistency Check Report ........................................................ 373

About the Schematic Consistency Check Report....................................... 373

To Create a Schematic Consistency Check Report .................................... 373

Schematic Consistency Check Report ..................................................... 374

Example: Schematic Consistency Check ................................................. 376

Glossary .................................................................................................. 382

Glossary for Specification-Driven Piping .................................................... 382

Index ......................................................................................................... 385

xx
Spec-Driven Piping

Spec-Driven Piping Overview


The Spec-Driven Piping Help describes the procedure of creating Pro/ENGINEER Spec-Driven
Piping Assemblies. It offers information about working with spec-driven piping assemblies and
managing spec-driven piping projects. Refer to these help topics for information on using the
Spec-Driven Piping environment, tools, and techniques. For a detailed overview, skim the Help
contents.

Tasks for Spec-Driven Piping

Setting up Spec-Driven Piping Creating Piping Drawings

Using the Piping Specification Database Creating Piping Drawings


Using Design Rule Parameters Generating Isometric Drawings (ISOGEN)
Creating Bend Tables Generating Installation Drawings
Setting Display Options Generating Pipe Spool Drawings

Assembling Pipelines Reporting Information

Configuring Pipelines Creating Reports


Creating Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies Designating Pipeline Reports
Routing Pipelines Creating Pipeline Network Reports
Inserting Fittings Checking Schematic Consistency
Modifying Pipelines
Fabricating Pipes
Modeling Pipelines

1
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Using Spec-Driven Piping

About Spec-Driven Piping and Piping Systems


Spec-Driven Piping is an optional Pro/ENGINEER module on the Applications menu
after you create or open an assembly. Spec-Driven Piping enables you to generate
3D piping systems in Pro/ENGINEER assemblies. You can create piping systems in
either the spec-driven or non spec-driven piping design modes. Creating a piping
system involves establishing pipeline parameters, routing lines, and inserting fittings.
A piping system typically consists of pipelines, fittings, and equipment.
• A pipeline is composed of pipe segments and fittings. A segment of line may
consist of one or more consecutive sections, straight pieces of pipe with bends or
miter cuts or a section of flexible tube between breaks. The system creates a
break whenever you create a fitted corner or insert an internal fitting in the
pipeline.

• A fitting is a part or assembly that you use to connect lines to other lines, fittings,
and equipment, or to perform specific functions in the piping system (for
example, flow valves).

• Equipment in the working assembly (for example, a coil or a tank) is represented


by assembly components with predefined entry ports.

Tailoring the Spec-Driven Piping Working Environment


You can tailor your Spec-Driven Piping work environment to your specific needs
using various tools:
• Using simplified representations, you can create a special version of a piping
assembly that includes only those components that you need to route a pipeline.

Using simplified representations can improve regeneration, retrieval, and display


time, which allows you to work more efficiently. Simplified representations
simplify a view by controlling which members of an assembly the system
retrieves into a session and shows.

The By Rule functionality enables you to exclude piping solids and fittings from a
simplified representation by assigning a parameter and then excluding all
components that have a particular value for that parameter.

Although you cannot exclude assembly features, you can easily place all piping
features on a layer by type.

• Using top-down design tools, you can set up a well-structured design using
advanced component creation tools containing skeleton models and copied
geometric and datum references.

• Using reference control and investigation tools, you can view and manage the
complex web of dependencies (references) that evolve as you make features in a
design.

2
Spec-Driven Piping

• Using viewing and environment control settings, you can set different
visualization (display) modes for components in an assembly. You can assign
wire frame, hidden line, no hidden line, shaded or blanked display modes to
components.

• The Piping System Tree provides an intuitive pipeline-level visual representation


of a piping project. You can use show/blank and centerline/solid display modes,
and also highlight pipelines. These display modes are accessed from this fully
customizable piping interface.

About Design Modes in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to create complex piping systems based on the piping
design mode you choose. You set the piping design mode by setting the
piping_design_method configuration option. The following design modes are
available:
• Non Spec-Driven—Creates piping systems using manual tasks. All line stocks
must be manually created and associated to a routed pipeline. All fittings must
also be manually inserted. The Non-Spec-Driven piping design mode does not
use project-specific data during pipe modeling. Furthermore, this design mode
does not support design compatibility checks such as size mismatch detection,
end type mismatch, and so on.

• Spec-Driven—Creates piping systems based on the piping design method


practiced by the Plant, Shipbuilding, and Aerospace design industries. Spec-
Driven Piping creates spec-driven piping systems using piping specifications and
automated modeling tasks. These tasks use archived piping data and project-
specific data from the Specification Database. Spec-Driven Piping creates all line
stocks on-the-fly and automatically associates them to the appropriate pipelines.
All fittings are selected automatically during fitting insertion. The Spec-Driven
piping design mode supports intelligent design rule checking during modeling.
Note that you must set up the Specification Database Project Data files to model
spec-driven piping systems.

• User-Driven—Enables you to switch between Non Spec-Driven and Spec-Driven


piping modes and convert your piping assemblies at any time in the design
process. Select or clear the Spec Driven check box on the PIPING menu to
control the project piping design mode and convert piping assemblies to the
selected mode.

To Access the Spec-Driven Design Mode


1. Configure Spec-Driven Piping for the Spec-Driven or User-Driven piping design
modes.

2. Create or open a piping assembly.

3. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears. If you are using the
User-Driven mode, select the Spec Driven check box on the PIPING menu.

You can use the PIPING menu to design your spec-driven piping system.

3
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

About the Spec-Driven Piping User Interface


The Spec-Driven Piping user interface contains the following elements that increase
usability and decrease mouse picks:
• The PIPING menu groups all necessary tools as menu commands in one
convenient location. These commands open dialog boxes or submenus for
intuitive step-by-step piping assembly creation.

• Spec-Driven Piping dialog boxes contain:

o Expandable/collapsible sections that are indicated by a triangle. When you


click the triangle, a section expands or collapses.

o Bands that separate major groupings within a dialog box.

o Sets of related functions. For example, fitting placement, positioning


parameters, alignment point, flip, and rotation angle are all available
through the Insert Fitting dialog box for Spec-Driven piping systems.

o Dynamic options that update as you make selections.

o Easy-to-use buttons, text and list boxes, and thumb wheels.

o A fitting preview window allows for immediate inspection and confirmation


of fitting selections.

• The Piping System Tree provides an intuitive pipeline-level visual representation


of a piping project. You can use the show/blank, or centerline/solid display
modes, and highlight pipelines. These display modes are accessed from this
customizable piping interface.

• The View tab in the Piping System Tree allows you to change views.

PIPING Menu (Spec-Driven)


The PIPING menu contains the following Spec-Driven Piping commands:
• Active Asm—Opens the SELECT dialog box that allows you to change the
current active assembly. Select the active assembly from either the Model Tree,
Piping System Tree, or the working window. The name of the currently active
assembly appears in the graphics window.

• Component—Opens the COMPONENT menu that allows you to manipulate


assembly components.

• Pipeline—Opens the OPER PIPE LINE menu on which you can create and
immediately route a new pipeline or delete, rename, suppress, or resume
existing pipelines.

• Route—Opens the ROUTE PIPE menu on which you can add to or edit the path
of an existing pipeline assembly.

• Fitting—Opens the FITTING menu on which you can insert, delete, redefine, or
replace pipe fittings.

4
Spec-Driven Piping

• Modify Pipe—Opens the Modify Pipeline dialog box in which you can modify
several piping options in the active assembly.

• Modify Dim—Opens the MODIFY menu on which you can modify the active
assembly component dimensions.

• Regenerate—Opens the PRT TO REGEN menu on which you can update


modified objects and assembly dimensions.

• Fabrication—Opens the FABRICATION menu on which you can cut pipes,


delete cuts, generate spools, create pipe solids, create insulation, and delete
insulation.

• Designation—Opens the Pipeline Designation dialog box using which you can
designate pipeline information that is used for the schematic driven pipeline
modeling.

• Drawing—Opens the Generate Isometric dialog box using which you can
generate PCF files.

• Set Up—Opens the PIPE SETUP menu on which you can set up how Spec-
Driven Piping creates piping systems.

• Info—Opens the Report Pipeline dialog box in which you can retrieve piping
system information.

Piping System Tree

About the Piping System Tree in Spec-Driven Piping


The Piping System Tree allows you to control how the pipeline is displayed. This tree-
based interface organizes all pipelines in the active assembly and its subassemblies
by piping system (categories) and orders pipelines according to their names. The
ability to include all subassemblies in the Piping System Tree streamlines the pipeline
display process. This ability is especially important if you create pipelines based on
the "one pipeline per assembly" modeling method.
Note: The sequence of display of the components is based on the direction of flow of
the network.
The Piping System Tree does the following:
• Displays all pipelines in the top-level assembly and its subassemblies.

• Organizes pipelines in a collapsible or expandable hierarchy according to the


value assigned to the piping_system_tree_format configuration option. The
pipelines are grouped according to the mnemonic, by default. This organization of
pipelines provides a clear and intuitive visual representation of the piping project
and allows immediate piping system recognition and pipeline selection. For
example, you can group and display all water pipes or all specification 12A
pipelines.

• Allows for efficient pipeline selection. You can quickly select pipelines and perform
the required tasks.

5
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: Unlike the Pro/ENGINEER Model Tree, you cannot use the Piping System
Tree to sequentially reorder the pipelines and assembly components.

Viewing the Piping System Tree

Click on the top menu bar to switch between the standard Model Tree and the
Piping System Tree with pipeline view.
Note: You can switch to the standard Model Tree from the pipeline view or spool
view by clearing View > Pipeline View or View > Spool View, respectively.

Pipeline Selection and Display Features


The Piping System Tree provides the following dynamic pipeline selection and display
options:
• Pipeline—Displays or hides a pipeline.

• Label—Creates, deletes, displays, or hides a pipeline label.

• Solid—Creates, deletes, displays, or hides a pipe solid.

• Insulation—Creates, deletes, displays, or hides pipe insulation.

• Flow—Displays and allows the reversal of the flow direction of the pipeline or
pipe segment nodes.

• Fittings—Displays break and no-break fittings on the pipeline.

Customizing the Spec-Driven Piping Piping System Tree


The Piping System Tree is fully customizable. You can reorganize pipelines in multiple
ways by setting the piping_system_tree_format configuration option. You can also
open a separate Piping System Tree window.

To Access the Piping System Tree in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Open or create a Spec-Driven Piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The Piping System Tree opens. From the Piping
System Tree, you can select pipelines and display modes. Click View > Pipeline
View or View > Spool View to switch between the pipeline view and the spool
view.

Note: The sequence of the components displayed is based on the direction of


flow of the network.

To Select Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

6
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Select one of the following:

o PIPING SYSTEM TREE—Selects all pipelines in the top level assembly


including those in the subassemblies.

o Piping System (Category)—Selects all pipelines in the piping system. For


example, if a piping system is configured for MNEMONIC and you select
WATER, all water pipelines in the top level assembly are selected.

o Pipeline—Selects one pipeline.

You can also select individual pipelines in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics


window.

To Display or Blank Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Pipeline > Show from the menu to display the pipeline in the graphics
window, or click Pipeline > Hide to hide the pipeline in the graphics window.

To Display Centerlines or Solids in Spec-Driven Piping

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines and right-click. A shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Solid > Show to display pipe centerlines for the selections. The selected
pipelines appear in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

Note: The Piping System Tree centerline or the solid display mode differs from the
centerline and solid display capabilities in Set Display and the mode set by the
pipe_solid_centerline configuration option in the following ways:
o The Piping System Tree centerline or the solid display mode allows you to
select one or more pipelines in the active assembly, including
subassemblies. You can display the selected pipeline with a pipe solid or
centerline.

Note: If you are creating pipelines based on the "one pipeline per
assembly" modeling method, it is recommended that you use this centerline
or solid display mode.

o The Set Display centerline or solid display mode (PIPING > Set Up > Set
Display) enables you to select pipelines in both the active assembly, as
well as the subassemblies. You can display the selected pipeline with a pipe
solid or centerline.

7
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

o The mode set by the pipe_solid_centerline configuration option


indicates the center of the pipe solid geometry with a line. This is a global
setting for all pipelines.

To Highlight Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click Show > Highlight Model.

2. Select pipelines from Piping System Tree. The selected pipelines are highlighted
in the Piping System Tree and in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

3. Repeat this process to turn off the Highlight Model display mode.

To Reorganize Pipelines in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click Tools > Options. The Options dialog box opens.

2. In the Option box, type the piping_system_tree_format configuration option.

3. In the Value box, type one or any combination of the following values along with
any ASCII characters (default is MNEMONIC):

o SIZE

o SPECIFICATION

o MNEMONIC

o NUMBER

o INSULATION

As an example, the MNEMONIC-SPECIFICATION combination groups all pipelines


according to fluid carried and piping specification.

To Modify the Column Display in Spec-Driven Piping

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Click Settings > Tree Columns. The Model Tree Columns dialog box opens.

3. Under Not Displayed, select the items you want to display and click . The
selected items now appear under Displayed.

4. Click OK. The selected items and their respective values are displayed in the
columns of the Piping System Tree.

To Display the Piping System Tree from the Active Assembly


1. Click View > From Active Asm in the Piping System Tree. All the pipelines
below the current assembly are displayed.

2. To cancel the selection of From Active Asm, clear From Active Asm.

8
Spec-Driven Piping

To Display the Pipeline Component View

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Click the plus sign (+) adjacent to the branch node or double-click the branch
node. The branch node expands to show the pipeline components.

3. Select a pipeline in the expanded Piping System Tree. The pipeline is highlighted
in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

To Display the Piping Spool View

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens. Click View > Spool View in the Piping
System Tree. All the pipelines that have their spool numbers generated are
shown with their respective spools.

2. Click the plus sign (+) adjacent to the spool node or double-click the spool node.
The spool node expands to show its branch components.

3. Click a spool to select it in the expanded Piping System Tree. The spool is
highlighted in the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window.

Note: You can switch between Pipeline View and Spool View at any time.

To Create or Delete Pipeline Labels from the Piping System Tree

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Label > Create to create a label for the pipeline, or click Label > Delete
to delete the label of the selected pipeline.

Note: Delete is available only if a label has been created for a pipeline.

To Display or Hide Pipeline Labels

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Label > Show to display the label of the selected pipeline or click Label >
Hide to hide the label of the selected pipeline.

Note: Show and Hide are available for a pipeline only if a label has been
created for the pipeline.

9
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To Create or Delete Pipe Solids from the Piping System Tree

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Solid > Create to create solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments, or
click Solid > Delete to delete the solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments.

Note: Delete is available only if the selected pipe segment nodes have solids.

To Display or Hide Pipe Solids

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Solid > Show to show solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments, or
click Solid > Hide to hide solids for the entire pipeline or pipe segments.

Note: Hide is available only if the selected pipe segment nodes have
unsuppressed solids.

To Create or Delete Pipe Insulation Quilts

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Insulation > Create to create pipe insulation quilts for the entire pipelines,
or click Insulation > Delete to delete the pipe insulation quilts for the entire
pipeline.

Note: Insulation is available in the Piping System Tree and in the


Pro/ENGINEER graphics window only if a pipe solid has been created.

To Display or Hide Pipe Insulation Quilts

1. Click . The Piping System Tree opens.

2. Select one or more pipelines from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Insulation > Show to show pipe insulation quilts for the entire pipeline, or
click Insulation > Hide to hide pipe insulation quilts for the entire pipeline.

Note: Insulation is available only if the selected pipe segment nodes have
unsuppressed pipe insulation quilts.

10
Spec-Driven Piping

About Customizing the Piping System Tree in Spec-Driven Piping


Customizing the Piping System Tree gives you the flexibility to display and organize
your piping projects in the following ways:
• Reorganize pipelines—Reorganize pipelines in multiple ways by setting the
piping_system_tree_format configuration option to modify categories.

• Modify the column display—Display informational columns and select items to


display in these Piping System Tree columns.

Configuring Spec-Driven Piping

About Configuring Spec-Driven Piping


You can customize the way the Spec-Driven piping design mode operates by entering
config.pro configuration file options and their values in the Options dialog box
(Tools > Options). For example, you can modify piping design modes, pipeline
formats, file names and directory locations, and configure the Spec-Driven Piping
ISOGEN interface.
Spec-Driven Piping provides a list of configuration options arranged in alphabetical
order. Each option contains the following information:
• Configuration option name

• Default and available variables or values. All default values are in italics.

• Brief description and notes describing the configuration option

ISOGEN Configuration Options


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to create isometric pipeline drawings by providing an
isometric drawing generation (ISOGEN) interface. Using the Generate Isometric
dialog box (PIPING > Drawing), you can create ISOGEN .pcf files for use with an
ISOGEN drawing tool. The following configuration options must be set in the Spec-
Driven Piping config.pro file to use the ISOGEN interface:
• isogen_mandatory_attr_file

• isogen_symbol_map_file

• isogen_output_files_dir

• isogen_nominal_size_map_file

• isogen_pcf_filename_format

• isogen_endtype_map_file

Note:
• Many configuration options are common to both the Spec-Driven and Nonspec-
Driven modes in Spec-Driven Piping.

11
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• After you set the configuration options, all settings take effect immediately in the
current Pro/ENGINEER session.

• All the configuration options for which you specify numeric values will use the
units of the active piping assembly.

• The Symbol Map, Endtype Map, and Nominal Size ISOGEN Map files are required
to map Spec-Driven Piping component information to ISOGEN component
information.

To Set Spec-Driven Piping Configuration Options


1. Locate the configuration option you want to set using the configuration topics.

2. Click Tools > Options. The Options dialog box opens.

3. Select the configuration option from the list.

or

In the Option box, type the configuration option name.

4. In the Value box, type the value. You can use the Value list to see which values
are available. If the value requires an integer, type it.

5. Click Add / Change. The configuration option and its value appear in the list. A
green status icon confirms the change.

6. When you finish configuring Spec-Driven Piping, click Apply or OK.

Note: It is recommended that you set the Spec-Driven Piping configuration options
before starting a new piping project.

Specifying Thumb Wheel Increments


You can specify the increment for each controllable movement of the thumb wheel
using the piping_thumb_wheel_increment or piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc
configuration options, as applicable. In certain cases, Spec-Driven Piping uses the
following configuration options to determine the increment value:

Configuration Option Description

create_fraction_dim No—Spec-Driven Piping creates


dimensions in the decimal format
(default).

Yes—Spec-Driven Piping creates


dimensions in the fractional format.

12
Spec-Driven Piping

Configuration Option Description

dim_fraction_format Std—Spec-Driven Piping displays


dimensions as a fraction in the standard
Pro/ENGINEER format (15 1/2 for 15.5
inches).

Aisc—Spec-Driven Piping displays


dimensions as a fraction in the AISC
format (1' 3 1/2" for 15.5 inches).

dim_fraction_denominator Sets the largest denominator to be used


in a fraction, when you want to display
linear dimensions in a fractional format.

default_dec_places (0-14) Sets the number of decimal places that


Spec-Driven Piping must display when
you want to display linear dimensions in
the decimal format. By default, Spec-
Driven Piping displays the dimensions to
an accuracy of two decimal places.

display_thick_insulation
yes, no
Sets the default value for the insulation lightweight representation option. This
configuration option is overridden by the Model Display dialog box Thick
insulation option.
yes—Displays thick insulation.
no—Displays the centerlines only. No insulation is visible.

display_thick_pipes
yes no
Sets the default value for the pipe lightweight representation option. This
configuration option is overridden by the Model Display dialog box Thick pipes
option.
yes—Displays thick pipes.
no—Displays the pipe centerlines only.

isogen_attribute_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_attribute_map.ptd,
<absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that maps Spec-Driven Piping attributes or
parameters to the ISOGEN user-definable attributes.

13
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: The isogen_attribute_map.ptd file can be copied to a local directory. You


can modify this file and maintain different versions as per your requirements. Use
the isogen_attribute_map_file configuration option to access the required
modified version.

isogen_endtype_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_endtype_map.ptd,
<absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that maps Spec-Driven Piping endtypes with
ISOGEN endtypes.

isogen_mandatory_attr_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


isogen.fls, <valid file name>
Specify a name for the file that contains ISOGEN mandatory attribute files.

isogen_nominal_size_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_nominal_size_map.
ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that maps Spec-Driven Piping sizes with ISOGEN
nominal sizes in millimeters and inches.

isogen_output_files_dir (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_run_directory>, <absolute directory path>
Specify a directory path for archiving the ISOGEN output files.

isogen_pcf_filename_format (Spec-Driven Piping)


MNEMONIC-SPECIFICATION-NUMBER, <a combination of the following keywords: SIZE,
SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, SPOOLNUM, and any valid file name
characters>
Specify a name format for ISOGEN (.pcf) files. Spec-Driven Piping creates ISOGEN
file names from the values assigned to the keywords as shown in the following table:

ISOGEN File Name Assigned Value ISOGEN (.pcf) File


Format Name

mnemonic-number- water,1001,is water-1001-is.pcf


insulation

ship1-mnemonic-number- water,1001,is ship1-water-1001-


insulation is.pcf

14
Spec-Driven Piping

isogen_symbol_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_symbol_map.ptd,
<absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that maps Spec-Driven Piping fitting library part
names with ISOGEN component names and symbol keys (SKEY).

pipe_3D_bend_theor_int_pts (Spec-Driven Piping)


yes, no
Set the theoretical intersections and bends in three-dimensional piping models.
• Yes—Spec-Driven Piping displays theoretical intersections and bends in three-
dimensional models.

• No—Spec-Driven Piping does not display theoretical intersections and bends in


three-dimensional models.

pipe_extend_dim_scheme (Spec-Driven Piping)


cartesian, cylindrical, spherical
Specify a dimension scheme for piping extend segment.

pipe_solid_centerline (Spec-Driven Piping)


yes, no
Set the pipe solid centerline display mode. Spec-Driven Piping displays a pipe solid
centerline in the graphics window to indicate the center of the pipe solid. After you
set this option, the display changes immediately in the current session of
Pro/ENGINEER. This mode displays the pipe solid center only.
• yes—Spec-Driven Piping displays the pipe solid centerlines.

• no—Spec-Driven Piping does not display pipe solid centerlines.

Note: The pipe_solid_centerline mode differs from the centerline or solid display
capabilities in both the Set Display and the Piping System Tree in the following
ways:
• The mode set by the pipe_solid_centerline configuration option indicates the
center of the pipe solid geometry with a line. This is a global setting for all
pipelines.

• The Set Display centerline or solid display mode (PIPING > Set Up > Set
Display) enables you to select pipelines in both the active assembly, as well as
the subassemblies. You can display the selected pipelines with a pipe solid or
centerline.

• The Piping System Tree centerline or solid display mode allows you to select one
or more pipelines in the active assembly, including subassemblies. You can
display the selected pipeline with a pipe solid or centerline. Note that if you are

15
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

creating pipelines based on the "one pipeline per assembly" modeling method, it
is recommended that you use this centerline/solid display mode.

pipe_solid_label_format (Spec-Driven Piping)


SIZE-SPECIFICATION-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION, <one or a combination of the
following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and
any valid file name characters>
Specify a pipe solid label format. Spec-Driven Piping generates pipeline labels from
the values assigned to the keywords during pipe solid creation.

pipe_update_pre_20_int_pts (Spec-Driven Piping)


yes, no
Spec-Driven Piping can update pipelines created prior to Spec-Driven Piping Release
20.0. This enables users to get intersection point entities. Spec-Driven Piping creates
these entities in session or when you retrieve the piping model.
• Yes—Spec-Driven Piping updates pipelines created prior to Spec-Driven Piping
Release 20.0.

• No—Spec-Driven Piping does not update pipelines created prior to Spec-Driven


Piping Release 20.0.

pipeline_assembly_library_dir (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/pipelinelib, <absolute directory
path>
Specify a directory path for selecting a pipeline assembly.
Note: Spec-Driven Piping uses the PRO_DIRECTORY environment variable to store the
<proe_load_directory>.

pipeline_assembly_name_format (Spec-Driven Piping)


MNEMONIC-NUMBER, <one or a combination of the following keywords: SIZE,
SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and any valid file name
characters>
Specify a pipeline assembly name format. Spec-Driven Piping creates assembly
names from the values assigned to the keywords during pipeline creation and
routing. Any combination of keywords and valid file name characters are allowed.

16
Spec-Driven Piping

The following table describes the format:

Assembly Name Assigned Value Assembly File Name


Format

MNEMONIC-NUMBER- WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS.ASM


INSULATION

PLANT1-MNEMONIC- WATER, 1001, IS PLANT1-WATER-1001-


NUMBER-INSULATION IS.ASM

pipeline_label_format (Spec-Driven Piping)


SIZE-SPECIFICATION-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-INSULATION, <one or a combination of the
following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION, MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and
any valid file name characters>
Specify a pipeline label format. Spec-Driven Piping creates pipeline labels from the
values assigned to the keywords during pipeline creation and routing.
The following table describes the format:

Pipeline Label Format Assigned Value Pipeline Label

MNEMONIC-NUMBER- WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS


INSULATION

PLANT1-MNEMONIC- WATER, 1001, IS PLANT1-WATER-1001-IS


NUMBER-INSULATION

pipeline_solid_start_part_name (Spec-Driven Piping)


<string value>
Specify a default start part name for the pipe solid generation. The value specified
for this configuration option is used as a default template part name in the Pipe
Solid dialog box.

pipeline_spool_label_format (Spec-Driven Piping)


SIZE-SPECIFICATION-MNEMONIC-NUMBER-SPOOL#PREFIX[0]SPOOLNUM[01]SUFFIX[],
<one or a combination of the following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION,
MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, SPOOLNUM, PREFIX, SUFFIX, and any valid file
name characters>
Specify a pipeline spool label format. Spec-Driven Piping creates spool labels from
the values assigned to the keywords during pipe piece cutting.

17
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The following table describes the format:

Pipeline Spool Label Assigned Value Pipeline Spool Label


Format

MNEMONIC-NUMBER- WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS


INSULATION

PLANT1-MNEMONIC- WATER, 1001, IS PLANT1-WATER-1001-IS


NUMBER-INSULATION

pipeline_start_assembly_name (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/fittinglib/ pipeline_start.asm,
<absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that contains template information (assembly
units, pre-defined views, etc.). Spec-Driven Piping uses this information to create
new pipeline subassemblies.
Note: The Pipeline Start assembly file must be stored in the directory location
specified by the piping_fitt_lib_dir configuration option.

piping_wildfire_convert (Spec-Driven Piping)


automatic, never, manual
Specify a value for this configuration option when working with piping assemblies
that are created in versions of Spec-Driven Piping earlier than Pro/ENGINEER
Wildfire.
• automatic—Automatically converts all piping assemblies that are under the
active top assembly when you invoke the Spec-Driven Piping application.

• never—Does not convert piping assemblies.

• manual—Displays the Piping Assemblies Conversion dialog box when you


invoke the Spec-Driven Piping application. This is the default value.

Note: A piping assembly gets modified if it is updated to the Wildfire format.

piping_appearance_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_appearance
.map, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that maps all colors used in a piping design
project in Spec-Driven Piping.
Note: The Piping Appearance Map file must be stored in the directory location
specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

18
Spec-Driven Piping

piping_bolt_nut_select_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_bolt_nut_s
elect.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that provides the bolt and nut data for the
corresponding bolt nut code. The data includes information about the related unique
MCCS code, the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file, and the required quantity of bolt and
nuts.
Note: The bolt nut code must be assigned to fittings of all sizes and schedule ratings
in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file. This code is applied to all the fitting instances in
the fitting master catalog file when generating the Auto-Selection file, that is,
*_asfile.ptd. The bolt nut data related to the bolt nut code is obtained from the
Piping Bolt Nut Select file.

piping_design_method (Spec-Driven Piping)


non_spec_driven, spec_driven, user_driven
Specify the piping design method for the piping project.
• non_spec_driven—Activates the Non Spec-Driven piping design mode.

• spec_driven—Activates the Spec-Driven piping design mode.

• user_driven—Activates the User-Driven piping design mode. This mode allows


you to switch between Spec-Driven and Non Spec-Driven piping design modes
and convert existing assemblies at any time in the design process.

piping_enable_designate_report
no, yes

Enables the generation of designatable reports for spec-driven piping.

piping_end_compatibility_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_end_compat
ibility.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that contains the list of all valid end type
connections (fitting-to-fitting, fitting-to-pipe, and pipe-to-fitting) allowed for a piping
project. Spec-Driven Piping uses this data for end type checking during fitting
insertion.
Note: The Piping End Compatibility file must be stored in the directory location
specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_fitt_angle_tolerance (Spec-Driven Piping)


1.5, <positive real number>

19
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Specify a value for the piping fitting angle tolerance. Spec-Driven Piping uses this
data to check fitting angles during fitting insertion. The unit of measurement is
degrees.

piping_fitt_category_map_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_fitt_categ
ory_map.ptd, < absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a name for the file that maps each fitting category to a fitting category
button in the fitting insertion dialog boxes.
Note: The Piping Fitting Category Map file must be stored in the directory location
specified by the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

piping_fitt_library_dir (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/fittinglib/, <absolute directory
path>
Specify a path where the fitting model part (individual parts or family table generic
parts with their associated tables) files are archived. Spec-Driven Piping uses this
data during fitting insertion.

piping_insulation_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_insulation
_dir.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a name for the file that contains the list of all valid insulation specifications
for a piping project.
Note: The Piping Insulation Directory file must be stored in the directory location
specified by the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

piping_joint_fitting_clearance (Spec-Driven Piping)


1, <positive integer>
Specify a value for the minimum joint fitting clearance. Spec-Driven Piping uses this
data when inserting joint fittings and when cutting parallel pipe segments. The value
that you specify for this configuration option is calculated in the current piping
assembly units. For example, a value of 200.0 represents 200 inches in the INCH
assembly unit, and 200 mm in the MM assembly unit. The default values are 25mm
in the MM assembly unit and 1 inch in the INCH assembly unit.

piping_joint_fitting_offset (Spec-Driven Piping)


4, <positive integer>
Specify a value for the minimum joint fitting offset. Spec-Driven Piping uses this
value when inserting joint fittings, and when cutting parallel pipe segments. The
value specified for this configuration option is calculated in the current piping

20
Spec-Driven Piping

assembly units. For example, a value of 200.0 represents 200 inches in the INCH
assembly unit and 200 mm in the MM assembly unit. The default values are 100mm
in the MM assembly unit and 4 inches in the INCH assembly unit.

piping_manufacture_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_manufactur
e_dir.ptd, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a name for the file that contains pipe manufacturing information for projects
based on a pipe material code. The piping_mcat_dir configuration option resources
or retrieves data from this file.
Note: The Piping Manufacture Directory file must be stored in the directory location
specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_material_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_material.p
td, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify the path and name for the file that contains the piping material information.
Spec-Driven Piping associates this information (material code, full description, pipe
density, pipe and fitting master catalog file names) with pipes and fittings.
Note: The Piping Material file must be stored in the directory location specified by
the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_mcat_dir (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/, <absolute
directory path>
Specify a path where the piping Master Catalog files are archived. Spec-Driven Piping
uses the Master Catalog files to create piping specification files (Project Data files)
for a piping project.

piping_mcat_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


piping_mcat_dir.ptd, <valid file name>
Specify a name for the file that contains all pipe and fitting master catalog files.
Note: The Piping MCAT Directory file must be stored in the directory location
specified by the piping_mcat_dir configuration option.

piping_min_bolting_clearance (Spec-Driven Piping)


20, <positive integer>
Specify a value for minimum bolt clearance in the current assembly units. Spec-
Driven Piping uses this data during fitting insertion.

21
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

piping_project_data_dir (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/, <absolute
directory path>
Specify a path where the project related specification and design rule files are
archived. Spec-Driven Piping uses this data for spec-driven pipeline modeling and
reporting.

piping_schematic_driven
no, yes
Enable or disable the schematic-driven modeling.
• yes—Enables the schematic-driven modeling options in pipeline creation, pipeline
routing, and fitting insertion.

• no—Disables the schematic-driven modeling options.

piping_schematic_xml_dir (Spec-Driven Piping)


current working directory,
<absolute directory path containing XML files giving schematic information>
Specify a path where the XML files containing the schematic information, obtained
from Routed Systems Designer, are archived. This is used as the start location for
XML file selection and search. Piping Design uses this data for the following tasks:
• Spec-driven pipeline modeling

• Spec-driven pipeline 2D and 3D schematic consistency checking.

The default value for this option is <current working directory>


Note: A pipeline should be completely defined in one XML file.

piping_spec_dir_file (Spec-Driven Piping)


<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_spec_dir.p
td, <absolute directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that archives the list of all piping specifications.
Spec-Driven Piping uses this file spec-driven fitting selection, pipeline creation, and
design rule checking.

piping_system_tree_format (Spec-Driven Piping)


MNEMONIC, <one or a combination of the following keywords: SIZE, SPECIFICATION,
MNEMONIC, NUMBER, INSULATION, and any ASCII characters>

22
Spec-Driven Piping

Specify the piping system tree format. Spec-Driven Piping creates piping systems or
categories from the values assigned to the keywords. These categories organize all
pipelines in the Piping System Tree. The following table describes the format:

Piping System Tree Pipeline Values Piping System


Format (Category) Name

MNEMONIC-SPECIFICATION WATER, 11C WATER-11C

MNEMONIC-NUMBER- WATER, 1001, IS WATER-1001-IS


INSULATION

PLANT1-MNEMONIC- WATER, 1001, IS PLANT1-WATER-1001-IS


NUMBER-INSULATION

piping_thumb_wheel_increment (Spec-Driven Piping)


1, <positive real number>
Specify a value for the piping thumb wheel increment in the current model unit.
Spec-Driven Piping uses this data to adjust the positioning increments when using
the thumb wheel for various tasks such as during inserting fittings and extending and
routing a pipeline.
In certain cases, Spec-Driven Piping decides the increment value based on the
following:
• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to no, Spec-Driven
Piping uses the increment value that you specified using the
piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option. If the increment value is
less than the least decimal value that you specified using the
default_dec_places configuration option, Spec-Driven Piping uses the least
decimal value as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to no, and if you do not
specify any value for the piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option,
Spec-Driven Piping uses the least decimal value that you specified using the
default_dec_places configuration option, as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to yes, and if the


increment value that you specified using the piping_thumb_wheel_increment
configuration option is less than the least denominator value that you can specify
using the dim_fraction_denominator configuration option, Spec-Driven Piping
uses the least fraction value as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to yes, and you do not
specify any value for the piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option,
Spec-Driven Piping uses the least fractional value as the increment.

piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc (Spec-Driven Piping)


A positive real number between 0 and 1.

23
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

While creating a branch point on a pipe segment or inserting fittings, Spec-Driven


Piping uses this data to adjust the positioning increments as a ratio when you specify
increments using the thumb wheel. Spec-Driven Piping assigns 0.01 as the default
value.
In certain cases, Spec-Driven Piping determines the increment value based on the
following:
• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to no, Spec-Driven
Piping uses the increment value that you specified using the
piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc configuration option. If the increment value is
less than the least decimal value that you specified using the
default_dec_places configuration option, Spec-Driven Piping uses the least
decimal value as the increment.

• If you set the create_fraction_dim configuration option to yes, and if the


increment value that you specified using the piping_thumb_wheel_ratio_inc
configuration option is less than the least denominator value that you can specify
using the dim_fraction_denominator configuration option, Spec-Driven Piping
uses the least fraction value as the increment.

units_system_dic_file
<proe_load_directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_units_syst
em_dic_file.ptd,<directory path and valid file name>
Specify a path and name for the file that specifies units systems used for various
piping specification database files.

About Setting Up Spec-Driven Piping

About Setting Up Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to design complex piping systems based on piping
specifications. In order to design these piping systems, you must first set up Spec-
Driven Piping. You can use the PIPE SETUP menu (PIPING > Set Up) to perform
the following setup procedures:
• Spec DB—Allows you to set up the piping Specification Database Project Data
files. The Spec-Driven Piping Specification Database contains Master Catalog
(MCAT), Project Data, and Fitting Library files. Spec-Driven Piping includes
populated MCAT and Fitting Library files for immediate use. However, you must
define the Project Data files for each piping project before beginning pipe system
modeling.

• Update Model—Allows you to update the active assembly in the current piping
model with piping data changes made to the specification files (Project Data
files), the MCAT files, or both. You can also modify line stocks and update the
current piping model to reflect the changes.

• Design Rules—Allows you to add or change the Design Rule parameters.

24
Spec-Driven Piping

• Bend Allow—Lets you define or modify bend tables.

• Set Display—Sets the centerline or solid pipeline display for a selected pipeline
in the graphics window.

Piping Specification Database

About the Specification Database in Spec-Driven Piping


The Spec-Driven Piping Specification Database archives all piping library and catalog
files that can be used to create spec-driven piping systems and stores all project-
specific files. The Piping Specification Database contains the following three file
groups:
• Master Catalog (MCAT) Files—Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all of the
basic design information required for pipe modeling. Spec-Driven Piping includes
MCAT files. You can create MCAT files or modify existing ones when you want to
update and expand the piping data.

• Fitting Library Files—Fitting part files (Pro/ENGINEER and generic) with their
associated family tables and fitting assembly files. Fitting Library files provide the
physical representation for fittings in a piping model. Spec-Driven Piping includes
Fitting Library files. You can create Fitting Library Files or modify existing ones
when you want to update and expand the fitting library.

• Project Data Files—Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all project-specific design
information selected from the Master Catalog files. You create new Project Data
files for each new piping project when you set up Spec-Driven Piping for that
project. After you select piping data for each specification in the Define Piping
Specification dialog box, Spec-Driven Piping saves this data to a Project Data
file. You can modify the Project Data file by selecting new piping data.

Both the Master Catalog files and the Fitting Library files are archived collections that
contain all available items or components that can be used in piping system creation.
Unlike Project Data Files, these files do not change as you design new piping
projects.
Note: Create or modify the Piping Specification Database files before designing a
Spec-Driven piping project.

How the Piping Specification Database Works


The Piping Specification Database functions as the Spec-Driven Piping piping data
libraries. You begin a project by first creating any necessary Master Catalog and
Fitting Library files. After these files are updated, you create Project Data files for
each new piping project by assigning piping data from the Master Catalog files for
each project specification. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves all piping data from the
Project Data files during piping system design.
For example, you begin piping design with pipeline creation. You select a
specification and Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the data that you assigned to the
specification from the Project Data files. You select from this data and create the

25
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

pipeline. After the pipeline is created, Spec-Driven Piping copies the piping data to
linestock features. As you begin routing pipelines or creating pipe solids, Spec-Driven
Piping uses the linestock data. All insulation data is retrieved from the Project Data
Files and copied to insulation features for use in insulation modeling. During fitting
insertion, Spec-Driven Piping retrieves fitting data from the Project Data files.

Master Catalog Files

About Master Catalog Files


Spec-Driven Piping Master Catalog (MCAT) files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that
store all of the piping design data required for pipe modeling. This piping data is
available for all projects and remains unchanged as new piping projects are
designed. The MCAT file data sources consist of industry standards and practices,
and manufacturer catalogs.
Spec-Driven Piping includes Master Catalog files. You can modify existing MCAT files
to satisfy project requirements.

How Master Catalog Files Work


Master Catalog files contain all piping data that is available for all piping projects.
MCAT files function as a piping data library. During Spec-Driven Piping setup, you
must add all piping data from printed sources into the Master Catalog files, as
needed. You also must create the Project Data files.
You create Project Data files by selecting piping data from the MCAT files and
assigning it to each project specification. Spec-Driven Piping writes this data to the
Project Data files. Project Data files allow you to control the data that Spec-Driven
Piping retrieves during project design.
As an example, before you begin designing the piping project, you must set up Spec-
Driven piping by creating the Project Data files. Assign different piping data (pipeline
and fitting data, insulation data, and so forth) to specifications 11B, 12A, and 12C.
As you begin designing the pipeline for specification 12A, Spec-Driven Piping
retrieves only the piping data that you assigned to this specification. All other Master
Catalog file data remains archived. You select from the specification 12A piping data
and begin project design.
The following table lists each Spec-Driven Piping Master Catalog file and its
information type:

Master Catalog (MCAT) File Information Type

Piping Master Catalog Directory file All Piping Master Catalog files

Pipe Outer Diameter file All available pipe outside diameters

Pipe Thickness file All available pipe thickness

Pipe Master Catalog file All available pipe sizes for a


material type

26
Spec-Driven Piping

Master Catalog (MCAT) File Information Type

Piping Material file All available pipe material data

Piping Manufacture Directory file Relates the pipe material code to


the Bend, Bend Machine, and the
Miter files

Fitting Master Catalog file All available fittings

Bend file All available bend tables

Bending Machine File All available bend machines and


their parameters

Miter file All available miter tables

End Compatibility file All available end type matching


tables

Insulation file All available insulation data for


pipes and fittings

Appearance Map file All available colors that can be


applied to pipelines

Note: You can define the MCAT directory path by setting the piping_mcat_dir
configuration option.

To Modify Master Catalog Files


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to modify Master Catalog (MCAT) files. You must
modify MCAT files when periodic updates and additions require up-to-date
information. You can use either Pro/TABLE or any ASCII file editing tool for MCAT file
modification.
1. Open Pro/TABLE or any ASCII editing tool.

2. Open the MCAT file to modify.

3. Enter the piping data into the file complying with the file format.

4. Save the modified MCAT file.

Piping Master Catalog Directory File


The Piping Master Catalog Directory file lists all the available Pipe and Fitting Master
Catalog (MCAT) files and insulation files. Each Piping MCAT Directory file entry
associates a piping category and a Master Catalog file with a Pipe Outer Diameter
file, a Pipe Thickness file, a Combined Size Code file, a selection name for a fitting
category, and the bolt nut code associated with the fitting.

27
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Spec-Driven Piping uses the Piping Master Catalog Directory file to:
• Retrieve Pipe Outer Diameter and Pipe Thickness file data. This data is based on
the associated Pipe or Fitting MCAT file.

• Retrieve fitting selection names based on fitting categories and Fitting MCAT file
while creating the Auto-selection file.

• Retrieve size codes for pipes and fittings.

• Retrieve the bolt and nut code associated with a fitting. The code provides
information about the type, quantity, associated Bolt Nut MCAT file, and MCCS
code.

The Piping Master Catalog Directory file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

CATEGORY Pipe, fitting, or insulation categories defined in the


Master Catalog file.

Fixed Categories

o PIPE

o FLEX_PIPE

o INSULATION

User-Defined Fitting Categories

o VALVE

o ANGLE_VALVE

o RELIEF_VALVE

o FLANGE

o GASKET

o ELBOW

o ELBOW_LET

o BRANCH

o BRANCH_LET

o REDUCER

o GENERAL

o SUPPORT (supports that do not break the


pipeline)

o User Defined

28
Spec-Driven Piping

Field Name Description

SNAME Fitting selection name.

MCAT_FILE Pipe or Fitting Master Catalog file name and path.

PIPE_OD_FILE Pipe Outside Diameter file name and path.

PIPE_THK_FILE Pipe Thickness file name and path.

SIZE_CODE_FILE Combined Size Code file name and path.

A single combined size code file for all pipes and


fittings is used by default.

BOLT_NUT_CODE Default bolt nut codes:

o CFA

o CFB

o CFC

o CFD

o CFE

o CFF

o CFG

o CFH

o User Defined

Note: You define the MCAT Directory file name by setting the
piping_mcat_dir_file configuration option. The default file is
piping_mcat_dir.ptd.

Example: Piping Master Catalog Directory File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_mcat_dir.ptd

CATE SNAM MCAT_FILE PIPE_OD PIPE_TH SIZE_CODE_F BOLT_N


GOR E _FILE K_FILE ILE UT_CO
Y DE

PIPE pipe/pipe_steel pipeod/o pipethk/t pipeod/combin


d_steel hk_steel ed_size_code

PIPE pipe/pipe_stain pipeod/o pipethk/t pipeod/combin


d_steel hk_steel ed_size_code

29
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

CATE SNAM MCAT_FILE PIPE_OD PIPE_TH SIZE_CODE_F BOLT_N


GOR E _FILE K_FILE ILE UT_CO
Y DE

PIPE pipe/pipe_copp pipeod/o pipethk/t pipeod/combin


er d_copper hk_coppe ed_size_code
r

PIPE pipe/pipe_albra pipeod/o pipethk/t pipeod/combin


ss d_albras hk_albra ed_size_code
s-nicu ss

JOI COUP fitting/coupling pipeod/o pipeod/combin


NT LING _sw_steel d_steel ed_size_code

ELB ELBO fitting/elbow_4 pipeod/o pipeod/combin


OW W45L 5long_bw_steel d_steel ed_size_code
R

ELB ELBO fitting/elbow_9 pipeod/o pipeod/combin


OW W90L 0long_bw_steel d_steel ed_size_code
R

GEN BFLA fitting/flange_n pipeod/o pipeod/combin


ERA NGE eck_rf d_steel ed_size_code
L

FLA NECK fitting/flange_n pipeod/o pipeod/combin CFA


NGE FLAN eck_rf d_steel ed_size_code
GE

FLA SLIPF fitting/flange_sl pipeod/o pipeod/combin


NGE LANG ip d_steel ed_size_code
E

GAS GASK fitting/gasket_n pipeod/o pipeod/combin


KET ET eck d_steel ed_size_code

GAS GASK fitting/gasket_s pipeod/o pipeod/combin


KET ET lip d_steel ed_size_code

GEN NIPPL fitting/nipple_b pipeod/o pipeod/combin


ERA E w d_steel ed_size_code
L

RED CRED fitting/red_conc pipeod/o pipeod/combin


UCE entric_bw_steel d_steel ed_size_code
R

VAL GATE fitting/vl_gate_ pipeod/o pipeod/combin CFE


VE sc_iron d_steel ed_size_code

30
Spec-Driven Piping

CATE SNAM MCAT_FILE PIPE_OD PIPE_TH SIZE_CODE_F BOLT_N


GOR E _FILE K_FILE ILE UT_CO
Y DE

VAL GLOB fitting/vl_gb_flr pipeod/o pipeod/combin CFF


VE E f_steel d_steel ed_size_code

VAL GLOB fitting/vl_gb_sc pipeod/o pipeod/combin CFG


VE E _iron d_steel ed_size_code

VAL CHEC fitting/vl_swing pipeod/o pipeod/combin CFH


VE K _check_flrf d_steel ed_size_code

Pipe Master Catalog File


The Pipe Master Catalog file defines all available pipe sizes, schedules, and end types
for each pipe material type. When you define rectangular pipes, the size is defined
for two sides.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves pipe end types based on the selected pipe size and
schedule.
The Pipe Master Catalog file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

END_TYPE Pipe end type

Note: When you define a rectangular pipe, make sure there is a definition for a
round pipe with the same SCH_RATE, SIZE, and END_TYPE.

Example: Pipe Master Catalog File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_mcat_dir.ptd

SCH_RATE SIZE END_TYPE

40 2" BE

40 3" BE

40 4" BE

40 6" BE

40 8" BE

31
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

SCH_RATE SIZE END_TYPE

40 10" BE

40 12" BE

40 14" BE

40 16" BE

40 18" BE

40 20" BE

40 24" BE

40 36" BE

80 ½" PE

80 ¾" PE

80 1" PE

80 1-1/2" PE

80 1"x1" PE

Fitting Master Catalog File


The Fitting Master Catalog file defines all the available pipe fittings for each fitting
catalog in the Fitting Library (JIS, ANSI, DIN, and so forth).
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the selected fitting model name and weight based on
the fitting size, branch size, new size, and the fitting rating from the Fitting Master
Catalog file. Spec-Driven Piping uses this data for spec-driven fitting insertion.
The Fitting Master Catalog file format is described in the table below.

Field Name Description

SCH_RATE Fitting rating.

SIZE Fitting inlet nominal diameter.

NSIZE Fitting outlet nominal diameter. Only required


when it is applicable to this particular fitting.

BSIZE Fitting branch outlet nominal diameter. Only


required when it is applicable to this particular
fitting.

END_TYPE Fitting inlet end type.

32
Spec-Driven Piping

Field Name Description

NEND_TYPE Fitting outlet end type.

FITT_MODEL_NAME Fitting model name. It can be the name of a


.prt (Part) or a .asm (Assembly) file, or an
instance of a family table from the Fitting
Library.

Example: Fitting Master Catalog File


The following is an example of the Fitting Master Catalog files gate_astm_steel.ptd
(steel gate valve) and concetric_astm_steel.ptd (steel reducer.)
Default Path

<ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/valve/gate_astm_steel.ptd>

SCH_RAT SIZ NSIZ BSIZ END_TYP NEND_TY FITT_MODEL_NAME


E E E E E PE

150 ½" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_0D

150 ¾" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_0F

150 1" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_01

150 1- BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_0D
1/2
"

150 2" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_02

150 3" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_03

150 4" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_04

150 6" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_06

150 8" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_08

150 10" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_10

150 12" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_12

150 14" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_14

150 16" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_16

150 18" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_18

33
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

SCH_RAT SIZ NSIZ BSIZ END_TYP NEND_TY FITT_MODEL_NAME


E E E E E PE

150 20" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_20

150 24" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_24

150 36" BW GATE_ASTM_STEEL_36

Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/reducer/


concetric_astm_steel.ptd

SCH_RA SIZ NSIZ BSIZ END_TY NEND_TY FITT_MODEL_NAME


TE E E E PE PE

150 2" 1" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0


201

150 3" 2" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0


302

150 4" 3" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0


403

150 6" 4" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0


604

150 8" 6" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_0


806

150 10 8" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1


" 008

150 12 10" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1


" 210

150 14 12" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1


" 412

150 16 14" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1


" 614

150 18 16" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_1


" 816

150 20 18" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2


" 018

150 22 20" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2


" 220

34
Spec-Driven Piping

SCH_RA SIZ NSIZ BSIZ END_TY NEND_TY FITT_MODEL_NAME


TE E E E PE PE

150 24 22" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2


" 422

150 26 24" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2


" 624

150 28 26" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_2


" 826

150 30 28" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_3


" 028

150 32 30" BW REDUCER_ASTM_STEEL_3


" 230

Bolt Nut Selection File


The Bolt Nut Selection file contains one or more material classification codes (MCCS)
and other parameter values assigned to a fitting with a particular size and rating.
Note: Use the piping_bolt_nut_select_file configuration option to set the Bolt
Nut Selection file.
A default bolt nut code can be assigned to a fitting in the auto-selection file. When
you insert the fitting, you can change the bolt nut code by setting the
BOLT_NUT_CODE fitting parameter.
The format for the Bolt Nut Selection file is described in the table below.

Field Name Description

BOLT_NUT_CODE Code identifying the bolt and nut for this pipe size
and fitting pressure rating

SIZE Fitting size

SCH_RATE Pressure rating of the fitting

MCCS_CODE Material classification code of the bolt and nut

QUANTITY Number of bolts and nuts for this particular bolt nut
code

MCAT_FILE Name and path of the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file

35
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Bolt Nut Selection File


Default Path: <ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd>

BOLT_NUT_ SIZE SCH_RA MCCS_CO QUANTI MCAT_FILE


CODE TE DE TY

CFA 10A 40 311AB400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


10 at.ptd

CFA 15A 40 311AB400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


15 at.ptd

CFA 20A 40 311AB400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


20 at.ptd

CFA 25A 40 311AB400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


25 at.ptd

CFA 32A 40 311AB400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


32 at.ptd

CFA 40A 40 311AB400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


40 at.ptd

CFA 50A 40 311AB400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


50 at.ptd

CFA 65A 40 311AB400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


65 at.ptd

CFA 80A 40 311AB400 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


80 at.ptd

CFA 100A 40 311AB401 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


00 at.ptd

CFA 125A 40 311AB401 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


25 at.ptd

CFA 150A 40 311AB401 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


50 at.ptd

CFA 200A 40 311AB402 24 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


00 at.ptd

CFA 250A 40 311AB402 24 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


50 at.ptd

36
Spec-Driven Piping

BOLT_NUT_ SIZE SCH_RA MCCS_CO QUANTI MCAT_FILE


CODE TE DE TY

CFB 15A 40 357AA400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


15 at.ptd

CFB 20A 40 357AA400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


20 at.ptd

CFB 25A 40 357AA400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


25 at.ptd

CFB 32A 40 357AA400 4 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


32 at.ptd

CFB 40A 40 357AA400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


40 at.ptd

CFB 50A 40 357AA400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


50 at.ptd

CFB 65A 40 357AA400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


65 at.ptd

CFB 80A 40 357AA400 8 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


80 at.ptd

CFB 100A 40 357AA401 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


00 at.ptd

CFB 125A 40 357AA401 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


25 at.ptd

CFB 150A 40 357AA401 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


50 at.ptd

CFB 200A 40 357AA402 16 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


00 at.ptd

CFB 250A 40 357AA402 24 boltnut/bolt_nut_mc


50 at.ptd

37
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Bolt Nut Master Catalog File


The Bolt Nut Master Catalog file defines the material classification code (MCCS) and
material description for all types of bolts and nuts. Its format is described in the
table below.

Field Name Description

MCCS_CODE Material classification code of the bolt and nut

BOLT_TYPE Type of bolt

MATL_DESC Material description of the bolt and nut

BULK_ITEM_NAME Name of the bulk item in the Family Table


instance

Example: Bolt Nut Master Catalog File


Default Path: <ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/boltnut/bolt_nut_mcat.ptd>

MCCS_CODE BOLT_TYPE MATL_DESC BULK_ITEM_NAME

311AB40010 STUD BOLT NUT 311AB40010<BOLT_NUT_


ASTM CS BULK>
106

311AB40015 STUD BOLT NUT 311AB40015<BOLT_NUT_


ASTM CS BULK>
106

357AA40020 THREAD BOLT NUT 357AA40020<BOLT_NUT_


ASTM CS BULK>
107

357AA40025 THREAD BOLT NUT 357AA40025<BOLT_NUT_


ASTM CS BULK>
107

33AA30250 THREAD BOLT NUT 33AA30250<BOLT_NUT_B


ASTM CS ULK>
112

33AA20250 NUT_TYPE1 BOLT NUT 33AA20250<BOLT_NUT_B


ASTM CS ULK>
115

322AA20050 NUT_TYPE1 BOLT NUT 322AA20050<BOLT_NUT_


ASTM CS BULK>
115

38
Spec-Driven Piping

MCCS_CODE BOLT_TYPE MATL_DESC BULK_ITEM_NAME

322AA20065 NUT_TYPE1 BOLT NUT 322AA20065<BOLT_NUT_


ASTM CS BULK>
115

322AI10032 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT 322AI10032<BOLT_NUT_B


ASTM CS ULK>
116

322AI10040 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT 322AI10040<BOLT_NUT_B


ASTM CS ULK>
116

322AI10050 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT 322AI10050<BOLT_NUT_B


ASTM CS ULK>
116

322AA30100 NUT_TYPE2 BOLT NUT 22AA30100<BOLT_NUT_B


ASTM CS ULK>
116

Piping Material File


The Piping Material file defines piping material by using material code, material
description, and material density. The Piping Material file associates material codes
with Pipe, Fitting, or Insulation Master Catalog files to perform the following spec-
driven tasks:
• Pipeline Creation and Routing—Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the material
description and material density from the Piping Material file. This data is based
on the material code and the Pipe Master Catalog file name.

• Fitting Insertion—Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the fitting material description


from the Piping Material file. This data is based on the fitting material code and
the Fitting Master Catalog file name.

• Insulation Reporting—Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the insulation material


description from the Piping Material file. This data is based on the insulation
material code.

The Piping Material file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

MATL_CODE Material code

MATL_DESC Material description

MATL_DENSITY Material density

MCAT_FILE Piping Master Catalog file name

39
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: You can define the Piping Material file name by setting the
piping_material_file configuration option (default is piping_material.ptd).

Example: Piping Material File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_material.ptd

MATL_CODE MATL_DESC MATL_DENSITY MCAT_FILE

AA ASTM A234 WPB 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AB ASTM A105 GRB 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AC ASTM A106 GRB 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AD ASTM A216 GR 7.8 pipe/astm_steel


WCB

AE ASTM A193 GR B7 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AF ASTM A194 GR 2H 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AG ASBESTOS RING 2.0 gasket/asbestos_ring


GASKET

AH ASTM A181 GR1 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AM ASTM A312 TP321 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AO ASTM A351 CFBC 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AP ASTM A403 WP321 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

AQ ASTM A182 F321 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

BA ASTM A335 GR P1 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

BB ASTM A217 GR 7.8 pipe/astm_steel


WC1

BC SP. W GASKET 4.6 1.8 gasket/sp_ring


% CHR

BD ASTM A234 WPI 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

BE ASTM A182 GR F1 7.8 pipe/astm_steel

Pipe Outer Diameter File


The Pipe Outer Diameter file defines the pipe outside diameter (OD). The OD is a
fixed value relative to the nominal pipe diameter and pipe material category.

40
Spec-Driven Piping

Spec-Driven Piping uses the Pipe Outer Diameter file to retrieve the pipe outside
diameter and pipe size code based on the pipe size for spec-driven pipeline creation.
Spec-Driven Piping also uses this file to retrieve the fitting size code. This code is
based on the fitting size and is used for fitting stock number creation.
The Pipe Outer Diameter file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

PIPE_OD Pipe outside diameter (OD)

SIZE_CODE Size code

The size code can be used in a pipe or fitting stock


number as a replacement for size.

Example: Pipe Outer Diameter File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipeod/od_steel.ptd

SIZE PIPE_OD SIZE_CODE

1" 1.315 01

1-1/2" 1.9 1D

2" 2.375 02

3" 3.5 03

4" 1.315 04

6" 6.625 06

8" 8.625 08

10" 10.75 10

12" 12.75 12

14" 14 14

16" 16 16

18" 18 18

20" 20 20

24" 24 24

41
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Pipe Thickness File


The Pipe Thickness file defines the pipe wall thickness. The pipe wall thickness is a
fixed value relative to the nominal pipe diameter, pipe schedule, and pipe material
type.
Spec-Driven Piping uses the Pipe Thickness file to retrieve the pipe wall thickness
based on the pipe size and schedule for spec-driven pipeline creation.
The Pipe Thickness file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule

PIPE_THK Pipe wall thickness

Example: Pipe Thickness File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipethk/thk_steel.ptd

SCH_RATE SIZE PIPE_THK

40 1" 0.133

40 1-1/2" 0.145

40 2" 0.154

40 3" 0.216

40 4" 0.237

40 6" 0.28

40 8" 0.322

40 10" 0.365

40 12" 0.406

40 14" 0.438

40 16" 0.5

40 18" 0.562

40 20" 0.594

40 24" 0.688

42
Spec-Driven Piping

SCH_RATE SIZE PIPE_THK

80 1" 0.179

80 1-1/2" 0.2

80 2" 0.218

80 3" 0.3

80 4" 0.337

80 6" 0.432

80 8" 0.5

80 10" 0.594

80 12" 0.688

80 14" 0.75

80 16" 0.844

80 18" 0.938

80 20" 1.031

80 24" 1.218

Pipe Manufacture Directory File


The Pipe Manufacture Directory file associates a pipe material code with a Bend file,
a Bending Machine file, a Miter file, and a Bending Spring Back and Elongation file.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the Bend file, Bend Machine file, Bending Spring Back
and Elongation file, Miter file and names from the Pipe Manufacture Directory file.
This data is based on pipe material code. Spec-Driven Piping uses the Pipe
Manufacture Directory file during spec-driven pipeline creation.
The Pipe Manufacture Directory file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

MATL_CODE Material code

BEND_FILE Bend file name

BEND_MACHINE_FILE Bending Machine file name

MITER_FILE Miter file name

43
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Field Name Description

BEND_SPRING_BACK_ELONGATION_FILE Bending spring back and


elongation file name

Note: You can define the Pipe Manufacture Directory file name by setting the
piping_manufacture_dir_file configuration option (default is
piping_manufacture_dir.ptd).

Example: Pipe Manufacture Directory File


Default Path

<ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_manufacture_dir.ptd

MATL BEND_FI BEND_MACHI BEND_SPRING_BACK_ELONGAT MITER_


_COD LE NE_FILE ION_FILE FILE
E

AA bend/be bend_machine bend_spring_back_elongation/ben miter/m


nd_steel /bend_machin d_spring_back_elongation_steel iter_ste
e el

AB bend/be bend_machine miter/m


nd_steel /bend_machin iter_ste
e el

CA bend/be
nd_copp
er

CB bend/be
nd_albs

Bend File
The Bend file defines the bend information for pipe sizes that are assigned to specific
pipe material codes. Pipe material codes and the Bend files are associated in the Pipe
Manufacture MCAT file. The Pipe Manufacture file is associated to the Pipe Master
Catalog file for each material code through the Piping Material file.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the bend radius from the Bend file. This bend data is
based on the pipe size and is used for spec-driven pipeline creation and routing.
Note: The Bend file units of measurement must be the same as those in the Pipe
Outer Diameter file.

44
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Bend Radius

1. Bend radius

The Bend file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter.

RADIUS Bend radius.

RATIO Ratio between the bend radius and the pipe outside
diameter.

MIN_RADIUS Minimum bend radius.

MAX_RADIUS Maximum bend radius.

MIN_ANGLE Minimum bend angle.

MAX_ANGLE Maximum bend angle.

Example: Bend File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/bend/bend_steel.ptd

SIZE RADI RATI MIN_RADIU MAX_RADIU MIN_ANGL MAX_ANGL


US O S S E E

15A 100 100 100 0 360

20A 125 125 125 0 360

25A 125 125 125 0 360

32A 135 135 135 0 360

45
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

SIZE RADI RATI MIN_RADIU MAX_RADIU MIN_ANGL MAX_ANGL


US O S S E E

40A 145 145 145 0 360

50A 185 185 185 0 360

65A 230 230 230 0 360

80A 265 265 265 0 360

100A 345 345 345 0 360

125A 420 420 420 0 360

150A 560 560 560 0 360

200A 750 750 750 0 360

Bending Spring Back and Elongation File


The Bending Spring Back and Elongation file is used to store the spring back and
elongation for a given pipe material. The amount of spring back and elongation are
determined based on the pipe size, bend radius and bend angle.
Note: The Bending Spring Back and Elongation file units of measurement must be
the same as those in the Pipe Outer Diameter file.
The Bending Spring Back file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter.

RADIUS Bend radius.

ANGLE Bend angle in degree.

SPRING_BACK_LEN Spring back length.

ELONGATION_LENGTH Elongation Length.

Example: Bending Spring Back and Elongation File


Default Path

<ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/bending_spring_back_elongation/be
nding_spring_back_elongation_steel.ptd

46
Spec-Driven Piping

SIZE RADIUS ANGLE SPRING_BACK_LEN ELONGATION_LEN

15A 100 65 1 0

15A 100 75 1 0

15A 100 90 2 2

32A 135 5 0 0

32A 135 45 1 1

40A 145 45 1 1

40A 145 90 5 4

80A 265 10 0 0

80A 265 90 8 9

100A 345 5 0 0

200A 750 20 1 0

Bend Machine File


The Bend Machine file defines bend manufacturing information for a particular
bending machine. The Bend Machine file is associated with the pipe material codes in
the Pipe Manufacture Directory file. This material code is associated with the Pipe
Master Catalog file through the Piping Master Catalog Directory file.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the start, middle, and end clamp lengths from the
Bending Machine file. This data is based on pipe size and is used during bend
creation and design rule checking.
Note: The Bend Machine file units of measurement must be the same as those in the
Pipe Outer Diameter file.

47
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The following examples illustrate bend creation:


Example 1: Only One Bend in a Pipe Spool

1. Start segment length

2. Bending start

3. Bend radius

4. End segment length

Example 2: More Than One Bend in a Pipe Spool

1. Start segment length

2. Bending start

3. Bend radius

4. Middle segment length

5. End segment length

48
Spec-Driven Piping

The Bending Machine file format is described in the next table.

FIELD NAME DESCRIPTION

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter.

START_CLAMP_LEN Minimum clamp length required before the first


bend of the pipe spool.

Design rule: The length of the start segment should


be equal or longer than this value.

MID_CLAMP_LEN Minimum clamp length required between two bends


of the pipe spool.

Design rule: The length of the middle segment


should be equal or longer than this value.

END_CLAMP_LEN Minimum clamp length after the last bend of the


pipe spool.

Design rule: The length of the end segment should


be equal or longer than this value.

Example: Bend Machine File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/bend_machine/


bend_machine_one.ptd

SIZE START_CLAMP_LEN MID_CLAMP_LEN END_CALMP_LEN

½" 3.0

¾" 3.0

1" 3.0

1-1/2" 5.0

2" 5.8

3" 6.0

4" 10.5

6" 13.0

49
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Miter File
The Miter file defines miter information for pipe sizes that are assigned to specific
pipe material codes. The pipe material codes are associated with the Pipe Master
Catalog file through the Piping Material file.
Spec-Driven Piping uses the Miter file to retrieve the miter radius, the minimum and
maximum miter angles, and the number of cuts. The pipeline size and the vertex
angle are used to select the miter type from the Miter file when you create miters.
Note: The vertex angle must be greater than the minimum miter angle
(MIN_ANGLE) and less than or equal to the maximum miter angle (MAX_ANGLE).
The miter types can be one cut, two cut, three cut, or four cut.
The miter radius and the number of cuts from the selected miter file are used to
create miters.
Note: The unit of measurement in the Miter file is defined using the Units System
Directory File.
The Miter file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

RADIUS Radius of the miter

MIN_ANGLE Minimum miter angle

MAX_ANGLE Maximum miter angle

CUT_NUMBER Number of miter cuts

Example: Miter File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/miter/miter_steel.ptd

SIZE RADIUS MIN_ANGLE MAX_ANGLE CUT_NUMBER

250A 0 0 30 1

250A 267 30 60 2

250A 267 60 90 3

300A 0 0 30 1

300A 319 30 60 2

300A 319 60 90 3

50
Spec-Driven Piping

SIZE RADIUS MIN_ANGLE MAX_ANGLE CUT_NUMBER

350A 0 0 30 1

350A 356 30 60 2

350A 356 60 90 3

400A 0 0 30 1

400A 406 30 60 2

400A 406 60 90 3

450A 0 0 31 1

450A 457 30 60 2

450A 457 60 90 3

500A 0 0 31 1

500A 508 30 60 2

500A 508 60 90 3

End Compatibility File


The End Compatibility file defines all of the compatible pipe and fitting end types
used in piping design. Spec-Driven Piping uses this file to determine if two ends are
compatible and can be mated. End type compatibility is based on end types and
fitting ratings.
End Type Compatibility occurs during spec-driven pipeline creation, routing, and
fitting insertion.
The End Compatibility file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description Mandatory

END_TYPE1 First pipe or fitting end type YES

RATING1 First fitting rating NO

END_TYPE2 Second pipe or fitting end type YES

RATING2 Second fitting rating NO

Note: You can define the End Compatibility file name by setting the
piping_end_compatibility_file configuration option (default is
piping_end_compatibility.ptd).

51
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: End Compatibility File


Default Path

<ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_end_compatibility.ptd

END_TYPE1 RATING1 END_TYPE2 RATING2

BE BW

BW BW

FF 150 GF 150

Insulation File
The Insulation file defines the insulation data for pipes and fittings. Spec-Driven
Piping retrieves the insulation material code and material thickness from the
Insulation file and uses this insulation data for use in insulation modeling and
reporting.
The Insulation file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

TYPE Insulation type.

Spec-Driven Piping supports the following insulation


types:

o GENERAL

o TRACE_PIPE

Note: Only enter an insulation type in the first entry field


for each type.

CATEGORY Spec-Driven Piping accepts any of the Piping Master


Catalog Directory file categories.

MATL_CODE Insulation material code.

MATL_THK Insulation thickness.

Note: Required when the insulation material thickness is


applicable.

SIZE Pipe and fitting nominal diameter. Spec-Driven Piping uses


this data to apply the selected insulation (material type
and thickness) to the pipes and fittings.

STOCK_NO Stock number for the insulation material.

52
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Insulation File


Default Path

<ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/insulation/general_fitting.ptd

TYPE CATEGORY SIZE MATL_CODE MATL_THK STOCKNO

GENERAL PIPE 32A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 40A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 50A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 65A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 80A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 100A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 125A MWCOVER 30

PIPE 150A MWCOVER 30

PIPE SWIRE

PIPE BOND

PIPE GCLOTH

BEND TAPE

ELBOW TAPE

FLANGE MWCOVER 25

FLANGE GCLOTH

FLANGE GYARN

FLANGE SHOOK

VALVE MWCOVER 25

VALVE GCLOTH

VALVE GYARN

VALVE SHOOK

53
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Tip: Pipe Insulation Definition


When you define pipe insulation, start from the object being insulated and work
outward. Define each insulation material part, one by one, in the radius direction.
The following diagram illustrates the insulation definition process:

Pipe

Insulation: Mineral wool cover/provision refrigeration pipe cover

Steel wire

Bond

Cloth: Glass cloth/galvanized steel

Insulation define direction

Appearance Map File


The Piping Appearance Map Master Catalog (MCAT) file archives all of the colors used
during piping design. Click View > Color and Appearance to create or modify
colors.
You assign colors to specifications during Specification Directory file creation and
modification.
You can define the Appearance Map file name by setting the
piping_appearance_map_file configuration option (default is
piping_appearance.map).

Combined Size Code File


The combined size code file defines combined size codes for pipes and fittings of
various combinations of sizes. You can use the combined size code to define the
stock number format for pipes and fittings that represent all combinations of sizes.

54
Spec-Driven Piping

The Combined Size Code file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Definition

SIZE Size of the pipe or the inlet size of


the fitting

NSIZE New size or the outlet size of the


fitting

BSIZE Branch size or branch let size of the


fitting

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code that represents


a combination of sizes

Spec-Driven Piping, by default, uses the size code specified in the default combined
size code file for all the pipes and fittings.

Example: Combined Size Code File


Default Path

<ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipeod/combined_size_code.ptd

SIZE NSIZE BSIZE COMBINED_SIZE_CODE

100A 100

100A 50A A09

100A 100A 65A 010

Note:
• The pipes and fittings in the first row of the previous table have only one size.
Therefore, no values are specified for NSIZE and BSIZE.

• A REDUCER fitting having main size 100A and new size 50A can be represented
by a combined size code A09. This combined size code represents the size
combination 100A x 50A. Because the combined size code such as A09 is user-
defined, it may not have any visual relation to the actual fitting size combination.

• A TEE fitting with a branch size of 65A is represented by a combined size code
010 as shown in the third row of the previous table.

55
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Tip: Defining Size Codes


Spec-Driven Piping uses the following rules to assign size codes while defining the
material classification code format and the stock number format for pipes, fittings,
and assembly fitting records in the Auto-Selection files:
• The combined size code defined in SIZE_CODE_FILE that is specified in the Piping
Master Catalog Directory file is used to represent keyword COMBINED_SIZE_CODE.

• The size code defined in PIPE_OD_FILE that is specified in the Piping Master
Catalog Directory file is used to represent keywords such as SIZE_CODE,
NSIZE_CODE, and BSIZE_CODE.

Units System File


The Units System file specifies the units system that can be used for the various
parameter values in the piping data files. You can define the Units System file using
the UNITS_SYSTEM_DIC_FILE configuration option. The default file is
piping_units_system_dic_file.ptd. The units system defined in standard
Pro/ENGINEER is used to specify units in the piping data files.
The Unit System file format is described in the next table.

Field Name Description

FILE Data file name

PRO_UNIT_SYS Pro/ENGINEER units system used for


the data file

Spec-Driven Piping supports the


following predefined Pro/ENGINEER
units system:

o PROE_DEF—Inch Lbm Second

o CGS—Centimeter Gram Second

o FPS—Foot Pound Second

o IPS—Inch Pound Second

o MKS—Meter Kilogram Second

o MMKS—Millimeter Kilogram
Second

o MMNS—Millimeter Newton
Second

Note: Spec-Driven Piping also uses


the other user-defined
Pro/ENGINEER units systems.

56
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Units System File


Default Path

<ProE load
point>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/piping_units_system_dic_file.ptd

File PRO_UNIT_SYS

pipeod/od_steel MMKS

pipeod/od_copper MMKS

pipeod/od_albrass-nicu MMKS

pipethk/thk_copper MMKS

pipethk/thk_steel MMKS

pipethk/thk_sus MMKS

bend/bend_albs MMKS

bend/bend_copper MMKS

bend/bend_steel MMKS

miter/miter_steel MMKS

insulation/exhaust MMKS

insulation/general MMKS

insulation/general_fitting MMKS

insulation/sweat MMKS

insulation/trace_pipe MMKS

piping_material MMKS

bend_machine/bend_machine MMKS

bend_machine/bend_springback_elong_steel MMKS

piping_manufacture_dir MMKS

Project Data Files

About Project Data Files


Project Data files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all project specific design
information. You create Project Data files when you set up Spec-Driven Piping for
each piping project.

57
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To set up Spec-Driven Piping, you must define each piping specification and assign
piping data to them using the Define Piping Specification dialog box (PIPING >
Set Up > Spec DB). Spec-Driven Piping writes this piping data to the following
Project Data files:
• Specification Directory Files—Store all piping specifications, mnemonics,
colors, layers, insulation codes, and assigned Auto-Selection files that you
selected for a piping project.

• Auto-Selection Files—Contain all pipes, fittings, bends, miters, and assembly


fittings that you selected for a piping project. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves this
data from the Master Catalog (MCAT) files.

• Insulation Directory Files—Contain all insulation files, insulation codes, and


colors that you selected for a piping project. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves this
data from the Master Catalog (MCAT) files.

The Fitting Category Map Files are Project Data files in which you assign fitting
categories to Fitting Category buttons in the Insert Fitting and Insert Group
Fitting dialog boxes. These buttons allow you to easily access all fittings for the
selected pipeline specification during fitting insertion.

How Project Data Files Work


As you design a piping project and select piping specifications, Spec-Driven Piping
uses the Project Data files to retrieve the piping data that you assigned to each
specification and dynamically populates the current dialog box. This simplifies the
piping design process.
For example, before you begin designing your piping project, you set up Spec-Driven
Piping. You assign piping data to piping specification records A7A, 12A, and 14C.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the data from the Master Catalog (MCAT) files and
saves the records in the Project Data files. As you create the pipeline or insert a
fitting for specification 12A, only the piping data that you assigned to the
specification 12A record becomes available and populates the dialog box. All other
data remains archived.
Note: Spec-Driven Piping saves all Project Data files in one directory. You can
change this directory by setting the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

About Specification Directory Files


Specification Directory files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all piping
specifications for a piping project. You create Specification Directory files when you
set up Spec-Driven Piping for each piping project.
To create a Specification Directory file, you define all piping specification records by
assigning the following data using the Define Piping Specification dialog box:
• Specification—All project specification names for a piping project.

• Mnemonic—Fluid or piping system assigned to each specification.

58
Spec-Driven Piping

• Color—Color assigned to each specification. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves colors


from the Piping Appearance Map Master Catalog (MCAT) file.

• Layer—Layer assigned to each specification.

• Auto-Selection File—Auto-Selection file assigned to each specification. Auto-


Selection files store all pipe, fitting, and assembly fitting data that you assigned
for each specification record.

• Insulation Code—Insulation code assigned to each specification. The insulation


code points to the Insulation Directory file. This file stores the insulation data that
you assigned to a specification.

How Specification Directory Files Work


Pipeline Creation

After you open the Create Pipeline dialog box (PIPING > Pipeline >
Create/Route), Spec-Driven Piping retrieves all piping specifications from the
Specification Directory file. You select a specification and Spec-Driven Piping
retrieves the specification name, mnemonic, color, and layer from the Specification
Directory file for the selected specification. This file also directs Spec-Driven Piping to
the Auto-Selection and Insulation Directory files where Spec-Driven Piping retrieves
the pipe, fitting, and insulation data that you assigned to the specification. Spec-
Driven Piping populates the Create Pipeline dialog box with this data.

You select the piping data needed and click to create the pipeline. Spec-Driven
Piping copies the selected piping data to the linestock and insulation features, and
opens the ROUTE PIPE submenu. You can begin to route the pipeline.
Fitting Insertion

After you select a pipeline and insertion point, Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the
piping data from the Specification Directory file. This data includes the specification
name and the pipe size from the pipeline. The piping data directs Spec-Driven Piping
to the Auto-Selection file where Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the fittings that you
assigned to the specification. Spec-Driven Piping populates the appropriate fitting
insertion dialog boxes with this data.
You select a fitting with the Fitting Category buttons. After you click a button, Spec-
Driven Piping retrieves only the fittings (in the category) that you assigned to the
Auto-Selection file for that specification.
For example, you click PIPING > Fitting > Insert and select the pipeline for
specification 12A. You select the valve fitting category button to select a valve fitting.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves all valve fittings that you assigned to the specification
12A Auto-Selection file (12a_asfile.ptd). After you select the valve fitting, click
to insert it.

59
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The following table describes the Specification Directory file format:

Field Name Description Required

SPEC Specification name. YES

MNEMONIC Mnemonic name (system or fluid). NO

COLOR Color name. YES

LAYER Layer name - Maximum 31 NO


characters.

AUTO_SELECT_FILE Auto-Selection File name assigned to YES


each specification. Points to the Auto-
Selection File.

INS_CODE Insulation code assigned to each NO


specification. Points to the Insulation
Directory File.

Note: You can define the Specification Directory file name by setting the
piping_spec_dir_file configuration option (default is piping_spec_dir.ptd).

Example: Specification Directory File


Default Path:

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/piping_specs_dir.ptd

SPEC MNEMONIC COLOR LAYER AUTO_SELECT_FILE INS_CODE

A7A WC YELLOW a7a_layer a7a_asfile ES

B7A HC BLUE b7a_layer b7a_asfile EH

D2B MAGENTA d2b_layer d2b_asfile EK

To Create a Specification Directory File


Note: Because Spec-Driven Piping requires that you select an Auto-Selection file for
each specification record (in the Specification Directory file), you must create the
Auto-Selection files before you define the specification records.
1. Create or open a piping an assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

4. Click to create a new file. The New File dialog box opens.

60
Spec-Driven Piping

5. Under Type, select Spec Directory File and enter a file name. This file will
contain all specifications for the entire piping project. It is recommended that you
use a descriptive file name such as project_name_specs.ptd.

6. Click to open the file. Spec-Driven Piping displays the file name in the border
next to Specification Directory File. You can begin to define a specification
record.

7. Under Define Record, enter a piping specification name (required). The


Specification box lists all specification records in the current Specification
Directory file.

8. Type a mnemonic (optional). The Mnemonic box lists each mnemonic assigned
to a specification record in the current Specification Directory file. If you assign a
mnemonic, Spec-Driven Piping assigns the selected color to both the specification
and the mnemonic.

9. Type a layer name in the Layer box for specification and mnemonic (optional).

10. Select a color (required). Colors can be assigned to the specification and
mnemonic. The Color box lists all colors stored in the Piping Appearance Map
(MCAT) File. You can define new colors (View > Color and Appearance).

11. Select an Auto-Selection file (required). Click to open the Select Auto
Selection File dialog box. Select an Auto-Selection file and double-click. The
selected file populates the Auto Selection box. The current directory is based on
the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

12. Do one of the following:

o Select the Insulation Code check box to assign an insulation code to the
current specification record (optional). The Insulation Code box lists all
insulation codes in the Insulation Directory Project Data file.

o Clear the Insulation Code check box and make the insulation codes
unavailable to the specification.

13. Click to add the new specification record to the Specification Directory file.
Spec-Driven Piping lists the record under Select Record.

14. Click to save the file. The current directory is based on the directory path in
the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

15. Click File > Exit.

About Auto-Selection Files


Auto-Selection files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store subsets of data that you
select from the Master Catalog (MCAT) files. You create an Auto-Selection file for
each project specification record (Specification Directory file) by using the Define
Piping Specification dialog box.

61
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Auto-Selection files allow Spec-Driven Piping to retrieve only the piping data that you
assigned to a specification. Each Auto-Selection file contains the following data:
• Pipe Data—Pipe categories, sizes, schedules, end types, material codes, Pipe
MCAT file names, and stock numbers. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves this data from
the appropriate MCAT files and saves it in pipe records that you define.

• Fitting Data—Fitting selection names, categories, sizes, end types, ratings,


material codes, bolt nut codes, fitting MCAT file names, and stock numbers.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves this data from the appropriate MCAT files and saves
it in fitting records that you define.

• Assembly Fitting Data—Assembly fitting selection names, sizes, configurations,


and stock numbers. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves this data from the appropriate
MCAT files and saves it in assembly fitting records that you define.

Note: After you create an Auto-Selection file, you must assign it to the
corresponding specification record (in the Specification Directory file) using the
Define Piping Specification dialog box (Auto-Selection box).
For example, you assign the Auto-Selection file created for specification 11C
(11c_asfile.ptd) to the specification 11C record in the Specification Directory file.
This allows the Specification Directory file to direct Spec-Driven Piping to the correct
Auto-Selection file.

How Auto-Selection Files Work


After you select a specification for pipeline creation or select a pipeline for fitting
insertion, Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the specification data from the Specification
Directory file. The Specification Directory file also directs Spec-Driven Piping to the
appropriate Auto-Selection file to retrieve the pipe, fitting, and assembly fitting data.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the Auto-Selection piping data from the pipe, fitting,
and assembly fitting records that you defined for each specification. This data
populates appropriate dialog boxes.
Auto-Selection Files simplify the piping process and reduce design error by making
available only a subset of the Master Catalog file piping data.
The following table describes the Auto-Selection File format:

Field Name Description

CATEGORY Pipe or fitting category

SNAME Fitting selection name

SIZE Pipe or fitting inlet nominal size

NSIZE Fitting outlet nominal size

BSIZE Fitting branch outlet nominal size

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule or fitting rating

62
Spec-Driven Piping

Field Name Description

MATL_CODE Pipe or fitting material code

MCAT_FILE Master Catalog (MCAT) file name

STOCKNO Pipe or fitting stock number

MCCS_CODE Pipe or fitting Material Classification Code

CODE Fitting code—Indicates how a certain fitting is to be


inserted

BOLT_NUT_CODE Bolt and Nut Code for the fitting

Example: Auto-Selection File


Default Path:

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/ms_asfile.ptd

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

PIP 10A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
010 001
0

PIP 15A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
015 001
5

PIP 20A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
020 002
0

PIP 25A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
025 002
5

63
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

PIP 32A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
032 003
2

PIP 40A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
040 004
0

PIP 50A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
050 005
0

PIP 65A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
065 006
5

PIP 80A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
080 008
0

PIP 100A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
100 010
0

PIP 125A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
125 012
5

PIP 150A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
150 015
0

64
Spec-Driven Piping

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

PIP 200A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
200 020
0

PIP 250A 40 AB pipe/pipe PIPEAB 311 PIPE


E _steel 40PE- AB4
250 025
0

BE 40 AB bend/ben BEND
ND d_steel

MIT 40 AB miter/mite MITE


ER r_steel R

BR BRA 1 40 AA fitting/tee BRANA 357 BRAN


AN N 5 _straight_ A40BW- AA4 CH
CH A bw_steel 015 001
5

BR BRA 2 40 AA fitting/tee BRANA 357 BRAN


AN N 0 _straight_ A40BW- AA4 CH
CH A bw_steel 020 002
0

BR BRA 2 40 AA fitting/tee BRANA 357 BRAN


AN N 5 _straight_ A40BW- AA4 CH
CH A bw_steel 025 002
5

BR BRA 3 2 40 AA fitting/tee BRANA 357 BRAN


AN N 2 0 _reducing A40BW- AA4 CH_R
CH A A _bw_stee 032X02 003 EDUC
l 0 202 ING
0

BR BRA 5 4 40 AA fitting/tee BRANA 357 BRAN


AN N 0 0 _reducing A40BW- AA4 CH_R
CH A A _bw_stee 050X04 005 EDUC
l 0 004 ING
0

65
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

BR BRA 1 8 40 AA fitting/tee BRANA 357 BRAN


AN N 5 0 _reducing A40BW- AA4 CH_R
CH 0 A _bw_stee 150X08 015 EDUC
A l 0 008 ING
0

BR OLE 2 1 5 AA fitting/wel OLETA 357 BRAN


AN T 0 5 dolet A5BW- AA5 CH_L
CH A A 015 020 ET
_LE
T

BR OLE 2 1 5 AA fitting/wel OLETA 357 BRAN


AN T 5 5 dolet A5BW- AA5 CH_L
CH A A 015 025 ET
_LE
T

BR OLE 2 2 5 AA fitting/wel OLETA 357 BRAN


AN T 5 0 dolet A5BW- AA5 CH_L
CH A A 020 025 ET
_LE
T

ELB ELB 5 40 AA fitting/elb ELBOW 351 ELBO


OW OW4 0 ow_45lon 45LRAA AA4 W
5LR A g_bw_ste 40BW- 005
el 050 0

ELB ELB 6 40 AA fitting/elb ELBOW 351 ELBO


OW OW4 5 ow_45lon 45LRAA AA4 W
5LR A g_bw_ste 40BW- 006
el 065 5

ELB ELB 2 40 AA fitting/elb ELBOW 351 ELBO


OW OW9 0 ow_90lon 90LRAA AA4 W
0LR 0 g_bw_ste 40BW- 020
A el 200 0

66
Spec-Driven Piping

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

FLA NEC 1 30 AA fitting/flan NECKF 33A FLAN CFA


NG KFLA 5 ge_neck_ LANGE A30 GE
E NGE A rf AA30FL 015
RF-015

FLA NEC 2 30 AA fitting/flan NECKF 33A FLAN CFA


NG KFLA 0 ge_neck_ LANGE A30 GE
E NGE A rf AA30FL 020
RF-020

FLA SLIP 1 20 AA fitting/flan SLIPFL 33A FLAN CFB


NG FLAN 0 ge_slip ANGEA A20 GE
E GE A A20FLR 010
F-010

FLA SLIP 1 20 AA fitting/flan SLIPFL 33A FLAN CFB


NG FLAN 5 ge_slip ANGEA A20 GE
E GE A A20FLR 015
F-015

FLA SLIP 2 20 AA fitting/flan SLIPFL 33A FLAN CFB


NG FLAN 0 ge_slip ANGEA A20 GE
E GE 0 A20FLR 200
A F-200

FLA SLIP 2 20 AA fitting/flan SLIPFL 33A FLAN CFB


NG FLAN 5 ge_slip ANGEA A20 GE
E GE 0 A20FLR 250
A F-250

GE BFLA 1 5 AA fitting/flan BFLAN 33A INLIN CFC


NE NGE 0 ge_blank GEAA5 A50 E
RAL A FLFF- 10
010

GE BFLA 1 5 AA fitting/flan BFLAN 33A INLIN CFC


NE NGE 5 ge_blank GEAA5 A50 E
RAL A FLFF- 15
015

67
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

GA GAS 1 20 AG fitting/gas GASKE 34A GASK


SK KET 0 ket_slip TAG20 G20 ET
ET A GKFF- 010
010

GA GAS 1 20 AG fitting/gas GASKE 34A GASK


SK KET 5 ket_slip TAG20 G20 ET
ET A GKFF- 015
015

RE CRE 2 1 40 AA fitting/red CREDA 356 INLIN


DU D 0 5 _concentr A40BW- AA4 E_RE
CE A A ic_bw_st 020X01 002 DUCI
R eel 5 001 NG
5

RE CRE 2 1 40 AA fitting/red CREDA 356 INLIN


DU D 5 5 _concentr A40BW- AA4 E_RE
CE A A ic_bw_st 025X01 002 DUCI
R eel 5 501 NG
5

RE ERE 2 2 40 AA fitting/red EREDA 356 INLIN


DU D 5 0 _eccentri A40BW- AA4 E_RE
CE 0 0 c_bw 250X20 025 DUCI
R A A 0 020 NG
0

VAL GAT 5 20 AA fitting/vl_ GATEA 322 INLIN CFD


VE E 0 gate_flrf A20FLR AA2 E
A F-050 005
0

VAL GAT 6 20 AA fitting/vl_ GATEA 322 INLIN CFD


VE E 5 gate_flrf A20FLR AA2 E
A F-065 006
5

VAL GAT 8 20 AA fitting/vl_ GATEA 322 INLIN CFD


VE E 0 gate_flrf A20FLR AA2 E
A F-080 008
0

68
Spec-Driven Piping

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

JOI COU 2 40 AA fitting/cou COUPLI 354 INLIN


NT PLIN 5 pling_sw NGAA4 AA4 E_JOI
G A _steel 0SW- 002 NT
025 5

JOI COU 3 40 AA fitting/cou COUPLI 354 INLIN


NT PLIN 2 pling_sw NGAA4 AA4 E_JOI
G A _steel 0SW- 003 NT
032 2

JOI COU 4 40 AA fitting/cou COUPLI 354 INLIN


NT PLIN 0 pling_sw NGAA4 AA4 E_JOI
G A _steel 0SW- 004 NT
040 0

AN ANG 1 10 AA fitting/vl_ ANGLE 322 CORN CFL


GL LE_V 5 angle_flff _VALV AA1 ER
E_V ALVE A EAA10F 001
ALV F-015 5
E

AN ANG 2 10 AA fitting/vl_ ANGLE 322 CORN CFL


GL LE_V 0 angle_flff _VALV AA1 ER
E_V ALVE A EAA10F 002
ALV F-020 0
E

AS DRAI 1 BRAN,NI DRAIN_ ASSE


SE N_A 5 PPLE,GA A-015 MBLY
MB A TE,NIPP
LY LE

AS DRAI 2 BRAN,NI DRAIN_ ASSE


SE N_A 0 PPLE,GA A-020 MBLY
MB A TE,NIPP
LY LE

SU CLIP 1 4 AA fitting/pi CLIPAA 322 NOBR


PP 0 0 pe_clip 40-100 AA4 EAK
OR 0 010
T A 0

69
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

CAT SNA S N B SC MA MCAT_F STOCK MCC CODE BOLT


EGO ME I S S H_ TL_ ILE NO S_C _NUT
RY Z I I RA CO ODE _COD
E Z Z TE DE E
E E

SU UBO 2 4 AA fitting/pi UBOLT 401 NOBR


PP LT 0 0 pe_ubolt AA40- AA4 EAK
OR A 020 002
T 0

SU UBO 2 4 AA fitting/pi UBOLT 403 NOBR


PP LT_C 5 0 pe_ubolt _CHAN AA4 EAK
OR HAN A _sup NELAA 002
T NEL 40-025 5

To Create an Auto-Selection File


Note: Because Spec-Driven Piping requires that you select an Auto-Selection file for
each specification record (in the Specification Directory file), you must create Auto-
Selection files before defining the specification records. You must also create at least
one Auto-Selection record in order to create an Auto-Selection file.
1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

4. Click to create a new file. The New File dialog box opens.

5. Under Type, select Auto-Selection File and type a file name. This file will
contain all pipe and fitting data assigned to one piping specification. It is highly
recommended that you use a file name that includes the file descriptor. For
example, <specification or mnemonic name>_asfile.ptd.

6. Click to open the file. Spec-Driven Piping displays the file name in the border
next to Auto-Selection File.

7. Under Auto-Selection File, select the Pipe, Fitting, and Assembly (fitting)
tabs to define these records for each specification.

To Create an Auto-Selection Pipe Record


Note:
• You must read To Create an Auto-Selection File to follow the steps below.

• The Pipe tab (Define Piping Specification dialog box) allows you to define all
pipe records for Auto-Selection files. You assign an Auto-Selection file to a piping

70
Spec-Driven Piping

specification in the Specification Directory file. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the


Auto-Selection file pipe data to create pipelines.

To define an Auto-Selection pipe record, select pipe data from the boxes under
Define Record.

1. Under Select Pipe, select a pipe category (required). The Category box lists all
pipe categories retrieved from the Piping Master Catalog (MCAT) Directory file.

2. Select a Pipe MCAT file (required). The Master Catalog box lists all Pipe MCAT
files assigned to the selected pipe category in the Piping MCAT Directory file.
Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the file names from the Piping MCAT Directory file.

3. Select a pipe material code (required). The Material Code box lists all pipe
material codes assigned to the selected Pipe MCAT file and defined in the Piping
Material MCAT file. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the material codes from the
Piping Material MCAT file.

4. Select a pipe schedule (required). The Schedule box lists all pipe schedules
assigned to the selected Pipe MCAT file. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the
schedules from the Pipe MCAT file.

5. Select a pipe end type (required). The End Type box lists all pipe end types
assigned to the selected Pipe MCAT file. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the end
types from the Pipe MCAT file.

a. You can confirm or change the pipe sizes assigned to the selected Pipe

MCAT file (optional).Click next to Sizes. The PIPE Size Table


dialog box opens. Spec-Driven Piping lists all pipe sizes assigned to the
selected Pipe MCAT file. Each pipe size contains a check box to indicate
selection status. Spec-Driven Piping selects all sizes by default. Clear
each check box to make a pipe size unavailable from the pipe record.

You can click to reset the list to the Spec-Driven Piping default
selections.

b. Click to save all changes. The PIPE Size Table dialog box closes.
6. Select a stock number format for the pipe record (required). The Select Stock
Number Format box lists the stock number formats defined for the pipe records
in the current Auto-Selection file. Spec-Driven Piping displays the pipe stock
number during information reporting.

Under Select Stock Number Format, perform the following tasks to select the
pipe stock number format:

a. Select the stock number format keywords. You can select Spec-Driven
Piping format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII
characters required by your project, or choose a combination of both.
b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a
delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that
delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).

71
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

7. Select a material classification code (MCCS) format for the pipe record (optional).
The Select Material Classification Code Format box lists all material
classification code formats defined for the pipe records in the current Auto-
Selection file.

Under Select Material Classification Code Format, select an MCCS format as


follows:

a. Select the MCCS format keywords. You can select Spec-Driven Piping
format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII characters
required by your project, or choose a combination of both.
b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a
delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that
delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).
8. Select either one or both of the following pipe corner type check boxes for the
pipe record (optional):

o Allow Bend—Enables corner bends for the selected pipe.

o Allow Miter—Allows mitered corners for the selected pipe.

9. Click to add the new pipe record to the Auto-Selection file. Spec-Driven
Piping lists the record under Select Record.

10. Click to save the Auto-Selection file. The current directory is based on the
directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

11. Repeat the above steps to define additional pipe records.

or

Click the Fitting tab to define all fitting records for the current Auto-Selection
file.

or

Click File > Exit.

To Create an Auto-Selection Fitting Record


Note:
• You must read To Create an Auto-Selection File to follow the steps below.

• The Fitting tab (Define Piping Specification dialog box) allows you to define
all fitting records for Auto-Selection files. You assign an Auto-Selection file to a
piping specification in the Specification Directory file. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves
the Auto-Selection file fitting data during fitting insertion.

72
Spec-Driven Piping

To define an Auto-Selection fitting record, select the fitting data from the boxes
under Define Record.
1. Under Select Fitting, select a fitting category (required). The Category box lists
all fitting categories retrieved from the Piping Master Catalog (MCAT) Directory
file.

2. Select a Fitting MCAT file (required). The Master Catalog box lists all Fitting
MCAT files assigned to the selected fitting category in the Piping MCAT Directory
file. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the file names from the Piping MCAT Directory
file.

3. Select a fitting material code (required). The Material Code box lists all fitting
material codes assigned to the selected Fitting MCAT file and defined in the Piping
Material file.

4. Select a fitting rating (required). The Rating/Schedule box lists all fitting
ratings available in the selected Fitting MCAT file.

5. The End Type boxes list the first and second end type values available for the
selected fitting and defined in the respective master catalog file.

Note: The selection in the End Type boxes is based on the following:

o If the fitting master catalog specifies only one value for the first or the
second end type or both end types, the appropriate end type box displays
an end type value that you cannot modify.

o If the fitting master catalog specifies more than one value for the first,
second, or both end types, the appropriate end type boxes display a list of
the end type values. Select the required end types from the list.

o If the fitting master catalog does not specify any value for either the first or
the second end type, you cannot select any value for the corresponding end
type.

6. The Bolt Nut Code box lists the bolt nut codes available in the Bolt-Nut Selection
file. Select the bolt nut code to be assigned to the fitting from the list. Spec-
Driven Piping assigns the default bolt nut code that is specified to the selected
fitting in the Piping MCAT Directory File.

7. You can select the fittings based on their sizes from the selected Fitting MCAT file
(optional).

a. Click adjacent to Sizes. One of two Size Table dialog boxes opens
according to the type of fitting selected from the Master Catalog box. Spec-
Driven Piping lists all fitting sizes assigned to the selected Fitting MCAT file.
Each fitting size contains a check box to indicate selection status. Spec-
Driven Piping selects all sizes by default. Clear each check box to make a

fitting size unavailable from the fitting record. You can click to reset
the list to the Spec-Driven Piping default selections, which is based on all
the available sizes in the selected fitting MCAT file.

73
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

b. Click to save all changes. The Size Table dialog box closes.
8. Select a stock number format for the fitting record (required). The Select Stock
Number Format box lists all stock number formats defined for the fitting
records in the current Auto-Selection file. Spec-Driven Piping displays the fitting
stock number during information reporting.

Under Select Stock Number Format, perform the following tasks to select the
fitting stock number format:

a. Select the stock number format keywords. You can select Spec-Driven
Piping format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII
characters required by your project, or choose a combination of both.
b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a
delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that
delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).
9. Select a material classification code (MCCS) format for the fitting record
(optional). The Select Material Classification Code Format box lists all material
classification code formats defined for the fitting records in the current Auto-
Selection file.

Under Select Material Classification Code Format, perform the following


tasks to select an MCCS format:

a. Select the MCCS format keywords. You can select Spec-Driven Piping
format keywords from the Keyword box, enter new keywords unique to
your project, or choose a combination of both.
b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a
delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that
delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).
10. Under Specify Selection Name, enter a fitting selection name (required). The
Specify Selection Name box lists all selection names defined for the fitting
records in the current Auto-Selection file. Spec-Driven Piping uses the fitting
selection names to populate the Selection Name boxes in the Insert Fitting and
Insert Group Fitting dialog boxes during fitting insertion.

Note: You can select or specify a new value using the Specify Selection Name
list only if the required fitting selection name is not specified in the Piping MCAT
Directory file.

11. Click to add the new fitting record to the Auto-Selection file. Spec-Driven
Piping lists the record under Select Record.

12. Click to save the Auto-Selection file. The current directory is based on the
directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

13. Repeat the above steps to define additional fitting records.

or

74
Spec-Driven Piping

Click the Assembly tab to define all assembly fitting records for the current
Auto-Selection file.

or

Click File > Exit.

To Create an Auto-Selection Assembly Fitting Record


Note:
• You must read To Create an Auto-Selection File to follow the steps below.

• The Assembly tab (Define Piping Specification dialog box) enables you to
define all assembly fitting records for Auto-Selection files. You assign an Auto-
Selection file to a piping specification in the Specification Directory file. Spec-
Driven Piping retrieves the Auto-Selection file assembly fitting data during fitting
insertion.

• An assembly fitting is a group of fittings that are inserted as one unit.

To define an assembly fitting record, select assembly fitting data from the boxes
under Define Record.
1. Under Select Assembly, select the fittings that make up an assembly fitting
(required). From the Fitting Selection Name box, select each fitting name
according to its sequence in the assembly, beginning with the branch fittings. For
example, BRAN, NIPPLE, GATE, NIPPLE. The Fitting Selection Name box lists
all fittings in the fitting records (Fitting tab) for the current Auto-Selection file.

Spec-Driven Piping populates the Configuration box with the assembly fitting
configuration (the fitting names and assembly sequence). The Configuration
box lists all configurations defined for the assembly fitting records.

2. You can confirm or change the assembly fitting sizes (optional). Note that Spec-
Driven Piping determines assembly fitting sizes according to the pipe sizes
defined in the pipe records (Pipe tab) for the current Auto-Selection file.

a. Click next to Sizes. The Size Table dialog boxes opens. Spec-Driven
Piping lists all pipe sizes assigned to the pipe records (Pipe tab). Spec-
Driven Piping retrieves the pipe sizes from the current Auto-Selection file.
Each pipe size contains a check box to indicate selection status. Spec-
Driven Piping selects all sizes by default. Clear each check box to make a

size unavailable from the assembly fitting record. You can click to
reset the list to the Spec-Driven Piping default selections.

b. Click to confirm all changes. The Size Table dialog box closes.
3. Select a stock number format for the assembly fitting record (required). The
Select Stock Number Format box lists all stock number formats defined for the
assembly fitting records in the current Auto-Selection file. Spec-Driven Piping
displays assembly fitting stock numbers during information reporting.

75
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Under Select Stock Number Format, perform the following tasks to select an
assembly fitting stock number format:

a. Select the stock number format keywords. You can select Spec-Driven
Piping format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII
characters required by your project, or choose a combination of both.
b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a
delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that
delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).
4. Select a material classification code (MCCS) format for the assembly fitting
record (optional). The Select Material Classification Code Format box lists all
material classification code formats defined for the assembly fitting records in the
current Auto-Selection file.

Under Select Material Classification Code Format, perform the following


tasks to select an MCCS format:

a. Select the MCCS format keywords. You can select Spec-Driven Piping
format keywords from the Keyword box, enter words or ASCII characters
required by your project, or choose a combination of both.
b. Select a delimiter. A delimiter separates areas in a listing. You can select a
delimiter from the Delimiter box or enter a new delimiter. Note that
delimiters must be enclosed with commas omitting any white space (,-,).
5. Under Select Selection Name, enter an assembly fitting selection name
(required). The Select Selection Name box lists all selection names defined for
the assembly fitting records in the current Auto-Selection file. Spec-Driven Piping
uses the assembly fitting selection names to populate the Selection Name
boxes in the Insert Fitting dialog box.

6. Click to add the new assembly fitting record to the Auto-Selection file. Spec-
Driven Piping lists the record under Select Record.

7. Click to save the Auto-Selection file. The current directory is based on the
directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

8. Repeat the above steps to define additional assembly fitting records.

or

Click File > Exit.

Preview Fitting Graphics


You can preview selected fittings as you define a fitting record (Fitting tab) for the
current Auto-Selection file. After you select a Fitting Master Catalog file, click the
Preview Fitting Graphics band located at the bottom of the Define Piping
Specification dialog box. The preview panel expands and displays the selected
fitting. You can spin, zoom, and move the fitting in the panel. Spec-Driven Piping
displays each fitting selection dynamically as you make selections.

76
Spec-Driven Piping

Spec-Driven Piping Component Window


You can also preview fittings in the Component Window. Select the Preview in
Separate Window check box in the preview panel and Spec-Driven Piping displays
the fitting (and the file name) in the Component Window.
Note: You must clear the Preview in Separate Window check box to close the
window. Clicking File > Exit from the separate window closes Pro/ENGINEER.

Size Tables
Spec-Driven Piping uses size tables to list all pipe and fitting sizes in the selected
Pipe or Fitting Master Catalog (MCAT) file. You select an MCAT file (in the Define
Piping Specification dialog box) to define a pipe or fitting Auto-Selection file
record.
Spec-Driven Piping opens two different size tables according to the following
selections:
Pipes and Standard Fittings

Size Table for a Pipe Size Table for a Flange Fitting

77
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The Size Table format is discussed in the next table.

Left Section Right Section

Lists all sizes defined in the MCAT Displays the size selection status
file that you selected. with a check box. Spec-Driven
Piping selects all sizes by default.
You can clear a check box to make
the size unavailable.

Size Transitional Fittings (Reducers, Branch Reducer Fittings, and so on)

The following table describes the Size Table format above:

Left Section Right Section

Lists all main sizes defined in the Displays the branch or new size
MCAT File that you selected. selection status with a check box.
Spec-Driven Piping selects all
branch or new sizes by default. You
can clear a check box to make the
size unavailable.

In the above example, there are


two reducer fitting sizes with the
main size 32A:

• 32A (main size) to 20A (new size)

• 32A (main size) to 25A (new size)

78
Spec-Driven Piping

Format Keywords
The following tables describe the stock number and material classification code
(MCCS) format keywords for pipes, fittings, and assembly fitting records in the Auto-
Selection files.
Pipes

Keywords Description

MATL_CODE Pipe material code

MCAT_FILE Pipe Master Catalog file name

SCH_RATE Pipe schedule

END_TYPE Pipe end type

SIZE Pipe nominal diameter

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code for a size combination

SIZE_CODE Size code for pipe nominal diameter

Fittings

Keywords Description

SNAME Fitting selection name

MATL_CODE Fitting material code

MCAT_FILE Fitting Master Catalog file name

SCH_RATE Fitting rating

END_TYPE Fitting inlet end type

NEND_TYPE Fitting outlet end type

SIZE Fitting inlet size

NSIZE Fitting outlet size

BSIZE Fitting branch outlet size

SIZE_CODE Size code for fitting inlet size

NSIZE_CODE Size code for fitting outlet size

BSIZE_CODE Size code for fitting branch outlet size

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code for a size combination

79
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Assembly Fittings

Keywords Description

SNAME Assembly fitting selection name

SIZE Assembly fitting size

SIZE_CODE Size code for the assembly fitting size

COMBINED_SIZE_CODE Combined size code for a size combination

About Insulation Directory Files


Insulation Directory files are Pro/TABLE (ASCII) files that store all insulation data for
a piping project. To create an Insulation Directory file, define insulation records by
assigning the following insulation data using the Define Piping Specification dialog
box:
• Insulation codes—All insulation codes assigned to a piping project. Spec-Driven
Piping retrieves these codes from the Insulation Directory file and uses them to
identify each insulation type during the insulation modeling and reporting
process. You assign each code to an Insulation Master Catalog (MCAT) file.

• Insulation MCAT file names—All Insulation file names stored in the Piping
MCAT Directory file. These file names point to the Insulation MCAT files. Spec-
Driven Piping retrieves insulation data for pipe and fittings from these files.

• Insulation colors—Color name for each quilt representation of insulation. You


can assign a color to each insulation code. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves colors
from the Piping Appearance Map (MCAT) File.

After you create an Insulation Directory file, you can assign an insulation code to
each project specification record (Specification Directory file) using the Define
Piping Specification dialog box (Insulation Code box).

How Insulation Directory Files Work


After you select a specification for pipeline creation, Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the
specification data including the insulation code from the Specification Directory file.
The insulation code directs Spec-Driven Piping to the appropriate insulation record
(in the Insulation Directory file) where Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the insulation
color and the Insulation MCAT file name.
The Insulation file name points Spec-Driven Piping first to the Piping MCAT Directory
file and then to the Insulation MCAT file. Insulation data is retrieved from both files.
Spec-Driven Piping copies the insulation data to the insulation features for insulation
modeling and reporting.

80
Spec-Driven Piping

The following table describes the Insulation Directory file format:

Field Name Description

INS_CODE Insulation code.

Spec-Driven Piping uses these codes to identify each


insulation type during the insulation modeling and
reporting process.

INS_FILE Insulation MCAT file name.

COLOR Color name for each quilt representation of insulation.

Note: You can define the Insulation Directory file name by setting the
piping_insulation_dir_file configuration option.

Example: Insulation Directory File


Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/


piping_insulation_dir.ptd

INS_CODE INS_FILE COLOR

ES insulation/general_fitting Aqua

EH insulation/exhaust Violet

EN insulation/general_fitting Wheat

EK insulation/general_fitting Wheat

EC insulation/sweat Cyan

To Create an Insulation Directory File


1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

4. Click to create a new file. The New File dialog box opens.

5. Under Type, select Insulation Directory File and type a file name. This file will
contain the insulation data for the entire piping project. It is recommended that
you use a descriptive file name such as project_name_insulation_dir.ptd.

6. Click to open the file. Spec-Driven Piping displays the file name in the border
next to Insulation Directory File. Begin defining an insulation record.

81
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

7. Under Define Record, type an insulation code (required). The Insulation Code
box lists all insulation codes assigned to the insulation records in the current
Insulation Directory file.

8. Select an Insulation Master Catalog (MCAT) file (required). This step assigns an
Insulation file to an insulation code. The Insulation File box lists all Insulation
files defined in the Piping MCAT Directory file. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves all
insulation data from both MCAT files.

9. Select a color for the solid representation of the insulation (required). The
Insulation Color box lists all Spec-Driven Piping colors stored in the Piping
Appearance Map (MCAT) file. You can define new colors.

10. Click to add the new insulation record to the Insulation Directory file. Spec-
Driven Piping lists the record under Select Record.

11. Click to save the Insulation Directory file. The current directory is based on
the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

12. Click File > Exit.

Note: To assign an insulation record to a project specification, select an insulation


code when you define a specification in the Specification Directory file.

To Modify Project Data Files


Note: Project Data files (Specification Directory, Auto-Selection, and Insulation
Directory files) contain piping records that you defined for specific piping projects.
You can modify these records using the following steps:
1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

4. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on
the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

5. Double-click one of the following Project Data Files:

o Specification Directory file

o Auto-Selection file

o Insulation Directory file

Spec-Driven Piping displays the file name in the border next to the file type.

6. Under Select Record, select a record to modify. Note that for Auto-Selection
files, you must select the appropriate tab (Pipe, Fitting, or Assembly) before
selecting a record.

7. Under Define Record, modify the data in the appropriate boxes.

82
Spec-Driven Piping

8. Click to add the changes to the selected record. Spec-Driven Piping either
creates a new record or modifies the existing record and displays all changes
under Select Record.

9. Click to save the file. The current directory is based on the directory path in
the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

10. Click File > Exit.

Deleting a Record

Under Select Record, select the record to delete. Click and follow steps 9 and
10 above.

About the Fitting Category Map File


The Fitting Category Map file is a Pro/TABLE (ASCII) file that maps each fitting
category to a fitting category icon file. Mapping the icon file enables you to select a
fitting category (icon) button in the Insert Fitting and Insert Group Fitting dialog
boxes and retrieve a list of fittings for the selected category and specification.
Spec-Driven Piping provides seven fitting category icons. You can design as many
fitting category icons as you need.
The Fitting Category Map file contains the following data:
• Icon Number—Orders the fitting category (icon) buttons under Fitting
Selection in the Insert Fitting and Insert Group Fitting dialog boxes. The
order begins from left to right beginning with the number 1.

• Icon Bitmap—Points Spec-Driven Piping to the icon graphics file.

• Fitting Category—Points Spec-Driven Piping to the Auto-Selection file to


retrieve fitting selection names.

Note: If the bitmap file is not of .bif extension, you must specify the appropriate
filename extension for that file in the fitting category map file.

• Valve Number—Specifies whether a valve number is required for the fittings


whose categories are specified under the FITTING_CATEGORY column in the
Fitting Category Map file.

You can assign and reassign fitting categories to icons at any time by mapping each
fitting category to an icon bitmap file and assigning an order number.
Note: Spec-Driven Piping groups all unmapped fitting categories in the General
category and icon.

How the Fitting Category Map File Works


After you select a pipeline and an insertion point for fitting insertion (PIPING >
Fitting > Insert), Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the specification data including the

83
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

specification name and pipe size from the pipeline. The specification name points
Spec-Driven Piping to the Auto-Selection file that you assigned to the specification
(in the Specification Directory file) and retrieves the data.
After Spec-Driven Piping populates either the Insert Fitting or Insert Group
Fitting dialog boxes with the data, you select a fitting category icon button to select
all fitting categories assigned to this icon (in the Fitting Category Map file). Spec-
Driven Piping retrieves the list of fitting selection names. This list contains only those
fittings that were assigned to those fitting categories in the Auto-Selection file for
that specification. You created this Auto-Selection file during Spec-Driven Piping
setup. You select a fitting and insert it.
For example, you click Fitting > Insert on the PIPING menu and select the
specification 12A pipeline and insertion point. Spec-Driven Piping populates the
boxes under Pipeline Selection. You select the valve category button under Fitting
Selection. Spec-Driven Piping retrieves the list of all valves for specification 12A and
populates the Selection Name box. This list was retrieved from the Auto-Selection
file that you created for specification 12A (12a_asfile.ptd). You select a fitting and
click to insert it.
The following table describes the Fitting Category Map file format:

Field Name Field Type Description

ICON_NUMBER Integer Icon number.

Icons are ordered from left to right


under Fitting Selection in the fitting
insertion dialog boxes. Ordering
begins with the number 1.

If more than 14 icons are displayed,


a scroll bar appears.

ICON_BITMAP Character Icon bit map file name

FITTING_CATEGORY Character Fitting category.

You can assign multiple categories


using a comma (,) as delimiter.

VALVE_NUMBER Character Valve number for the fitting


category.
YES—Specifies that a valve number is
required for the fitting categories
specified using the
FITTING_CATEGORY field.
NO—Specifies that a valve number is
not required for the fitting categories
specified using the
FITTING_CATEGORY field.

84
Spec-Driven Piping

Note: You can define the Fitting Category Map file name by setting the
piping_fitt_category_map_file configuration option.

Example: Fitting Category Map File


The following table describes the Spec-Driven Piping default Fitting Category Map
file.
Default Path

<ProE load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/


piping_fitt_category_map.ptd

ICON_NUMBER ICON_BITMAP FITTING_CATEGORY VALVE_NUMBER

1 fit_valve VALVE, YES


ANGLE_VALVE,
RELIEF_VALVE

2 fit_flange FLANGE NO

3 fit_elbow ELBOW NO

4 fit_branch BRANCH, NO
BRANCH_LET,
ELBOW_LET

5 fit_red REDUCER NO

6 fit_general GENERAL, GASKET NO

7 fit_assembly ASSEMBLY NO

8 fit_nobreak SUPPORT YES

To Map an Icon File


1. Locate the piping_fitt_category_map.ptd file. The Spec-Driven Piping default
path is <Pro/E load point>/text/piping_data/sample_project/
piping_fitt_category_map.ptd.

2. Open the file in a text editor.

3. Type the following data:

o Icon Number—Spec-Driven Piping orders the fitting category icons in two


rows containing seven icons per row. Ordering is from left to right
beginning with the number 1.

o Icon Bitmap—Bitmap file name for the fitting category icon.

o Fitting Category—Fitting category associated with the icon bitmap file.

85
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: If the bitmap file is not of .bif extension, you must specify the
appropriate filename extension for that file in the fitting category map file.

4. Save the file.

Note: If you are mapping a new icon bitmap file, store the file in the Spec-Driven
Piping resource directory before you map it.

Fitting Categories
Spec-Driven Piping uses fitting categories for data retrieval. You can define Spec-
Driven Piping fitting categories as needed. Note that you must add each new fitting
category to the Piping Master Catalog (MCAT) Directory file and the Fitting Category
Map (Project Data) file.
Spec-Driven Piping provides the following fitting categories:

Fitting Category Description

VALVE Valve, such as gate valve, globe valve, and


so on

ANGLE_VALVE Angle valve

RELIEF_VALVE Relief valve

FLANGE Flange

GASKET Gasket

ELBOW Elbow

ELBOW_LET Elbow olet

BRANCH Branch

BRANCH_LET Branch olet

GENERAL General fitting

86
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting Category Description

ASSEMBLY Assembly fitting

SUPPORT Pipe clip, ubolt, ubolt-channel, pipe supports

Creating Fitting Category Icons


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to create new fitting category icons as needed. You
can create new icons with any graphics application that supports GIF or PCX formats.
The following Spec-Driven Piping icon conventions must be maintained:

File File File Icon Resource Location (Icon


Type Format Extension Size File Library)
(pixels)

Bitmap GIF, PCX .gif, .pcx 24 x 24 <ProE installation


path>/text/resource

After you create the icon files, store the files in the Spec-Driven Piping resource
location and map them to their appropriate fitting categories in the Fitting Category
Map file. For more information about mapping fitting category icon files, refer to the
Fitting Category Map file topics.

Fitting Library Files

About Fitting Library Files


Spec-Driven Piping supports fitting libraries for industrial piping based on the
Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) and the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI). The various library parts and assemblies are created using the standard
Pro/ENGINEER features. However, these parts and assemblies are created based on
a set of specific library creation rules.

To Set Up a Library Component


The supplied fitting library is based on the Family Table parts.
1. You can expand the supplied library based on the library creation rules.

2. You can edit and expand the Master Catalog to include the Master Catalog
Directory (MCAT) information that is required by the library parts that you add.

3. You can generate a fitting library based on either the Family Table Parts or Family
Table Parts with associated accelerator parts or standalone parts.

87
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting Library Creation

About Creating Library Fitting Parts


Follow the general process when creating library fitting parts:
1. Create the fitting geometry.

2. Create the fitting ports.

3. Specify the inlet port.

4. Orient the stem axis.

5. Assign the fitting parameters.

6. Specify the mating plane

Fitting Library Creation Rules


The following are rules to follow when creating a library fitting:
• Rule 1—Create a fitting with a minimum of one or more ports.

• Rule 2—Make sure that the positive z-axis direction of every port in a fitting is
perpendicular to the fitting face at the respective port and oriented to point
outward from the fitting.

This rule applies to all fittings.

• Rule 3

o For In-line fittings, if there are two or more ports, the z-axes of two of the
ports must be collinear with the fitting local z-axis.

o For In-line Eccentric fittings, if there are two or more ports, they must be
parallel to the local z-axis. The inlet port should be located on the local z-
axis, and the outlet port should be offset along the local y-axis with its z-
axis parallel to the local z-axis.

o For Corner fittings, if there are two or more ports, you must include an
angle equal to the vertex angle where the fitting is inserted. The inlet port
should be located on the local z-axis.

• Rule 4—For Lateral fittings, the y-axis of the inlet port and the z-axis of the
lateral outlet port must include an angle equal to the lateral angle of the fitting.

o Locate the inlet port on the local z-axis.

o Locate the outlet port along the lateral axis that lies on the local z-y plane
of the fitting.

Local Coordinate System

A fitting local coordinate system is a conceptual coordinate system you use to define
and create a library part. The coordinate system of the inlet port of a library part
represents the fitting local coordinate system.

88
Spec-Driven Piping

The local z-axis represents the fitting axis that is aligned with the pipeline segment
during fitting insertion.
The local positive z-axis is perpendicular to the inlet face of the fitting and is oriented
to point outward of the fitting at the inlet port.
The local y-axis is used to define the Fitting Stem or Stem Axis. The Fitting Stem or
Stem Axis is an imaginary axis that is parallel to the local y-axis. The local y-axis is
the axis along which special graphical details are created for certain fittings during
their library part preparation.
The local positive y-axis is used to determine the default stem orientation of a fitting
during fitting insertion.

Rules and Naming Conventions to Create Library Parts


• The system of units for a library part is determined based on the fitting library
standard. Ensure that all the library parts for a given standard are created using
the same system of units.

• Prepare template parts for each of the piping standards. Use these template parts
to create individual library parts for the respective piping standards.

• Delete all redundant features from the library part to create the geometry
efficiently.

• Follow the rules given below to define a Family Table for library parts:

o Insert the SIZE column after the Instance Name column.

o Insert the NEW_SIZE or the BRANCH_SIZE column, whichever is applicable,


after the SIZE column.

o All other columns that represent linear dimensions of the fitting must follow
the above columns in the Family Table.

o Create relations wherever possible to minimize the number of columns in


the Family Table.

o If the values remain constant in a particular column, delete such redundant


columns.

o Assign a descriptive name to all the Family Table column headings and
name it consistently across library parts.

• Create a fitting with consistent and uniform orientation.

• Optionally, create bolt holes for fitting libraries. To achieve a proper bolt hole
alignment between the various flanged fittings,

o The first bolt hole in all the flanged fittings must be located at the same
angular location with reference to the positive y-axis of the inlet port.

o Bolt holes on the flanged end must be symmetric about the y-axis of the
inlet port.

89
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Save the library part in the default view.

To Create a Template for a Library Part


1. Activate a new Pro/ENGINEER part.

2. Specify the required system of units.

3. Create the default datum planes.

4. Set the default orientation of the part to Isometric.

5. Create the FITTING_GEOMETRY, FITTING_DATUM, and FITTING_PORTS layers.


Make the FITTING_GEOMETRY and FITTING_DATUM layers invisible and the
FITTING_PORTS layer visible.

During the creation of the actual library part, the fitting solid features are
associated with the FITTING_GEOMETRY layer. The fitting inlet, fitting outlet, and
the branch ports are associated with the FITTING_PORTS layer. All other datum
features are associated with the FITTING_DATUM layer.

Tip: Creating Library Parts


The following are some best practices to accurately create library parts:
• Study the drawings and details accurately before you start modeling.

• Understand the design intent before you plan your work.

• Use a common configuration file to create different library parts.

• Use function keys to achieve consistency and speed.

• Copy features or use existing patterns instead of creating additional individual


features.

• Minimize the feature count as much as possible.

• Avoid creating solids that do not have any association with other solids during
any intermediate step of part creation.

• Avoid saving library parts with suppressed features.

• Group various features together and name the group accordingly.

• Ensure that no errors or warning messages appear when a feature is


regenerated.

Fitting Geometry
About Fitting Geometry

Fitting Geometry is created either as a part or an assembly of parts. The geometry of


the required fitting is created using the basic modeling features of Pro/ENGINEER.
The library fittings are created with sufficient geometric details to distinguish them
from each other.

90
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Fitting Geometry

The following example shows a simple geometry created for a gate valve using the
basic Pro/ENGINEER functions. The figure below shows details like the port
directions, and the fitting axis.

Fitting Ports
About Fitting Ports

A fitting port is a standard Pro/ENGINEER coordinate system feature (CSYS) on the


fitting. Its origin represents:
• The location at which a pipe is physically welded to a fitting, as in butt-welded or
branchlet fittings.

• The location up to which the pipe extends into the fitting, as in socket-welded
and screwed fittings.

• The location up to which the pipe extends inside a fitting, as in flange fittings.

• The location of a flange face that mates with another flange face.

91
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To Create Fitting Ports

Fitting Port Creation for Branch Outlet Fittings

The branch outlet fitting must have an inlet port and outlet ports as shown in the
following figures.

The inlet port of the fitting is aligned with the surface of the main pipe segment as
follows:
• The z-axis of the outlet port of the fitting is aligned with the branch pipe
segment, if an existing junction is identified for the fitting insertion.

• In orthogonal branch outlet fittings, the z-axes of inlet and outlet ports are
parallel to each other. The non-orthogonal branch outlet fittings such as latrolets,
have an angle between the z-axes of the inlet and the outlet ports. Based on this,
lateral fittings are distinguished from other branch outlet fittings.

92
Spec-Driven Piping

Port Location for Fittings with Butt Welded/Flanged Ends

In the following graphic, the arrow shows the pipe contact location.

For butt-welded fittings, the pipe is welded to the butt-welded ends of the fitting.
The fitting ports are located at the butt-welded ends as shown in the figure. If a
butt-welded fitting has two butt-welded ends along its local z-axis, then either end
can be defined as the inlet port.
For flanged fittings, the flanged face of the fitting mates with a matching gasket or a
suitable flanged face of another fitting. The fitting ports must be located at the
flanged face as shown in the figure. If a flanged fitting has two flanged ends along its
local z-axis, then either end can be defined as the inlet port. The positive z-axes of
the inlet and outlet ports are pointing outward of the fitting and are aligned to the
fitting local z-axis.

93
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: The two ports need not be created in any particular sequence and their names
are user-definable. Of the two ports, one must be defined as the inlet port. By
convention, the port with the SIZE parameter is defined as the inlet port.

94
Spec-Driven Piping

Port Location for Fittings with socket Welded/Threaded Ends

For fittings with socket-welded or threaded ends, the pipe extends up to the origin of
the port that represents the end of the socket or the threaded hole. The arrow in the
following figure points to the pipe contact location.

95
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

In the following figure, PORT1 is located on the inside face of the socket, and PORT0
(a flanged end) is located on the outside flange face. For threaded fittings, the pipe
is threaded up to the origin of the port that represents the end of the threaded hole
or socket.

Mandatory Port Requirements

Based on the fitting code, the mandatory port requirements for the various fittings
are as summarized as follows:

Fitting Code Inlet Outlet Branch Typical Fitting


Port Port Port

INLINE YES YES NO Fittings with the


same inlet and
outlet sizes
(valves)

INLINE_REDUCING YES YES NO Inline fittings with


different inlet and
outlet sizes
(reducers)

96
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting Code Inlet Outlet Branch Typical Fitting


Port Port Port

INLINE_JOINT(i) YES YES NO Coupling

FLANGE(ii) YES YES NO Any flange

GASKET(ii) YES YES NO Any gasket

CORNER YES YES NO Angle valve

CORNER_REDUCING YES YES NO Reducing elbows

CORNER_LET YES YES NO Any elbowlet

ELBOW(iii) YES YES NO Any elbow

BRANCH YES YES YES Straight tee

BRANCH_REDUCING YES YES YES Reducing tee

BRANCH_LET YES YES NO Weldolet

NOBREAK YES YES NO Pipe clamps and


pipe supports

The following points must be noted about fitting codes and their insertion behavior:
• The INLINE_JOINT is a special fitting code that has the same fitting insertion
behavior as the INLINE code. Joint fittings such as couplings and sleeves must be
assigned this code. The code is used by the automatic joint fitting selection
functionality.

• FLANGE and GASKET are special fitting codes that have the same fitting insertion
behavior as the INLINE code. Flange and gasket fittings such as a weldneck
flange, slip-on flange, or any type of gasket, must be assigned their respective
codes. The FLANGE and GASKET codes are used in the respective automatic
flange and gasket fitting selection functionality.

• The ELBOW is a special fitting code that has the same fitting insertion behavior as
the CORNER code. Elbow fittings such as 90 degree long/short radius and 45
degree long/short radius, must be assigned this code. This fitting code is used to
automatically select an elbow fitting and insert it as a trimmed elbow or, insert
elbows at all vertices of a pipeline with a single operation.

• The BRANCH_LET is a special fitting code for special branch outlet fittings (olet
fittings and half couplings). The library part model of a branch outlet fitting must
have a string value of BRANCH_LET in the string parameter FIT_TYPE.

• The NOBREAK is a special fitting code for no-break fittings such as pipe clip,
ubolt, ubolt-channel and pipe supports.

97
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting Insertion Location and Alignment Considerations

A fitting is aligned to the selected insertion point on the pipe segment using pre-
defined reference locations on the fitting library part.
Based on the general piping design and pipe modeling practices, preferred locations
such as NEAR, FAR or CENTER on a fitting are used to constrain the fitting. The
Fitting Insertion functionality provides the option to choose one of these alignment
options during fitting insertion.
The Fitting Insertion functionality aligns the specified NEAR, FAR or CENTER locations
with the placement point location specified on the pipe segment. A parametric
dimension is created up to the placement/alignment location. You can modify this
dimension and reposition the fitting along the inserted pipeline segment.
NEAR, FAR, and CENTER Alignment Locations Based on Fitting Ports

For fittings with NEAR or FAR alignment locations that coincide with the respective
inlet and outlet port locations, such as butt-welded and flanged fittings, you are not
required to provide any additional information during library part creation.

98
Spec-Driven Piping

For such fittings, the NEAR/FAR alignment locations are automatically determined to
be at the inlet/outlet port origins. The CENTER location is determined as the midpoint
of the NEAR and FAR locations.

1. NEAR location (inlet port origin)

2. CENTER location

3. FAR location (outlet port origin)

By default, the NEAR option aligns the fitting inlet port with the selected insertion
point on the pipe segment. Similarly, the FAR option aligns the fitting outlet port
with the selected insertion point on the pipe segment. The CENTER option aligns the
midpoint between the fitting inlet and outlet to the selected insertion point on the
pipe segment.
NEAR, FAR, and CENTER Alignment Locations Based on Fitting Ports and an OFFSET
Parameter

For fittings with NEAR/FAR alignment locations that do not coincide with the
respective inlet/outlet port locations as in the case of socket-welded and screwed
fittings, you can still use the inlet/outlet port locations as default NEAR/FAR
alignment locations. The CENTER location is determined as the midpoint of the NEAR

99
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

and FAR locations. Alternatively, you can use an optional OFFSET parameter
associated with either or both of the ports to specify an offset location from the
inlet/outlet ports. Refer the following figure for details.

1. Optional NEAR location (20.0mm from inlet port)

2. Default NEAR location (inlet port with offset of 20.0mm)

3. Automatic CENTER location

4. Default FAR location (outlet port with offset of 20.0mm)

5. Optional FAR location (20.0mm from outlet port)

Using the OFFSET parameter and the ability to enable/disable it during fitting
insertion, you can apply the desired NEAR and FAR alignment locations as required
by your design. By this, you will be able to offset a fitting port to a desired location
and align that location to the point on the pipe segment where it is inserted. You can
create your linear parametric dimensions up to this point on the pipe segment. Using
the OFFSET parameter and appropriate offset value, you can optionally create your

100
Spec-Driven Piping

linear dimensions up to a fitting face (specified by the offset value from the
respective port) for socket-welded and threaded fittings.

Inlet Ports
About Inlet Ports

If a fitting has two or more ports, the z-axes of at least two of the ports must be
aligned along the local z-axis of the fitting or parallel to the local z-axis of the fitting.
Corner fittings and lateral branchlet fittings are the exceptions. One of the two ports
must be specified as the fitting's inlet port. This applies to corner and branchlet
fittings as well.
Specify the inlet port during the library part creation by attaching the SIZE
parameter to an appropriate port of the fitting.
To Specify an Inlet Port

You can specify an inlet port by attaching the SIZE parameter to an appropriate port
of the fitting during library part creation.
During fitting insertion, the Fitting Insertion functionality automatically aligns the
local z-axis of the fitting with the pipe segment on which the fitting is inserted. By
default, the fitting is inserted using the NEAR option, which aligns the fitting inlet
port with the specified insertion location on the pipeline. The fitting outlet port is
placed downstream in the direction of flow of the inlet port.
The concept of the inlet port is especially important for direction-specific fittings such
as check valves and special types of globe valves.
You can change the default behavior of the fitting insertion functionality by using

on the Orientation tab of the Insert Fitting dialog.


Inlet Port Alignment for Branch Outlet Fittings

The inlet port of the branch outlet fittings can be aligned with the outer surface of
the main pipeline.
The inlet port of the neck outlet fitting is always aligned with the outside surface of
the main pipeline.

101
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Nozzle outlet fittings and weldolet fittings are always aligned with the inner surface
of the main pipe segment.

In certain cases, the inlet port of the fitting is aligned at a distance from either the
inlet or the outlet surface of the main pipe segment.

Stem Axis Direction


About the Stem Axis of a Fitting

The stem axis of a fitting is an imaginary axis that is parallel to the local y-axis of the
fitting.
It is applicable only to certain fittings and it represents the following:
• The branch direction of a junction fitting along the positive stem axis.

• The hand wheel direction of a valve along the positive stem axis.

• The eccentric offset direction of a reducer along the positive or negative stem
axis.

• The reference axis for bolt hole straddling of a flange (straddling is done with
reference to the positive stem axis).
For fittings involving the above graphical details, you must create the appropriate
geometry either with reference to or along the stem axis directions specified, to
achieve a consistent default orientation during fitting insertion.

102
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Stem Axis Direction

In the above figure, axis A_3 of the cone is created along the positive stem axis
direction of the fitting, parallel to the local positive y-axis of PORT0 (the inlet port
that has the SIZE parameter). The fitting insertion functionality aligns the local z-axis
of the fitting with the pipe segment and automatically orients the local y-axis to its
default direction, based on the orientation rules defined in the fitting insertion
functionality. The default direction of the fitting is the fitting stem, since it is created
parallel to the local y-axis. During fitting insertion you can further rotate the stem
about the pipe segment using the Rotation Angle option.

Fitting Parameter
About Fitting Parameters

The fitting parameters of a pipe are the non-graphic data associated with the library
components during their design phase.
You can associate fitting parameters to the library components using the standard
Pro/ENGINEER parameter feature. Fitting parameters provide the details of the
modeling automation while inserting fittings, checking design rules, and reporting.
To Assign User-Defined Parameters

1. Open a generic part, for example, a fitting.

2. Click Tools > Family Table. The Family Table dialog box opens.

3. Click Insert > Columns. The Family Items, Generic dialog box opens.

4. Select Parameter to open the Select Parameter dialog box.

5. Select Alternate Mass Properties from the list at the bottom of the dialog box.

103
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

6. Add all the required <user_ALT_parameters> to the family table and close the
Family Table dialog box.

7. Click Edit > Setup > Mass props. The Setup Mass Properties dialog box
opens.

8. Select Geometry and Parameters. Click Generate Report and click Ok.

9. Open a piping assembly and click Edit > Regenerate.

You can display all the values assigned to the user-defined parameters using the
Report Pipeline dialog box.

Fitting Parameters Based on Fitting Code

The fitting code specifies the insertion behavior of the fitting. It is assigned to a
fitting generic part as a string parameter denoted as FITTING_CODE. Fitting codes are
predefined and cannot be changed. Each library fitting is associated with a fitting
code and is designed in accordance with the rules as applicable for the associated
fitting code.
The following table lists the fitting parameters for the various fitting codes:

Fitting FITTIN SI NEW BRANC END_ Y_ECCEN FLOW_CON OFF


Codes G_CODE Z _SIZ H_SIZE TYPE TRICITY STRAINED SET
E E

INLINE YES Y NO NO YES Optional Optional Opt


E ion
S al

INLINE_R YES Y YES NO YES Optional NO Opt


EDUCING E ion
S al

INLINE_JO YES Y NO NO YES NO NO Opt


INT E ion
S al

FLANGE YES Y NO NO YES NO NO Opt


E ion
S al

GASKET YES Y NO NO YES NO NO Opt


E ion
S al

CORNER YES Y NO NO YES NO Optional NO


E
S

104
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting FITTIN SI NEW BRANC END_ Y_ECCEN FLOW_CON OFF


Codes G_CODE Z _SIZ H_SIZE TYPE TRICITY STRAINED SET
E E

CORNER_ YES Y YES NO YES NO NO NO


REDUCIN E
G S

CORNER_ YES Y NO NO YES NO NO NO


LET E
S

ELBOW YES Y NO NO YES NO Optional NO


E
S

BRANCH YES Y NO NO YES NO NO NO


E
S

BRANCH_ YES Y Opti YES YES Optional NO NO


REDUCIN E onal
G S

BRANCH_ YES Y NO NO YES NO NO NO


LET E
S

NOBREAK YES Y NO NO NO NO NO Opt


E ion
S al

Fitting Branch Size Parameter

The branch size parameter must be inserted on the branch port of a fitting. It is a
string type feature parameter denoted as BRANCH_SIZE. This parameter accepts any
valid pipe nominal diameter value. Insert this parameter only if the branch port size
of a fitting is different from its inlet port size.
You can define a single reducing tee fitting by inserting the SIZE parameter on the
inlet port and the BRANCH_SIZE parameter on the branch port. Similarly, you can
define a double reducing TEE fitting by inserting the SIZE parameter on the inlet port
and the NEW_SIZE parameter on the outlet port and the BRANCH_SIZE parameter on
the branch port.
Flow Constrained Fitting Parameter

The FLOW_CONSTRAINED parameter is an integer type Part parameter. Insert


FLOW_CONSTRAINED on the library part for flow direction specific fittings such as a
Check Valve and unidirectional angle valves.

105
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The FLOW_CONSTRAINED parameter is used as a status flag by the flow direction


reversal functionality for flipping the fitting during flow reversal. Because this integer
parameter is used as a status flag, its value is ignored by the software.
The assignment of a value for an integer parameter is mandatory. You must assign
an integer value (such as 1) consistently, but it is not used by the software.
Latrolet Fitting Orientation

Latrolet is a non-orthogonal branch outlet fitting. Latrolets can be placed in either of


the two orientations as shown.

Orientations of Latrolet (Left to Right: 0 degrees and 180 degrees)


If the branch pipe segment already exists, the fitting is automatically aligned. If the
angle of the latrolet does not match with the existing branch angle, the insertion of
such a fitting is not allowed. The tolerance angle for such a check must be specified
in the configuration option variable PIPE_FITT_ANGLE_TOLERANCE. If this variable is
not specified, the default tolerance angle of 1.5 degrees on either side is used for
checking.
To achieve this orientation, create the inlet port of the fitting with its positive y-axis
aligned with the 0 degree orientation of the fitting, so that the latrolet orientation is

created by default. Use the option to change to the 180 degree orientation.
Fitting Inlet Size Parameter

The Fitting Inlet Size parameter is inserted only on one of the ports of a fitting. It is
a string type feature parameter denoted as SIZE. A fitting port that has the SIZE
parameter is designated as the inlet port of the fitting. This parameter accepts any
valid pipe nominal diameter value. The size values assigned to this parameter must
match the size values that you have specified in various master catalog files.
Fitting Outlet Size Parameter

The fitting outlet size parameter is inserted on the outlet port of a fitting. It is a
string type feature parameter denoted as NEW_SIZE. This parameter accepts any
valid pipe nominal diameter value. Insert this parameter only if the outlet port size of
a fitting is different from its inlet port size.

106
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting End Type Code Parameter

The end type parameter must be inserted on the inlet port of a fitting with
appropriate end type values. It is a string type feature parameter denoted as
END_TYPE. It is mandatory to insert this parameter on the inlet ports of all the
fittings.
If all the ports of a fitting are of the same end types, you need not assign this
parameter to all the ports. It is sufficient if you assign the END_TYPE parameter to
the inlet port. If a fitting does not have an END_TYPE parameter in its outlet or the
branch ports, the system automatically assigns the END_TYPE parameter specified for
the inlet port to all the other unspecified ports. However, if a fitting has different end
types for its inlet, outlet and branch ports, an END_TYPE parameter needs to be
inserted with appropriate values at the inlet, outlet or the branch ports. The system
uses these specified end types for the respective ports.
The end type values that are used for fitting end types in the supplied library and the
fitting MCAT files are as listed:
• BW—Butt Welded

• SW—Socket Welded

• SC—Screwed

• FLFF—Flanged Flat Face

• FLRF—Flanged Raised Face

• FLRJ—Flanged Ring Joint

• FLTG—Flanged Tongue end of Tongue and the Groove mating

• FLGR—Flanged Groove end of Tongue and Groove mating

Note: Though the end type codes are user definable you must use the following
rules:
1. The flanged end-types must start with the character "F".

2. The screwed end-types must start with the character "SC".

3. Use the same end type values in the End Type Compatibility file that will be used
for the end type compatibility checking.

The END_TYPE parameter is used while inserting fittings for performing automatic end
type checking between the adjoining fittings. It is also used for automatically
inserting mating flanges and gaskets when you insert flanged fittings.
Fitting Eccentricity Parameter

The fitting eccentricity parameter must be inserted on a library part of an eccentric


fitting and is applicable only for a fitting that has either the inlet or the outlet port
eccentricity along the local y-axis of the fitting. It is an integer type part parameter
denoted as Y_ECCENTRICITY. This parameter generally behaves like a status flag and
its value is not relevant.

107
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The Y_ECCENTRICITY parameter behaves like a status flag while inserting eccentric
fittings, for enabling the centerline offset.
Fitting Alignment Offset Parameter

The fitting alignment offset parameter is an optional parameter and can be inserted
on any selected port of a fitting with an appropriate offset value. It is a real type
feature parameter denoted as OFFSET. The value of the OFFSET parameter must be
the distance between a port and its corresponding face. It is mainly used for socket-
welded and screwed fittings. The following figure shows a screwed valve:

1. Upstream Port OFFSET = 20.0

2. Near Point (20 mm from Port Origin

3. Downstream Port OFFSET = 20.0

4. Far Point (20 mm from Port Origin)

5. Automatic Center Point

The fitting insertion functionality provides an additional option to enable alignment


based on the OFFSET parameter. If you enable this option during fitting insertion, the
NEAR/FAR alignment locations are determined using the respective port and the
OFFSET parameter on it. The OFFSET parameter is also used for interference checking
between two adjacent fittings.

108
Spec-Driven Piping

The following points must be noted while assigning offset parameter values to a
fitting:
• Assign only positive values. The system ignores negative values, and in this case
an absolute value is used as the offset.

• When you use the offset value that is associated with a given port, the optional
alignment location for the port is offset along its positive z-axis.

• If a port has the same end type and offset value as the inlet port, specify the
OFFSET parameter only for the inlet port.

• If a port has a different end type as the inlet port, you must specify an OFFSET
parameter for that port and assign appropriate values depending on the end type
of that port. When the end types are different, the offset value specified for the
inlet port will not be applicable to the other port.

Surface Area Parameter

The surface area is assigned directly to a fitting library part using the real value
parameter PRO_MP_ALT_AREA. Specify a value for the PRO_MP_ALT_AREA parameter in
the same system of unit for area, as specified for the fitting library part.
The surface area of a fitting library part is calculated when you perform the model
analysis of a pipeline assembly using the Model Analysis dialog box. If you have
specified the value PARAMETERS for the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter, Pro/ENGINEER
uses the value that you have specified for PRO_MP_ALT_AREA for the fitting, and
relates it to the analysis parameter PRO_MP_AREA, to calculate the surface area. If
you do not specify any value for PRO_MP_ALT_AREA, or if you specify the value
GEOMETRY for the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter, the geometry of the fitting library part
is used for surface area calculations.
Center of Gravity Parameters

You can directly assign the center of gravity for a fitting library part using the real
parameters, PRO_MP_ALT_COGX, PRO_MP_ALT_COGY, and PRO_MP_ALT_COGZ. The
values that you assign for PRO_MP_ALT_COGX, PRO_MP_ALT_COGY, and
PRO_MP_ALT_COGZ are used for center of gravity calculations if you specify the value
PARAMETERS for the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter. If you do not specify any values for
the center of gravity parameters, or if you specify the value GEOMETRY for the
PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter, the geometry of the fitting library part is used for center
of gravity calculations.
Spec-Driven Piping automatically updates the center of gravity information when you
modify or replace a fitting.
The Report Pipeline dialog box reports the center of gravity information if you
select COG_X, COG_Y, or COG_Z as the columns in the Report Format dialog box.
In case of fittings, if you assign PRO_MP_ALT_COGX, PRO_MP_ALT_COGY, and
PRO_MP_ALT_COGZ parameters to a fitting, Spec-Driven Piping transforms these
parameters with respect to the start location of the pipeline and reports the center of
gravity information. The x-, y-, and z- coordinates of the center of gravity of pipe
segments and fittings are reported in the linear units of the piping assembly.

109
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Weight Parameter

You can assign the PRO_MP_ALT_MASS parameter to library parts for weight
calculation. The Model Analysis feature uses this parameter along with other user-
defined parameters for the appropriate model analysis calculations.
If you have set the value of the PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter to PARAMETERS, Model
Analysis uses the associated value for mass property calculations. If the value for the
PRO_MP_SOURCE parameter is set to GEOMETRY, or if you have not assigned values
for other parameters, Model Analysis uses the geometry of the part for model
analysis calculations.
Note: If the mass_property_calculate configuration option is set to automatic,
regenerating the piping assembly assigns the Mass Property parameters to all fittings
in the assembly.
Valve Number Fitting Parameter

The valve number parameter is assigned to a fitting component feature. It is a string


type parameter denoted as VALVENUMBER.

Mating Plane
Specifying a Mating Plane

A mating plane is used to mate a fitting with other fittings. You can use a datum
plane or a solid surface as a mating plane if it satisfies the following conditions:
• The datum plane or the solid surface aligns with the x-y plane of the related port.

• The normal of the datum plane or the solid surface is in the same direction as the
z-axis of the related port.

Note: You cannot use a quilt as a mating plane.

The ANSI Standard

About the ANSI Standard


The ANSI pipe fitting library conforms to the ANSI standards. Each fitting in the
library needs to have a fitting generic part created in association with it.
For more information on creating a generic part for each fitting in the ANSI pipe
fitting library, see the topic Fitting Library Creation Rules.
Each fitting and pipe in the ANSI library also needs Master Catalog Files, which you
create in the Piping Specification Database.

110
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting Component End Types


The end type codes for the various fitting components that are used in the ANSI
fitting library are as given:

Code End Type

BE Beveled End

PE Plain End

BW Butt Welded

SW Socket Welded

SC Screwed

FLFF Flanged Flat Face

FLRF Flanged Raised Face

FLRJ Flanged Ring Joint

FLTG Flanged Tongue end of Tongue and Groove mating

FLGR Flanged Groove end of Tongue and Groove mating

Example: List of ANSI Pipes and Fittings in the Library


The following table lists the ANSI pipes and fittings in the ANSI Pipe Fitting Library:
Fitting Category: VALVE

Fitting End- Rating Size Model Name Standard Fitting


Name Type Range in Code
Inches

Ball BW 600# 1/2~12 vl_ball_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Ball 900# 1 ~ 12 ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Ball FLPF 150,300# ½ ~ 12 vl_ball_flff ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Ball FLRF 150,300,600# ½ ~ 12 vl_ball_flrf ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Ball 900# 1 ~ 12 ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

111
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting End- Rating Size Model Name Standard Fitting


Name Type Range in Code
Inches

Ball FLRJ 150# 1 ~12 vl_ball_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Ball 300,600,900# 1/2 ~ 12 ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Ball FLTG 600# 1/2 ~ 12 vl_ball_fltg ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Ball 900# 1"~12" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Check BW 150# 1/8"~36" vl_check_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 300# 1/2"~36" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 600# 1/2"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 900# 3/4"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check FLPF 150# 1/2"~24" vl_check_flff ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 300# 1"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

112
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting End- Rating Size Model Name Standard Fitting


Name Type Range in Code
Inches

Check FLRF 150# 1/2"~24" vl_check_flrf ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 300# 1"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 900# 3/4"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check FLRJ 150,300# 1"~24" vl_check_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 600# 1/2"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 900# 3/4"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check FLTG 600# 1/2"~24" vl_check_fltg ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Check 900# 3/4"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10
Swing
Type

Gate BW 150,300# 1/8"~36" vl_gate_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate 600# 1/2"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

113
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting End- Rating Size Model Name Standard Fitting


Name Type Range in Code
Inches

Gate 900# 1"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate FLPF 150,300# 1/2"~24" vl_gate_flff ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate FLRF 150,300,600# 1/2"~24" vl_gate_flrf ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate 900# 1"~24" ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate FLRJ 150# 1"~24" vl_gate_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate 300,600# 1/2"~24" vl_gate_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate 900# 1"~24" vl_gate_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate FLTG 600# 1/2"~24" vl_gate_fltg ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Gate 900# 1"~24" vl_gate_fltg ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe BW 150# 1/8"~36" vl_globe_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe 300# 1/2"~36" vl_globe_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe 600# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe 900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe FLPF 150,300# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_flff ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe FLRF 150,300,600# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_flrf ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe 900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_flrf ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

114
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting End- Rating Size Model Name Standard Fitting


Name Type Range in Code
Inches

Globe FLRJ 150# 1"~6" vl_globe_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe 150,300# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe 900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe FLTG 600# 1/2"~6" vl_globe_fltg ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Globe 900# 3/4"~6" vl_globe_fltg ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Plug BW 600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_bw ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Plug FLPF 150,300# 1"~12" vl_plug_flff ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Plug FLRF 150,300,600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_flrf ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Plug FLRJ 150,300,600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_flrj ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Plug FLTG 600,900# 1"~12" vl_plug_fltg ANSI INLINE


Valve B16.10

Example: List of JIS Fittings


Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting
Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

Valve Angle FLFF 5K,10K,16 15- Vl_angle_flff Corner


Valve K 400

FLRF 10K,20K, 32- Vl_angle_flrf Corner


200
30K,40K

SC 10K 10- Vl_angle_sc Corner


100

115
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting


Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

Valve Hose FLFF 5K,10K 15- Vl_angle_hoff Corner


Connectio 65
n

Angle
Valve

Valve Lift Check FLFF 5K, 16K 15- Vl_l_chk_ang Corner


Angle 200

Valve

Valve Emergen FLFF 10K 25- Vl_em_soff_a Corner


cy Shut 100

Off Angle
Valve

Valve Self FLFF/S 25- Vl_se_cls_ang Corner


Closing C 50
Angle

Valve

Valve Screw FLFF 5K, 10K, 15- Vl_sd_chk_ang_ff Corner


Down 16K 400
Stop

Check
Valve
(angle)

FLRF 20K 32- Vl_sd_chk_ang_rf Corner


250

Valve Gate FLFF 5K, 10K, 15- Vl_gate_flff Inline


Valve 16K 600

FLRF 10K, 20K 50- Vl_gate_flrf Inline


300

SC 5K, 10K 15- Vl_gate_sc Inline


80

Valve Globe FLFF 5K, 10K, 15- Vl_gb_flff Inline


Valve 16K 400

116
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting


Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

FLRF 10K, 20K, 323 Vl_gb_flrf Inline


30K, -
250
40K

SC 5K, 10K 10- Vl_gb_sc Inline


100

Valve Hose FLFF 5K, 10K 15- Vl_gb_ho_ff Inline


Connectio 65
n

Globe
Valve

Valve Lift Check FLFF 5K, 16K 15- Vl_l_chk_gb Flow_


Globe 150 Constrain
ed
Valve

Valve Emergen FLFF 10K 25- Vl_em_soff_gb Flow_


cy Shut 100 Constrain
ed
Off Globe
Valve

Valve Swing FLFF 5K, 10K 25- Vl_swg_chk_flff Flow_


Check 250 Constrain
ed
Valve

FLRF 10K, 20K 50- Vl_swg_chk_flrf Flow_


300 Constrain
ed

Valve Self FLFF 25- Vl_se_cls_gb Flow_


Closing 50 Constrain
Globe ed

Valve

Valve Screw FLFF 5K, 10K, 15- Vl_sd_chk_gb_ff Flow_


Down 16K 400 Constrain
Stop ed

Check
Valve

(Globe)

117
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting


Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

FLRF 20K 32- Vl_sd_chk_gb_rf Flow_


250 Constrain
ed

Branch Reducing BW 10, 40, 15- Tee_reducing_bw Branch_


Tee 70, 140, 900 reducing

80, 160,
SPP,

12Y, 79Y,
95Y,

5S, 10S,
20S

SW 10, 40, 6- Tee_reducing_sw Branch_


70, 140, 100 reducing
80, 160

SW 10, 40, 10- Tee_red_grd_sw Branch_


70, 140 100 reducing

Branch Straight BW 10, 40, 15- Tee_straight_bw Branch


Tee 70, 140, 300
80, 160,
SPP

SW 10, 40, 6- Tee_straight_sw Branch


70, 140, 100
16, 40,
SPP

SC TMP 4- Tee_bite_sc Branch


40

Union SC 10, 40, 4- Tee_union_bite_s Branch


(Bite 70, 140, 40 c
Type 80, 160,
SPP
Tee)

118
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting


Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

Elbow Elbow 45 BW 10, 40, 25- Elbow_45_bw Elbow


Degree 70, 140, 260
80, 160, 0
(Butt-
12Y,
Welding
79Y, 95Y,
Type)
SPP

Elbow 90 BW 10, 40, 25- Elbow_90_bw Elbow


Degree 70, 140, 260
80, 160, 0
(Butt-
12Y,
Welding
79Y, 95Y,
Type) SPP

Elbow 45 SW 10, 40, 10- Elbow_45_sw Elbow


Degree 70, 140 100

(Socket-
Welding

Type)

Elbow 90 SW 10, 40, 10- Elbow_90_sw Elbow


Degree 70, 140 100
(Socket-
Welding

Type)

Elbow 90 SC 10, 40, 4- Elbow_90_b_sc Elbow


Degree 70, 140, 40
80, 160,
(Bite
SPP
Type)

Flange Blank FLFF 5K 10- Flange_blank Flange


Flange 900

(Flange
Type)

Corrosion FLFF 5K, 10K 50- Corrosion Flange


Flange 600

119
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting


Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

Composit FFRF/S 5K, 10K 50- Composite_alloy Flange


e Flange O 600

(Alloy)

Composit FLRF/S 5K, 10K 50- Composite_coppe Flange


e Flange O 100 r

(Copper)

Slip-on FLFF/S 5K, 10K, 10- Flange_slip_ff Flange


Flange O 16K 100
for 0

Flat Face
Type

Slip-on FLRF/S 20K, 30K, 10- Flange_slip_rf Flange


Flange O 40K 600
for

Raised
Face
Type

Solid FLFF/S 5K, 10K 15- Solid_braz_aly_fl Flange


Brazing O 40
Type

Slip-on
Flange
(Alloy)

Solid FLFF/S 5K, 10K 10- Solid_braz_cpr_fl Flange


Brazing O 40
Type

Slip-on
Flange

(Copper)

Socket FLFF/S 280K 15- Socketweld_fl Flange


Welding W 80

Flange

FLRF/B 30K 15- Flange_neck_rf Flange


W 400

120
Spec-Driven Piping

Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting


Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

Gener Boss BW/SC 6- Boss_bw Branch


al 40 Let

Expansio SO 40- Exp_cpl_so Joint


n Joint 800

(General
Type)

Sleeve BW 10- Sleeve_bw Joint


Joint 500

Socket SW 5- Socket_sw Inline


100

Coupling SW 6- Coupling_sw Joint


Joint for 100

Copper
Pipe

Suction SW 50- Suction_a_sw Inline


Mouth 200
"A"

Type

Suction SW 150 Suction_b_sw Inline


Mouth -
"B" 650

Type

Cap BW 15- Cap_bw Inline


500

Gasket GKFF 30K 15- Gasket_neck Gasket


for neck 400

Gasket GKFF 30K 15- Gasket_neck_ste Gasket


for neck 400 am
steam

Gasket GKFF 5K, 10K, 10- Gasket_slip Gasket


for slip 16K, 20K, 100
30K 0

121
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Fitting Fitting End- Rating Size Part Name Fitting


Catego Name Type Ran Code
ry ge

Gasket GKFF 5K, 10K, 10- Gasket_slip_stea Gasket


for slip 16K, 20K, 100 m
30K, 40K 0
Steam

Sea FLFF 10K 15- Strainer_ff Inline


Water 350
Strainer
S Type

Steam FLFF 15- Trap_piston Inline


Trap 50

Reduc Concentri BW 15- Red_concentric_b Inline_


er c Reducer 600 w Reducing

SW 6- Red_concentric_s Inline_
100 w Reducing

Eccentric BW 15- Red_eccentric_bw Inline_


Reducer 500
Reducing

Update Model

About Update Model


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to change piping data in the Project Data, the Master
Catalog (MCAT) Specification Database files, or both and then update the piping
model data in your current piping project. You can stay current with industry
standards and change piping specifications, and update the active assembly
information and/or line stock by using the Update Model dialog box (PIPING > Set
Up > Update Model). Spec-Driven Piping applies the new data to all subsequent
modeling.
You can change the following piping data and update the current model:
• Color

• Corner types

• Material code

• Stock number format

• Outside diameter (OD)

• Wall thickness

122
Spec-Driven Piping

• Material density

• Miter parameters

• Bend parameters

• Bend machine parameters

To Change and Update Colors


You can change piping colors in a specification and update the current model with
the changes.
1. Modify the specification. Click Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping
Specification dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on
the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

3. Double-click the Specification Directory file that contains the specification that
you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping
Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to
Specification Directory File.

4. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

5. Under Define Record, select a new piping color from the Color box. You can
define new colors (View > Color and Appearance).

6. Click to insert the changes to the selected record. Spec-Driven Piping


modifies the existing record and displays the changes under Select Record.

7. Click to save the changes to the file. The current directory is based on the
directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

8. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

9. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box
opens.

10. Under Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to apply
the changes.

11. Under Model Information, select the Color check box.

12. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

13. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,
select Type > Segment.

123
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

14. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the
segment must be from the updated assembly. Spec-Driven Piping displays the
pipeline information in the Information Window.

To Change and Update Corner Types


You can change piping corner types in a specification and update the current model
with the changes.
1. Modify the specification. Click PIPING > Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping
Specification dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on
the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

3. Double-click the Auto-Selection file that is associated with the specification that
you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping
Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to Auto-
Selection File.

4. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

5. You can change corner types in the following ways:

o Bend and Miter Corner Types—Under Define Record, check the Allow
Bend or Allow Miter or both to accept bend or mitered corner types or
both the corner types. Clear the check boxes to make these corner types
unavailable to the specification.

o Fitting Corner Types—Select the Fitting tab on the Define Piping


Specification dialog box. To add a corner fitting, either add a corner fitting
to an existing fitting record or create a new fitting record that contains a
corner fitting. You can delete a fitting records that contain corner fittings to
make them unavailable to the specification.

6. Click to insert the changes to the selected record. Spec-Driven Piping


modifies the existing record and displays the changes under Select Record.

7. Click to save changes to the file. The current directory is based on the
directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

8. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

9. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box
opens.

10. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

11. Under Model Information, select the Corner Types check box.

124
Spec-Driven Piping

12. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

13. Click PIPING > Regenerate to apply the changes to the piping model displayed
in the graphics window.

14. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Route > Pipe Envrnmt > Corner Type.
The Corner Type menu lists the allowed corner types (Fitting, Bend, Miter) for
the active assembly.

To Change and Update Material Codes


You can change pipe and fitting material codes in a specification or line stock and
update the current model with the changes.
1. Modify the Piping Material Master Catalog (MCAT) file. Open the Piping Material
file using a text editor and modify the material code for the selected pipe or
fitting MCAT file. Save all changes.

2. Modify the specification. Click PIPING > Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping
Specification dialog box opens.

3. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on
the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

4. Double-click the Auto-Selection file that is associated with the specification that
you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping
Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to Auto-
Selection File.

5. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

6. Select the Pipe or Fitting tabbed pages for the material code type. Spec-Driven
Piping displays the updated material code in the Material Code box under
Define Record.

7. Click to insert a new record that contains the changes. Spec-Driven Piping
adds the record and displays the changes under Select Record. Note that you
must delete the existing record before Spec-Driven Piping can insert the record
with the new material code.

8. Click to save changes to the file. The current directory is based on the
directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

9. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

10. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box
opens.

125
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

11. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

12. Under Model Information, select the Material Data check box.

13. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

14. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model
displayed in the graphics window.

15. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,
select Type > Segment.

16. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the
segment must be from the updated assembly. Spec-Driven Piping displays the
pipeline information in the Information Window.

To Change and Update Stock Number Formats


You can change the pipe and fitting stock number formats in a specification and
update the current model with the changes.
1. Modify the specification. Click PIPING > Set Up > Spec DB. The Define Piping
Specification dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Open File dialog box opens. The current directory is based on
the directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

3. Double-click the Auto-Selection file that is associated with the specification that
you want to modify. The Open File dialog box closes. In the Define Piping
Specification dialog box, the file name appears in the border next to Auto-
Selection File.

4. Under Select Record, select the specification record that you want to modify.

5. Select the Pipe, Fitting, or Assembly (fitting) tabs for the type of stock number
format to change.

6. Under Define Record and Select Stock Number Format, select new format
keywords from the Keyword box or enter unique keywords. You can delete any
keyword to make it unavailable to the specification.

7. Click to insert the changes to the selected record. Spec-Driven Piping


modifies the record and displays the changes under Select Record.

8. Click to save changes to the file. The current directory is based on the
directory path in the piping_project_data_dir configuration option.

9. Click File > Exit. The Define Piping Specification dialog box closes.

126
Spec-Driven Piping

10. Update the model. Click Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box
opens.

11. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

12. Under Model Information, select the Stock Number check box.

13. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

14. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model
displayed in the graphics window.

15. Verify the changes. To display the stock number in the updated format, click
PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box, select Type > Segment.

16. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the
segment must be from the updated assembly. Spec-Driven Piping displays the
pipeline information in the INFORMATION WINDOW.

To Change and Update Outside Diameters


You can change pipe outside diameters (OD) in a specification or line stock and
update the current model with the changes.
1. Locate the Pipe Outer Diameter (OD) Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected
pipeline or line stock. The default path for these files is <ProE load
directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/pipeod/. Each Pipe Outer
Diameter file is named for a line stock material type (for example,
od_steel.ptd.)

2. Use a text editor and change the outside diameter value for a selected line stock.
Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update
Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Outer Diameter check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

7. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model
displayed in the graphics window.

127
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

8. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,
select Type > Segment.

9. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the
segment must be from the updated assembly. Spec-Driven Piping displays the
pipeline information in the Information Window.

To Change and Update Wall Thickness


You can change pipe wall thickness in a specification or line stock and update the
current model with the changes.
1. Locate the Pipe Thickness Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or
line stock. The default path for these files is <ProE load
directory>/text/piping_data/ master_catalog/pipethk/. Each Pipe
Thickness file is named for a line stock material type (for example,
thk_steel.ptd.).

2. Use a text editor and change the wall thickness value for a selected line stock.
Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update
Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Wall Thickness check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

7. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model
displayed in the graphics window.

8. Verify the changes. Click PIPING > Info. In the Report Pipeline dialog box,
select Type > Segment.

9. Click and select a pipe segment in the graphics window. Note that the
segment must be from the updated assembly. Spec-Driven Piping displays the
pipeline information in the Information Window.

To Change and Update Material Density


You can change pipe material density in a specification and update the current model
with the changes.
1. Locate the Piping Material Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or
line stock. The default path for this file is <ProE load
directory>/text/piping_data/master_catalog/.

128
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Use a text editor and change the material density value for the selected pipeline
or line stock. Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update
Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Density check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

7. Regenerate (PIPING > Regenerate) to apply the changes to the piping model
displayed in the graphics window.

8. Verify the changes. Click Analysis > Model Analysis. In the Model Analysis
dialog box, retrieve a solid part density.

To Change and Update Miter Parameters


You can change pipe miter parameters in a specification and update the current
model with the changes.
1. Locate the Miter Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or line stock.
The default path for these files is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/
master_catalog/miter/. Each Miter file is named for a line stock material type
(for example, miter_steel.ptd.)

2. Use a text editor and change the miter parameter value for the selected pipeline
or line stock. Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update
Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Miter Parameters check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

7. Click PIPING > Regenerate to regenerate and apply the changes to the piping
model displayed in the graphics window.

129
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To Change and Update Bend Parameters


You can change pipe bend parameters in a specification and update the current
model with the changes.
1. Locate the Bend Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or line stock.
The default path for these files is <ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/
master_catalog/bend/. Each Bend file is named for a line stock material type
(for example, bend_steel.ptd.).

2. Use a text editor and change the bend parameter value for the selected pipeline
or line stock. Save all changes.

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update
Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Bend Parameters check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

7. Click PIPING > Regenerate to regenerate and apply the changes to the piping
model displayed in the graphics window.

8. Verify the changes. Click Set Up > Design Rules. The Define Design Rules
dialog box opens.

9. Do one of the following:

o Under By Segment, click and select a pipe segment.

o Under By Parameters, select a linestock.

10. Click . The Design Rule Parameters dialog box opens and displays the
updated bend parameters.

To Change and Update Bend Machine Parameters


You can change bend machine parameters in a specification and update the current
model with the changes.
1. Locate the Bend Machine Master Catalog (MCAT) file for the selected pipeline or
line stock. The default path for these files is <ProE load
directory>/text/piping_data/ master_catalog/bend_machine/.

2. Use a text editor and change the bend parameter value for the selected pipeline
or line stock. Save all changes.

130
Spec-Driven Piping

3. Update the model. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update
Model dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

5. Under Model Information, select the Bend m/c Parameters check box.

6. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

7. Click PIPING > Regenerate to apply the changes to the piping model displayed
in the graphics window.

Tip: Updating Multiple Changes


You can use the Update Model dialog box to apply multiple changes to the Project
Data and MCAT files and save time.
1. Complete any changes and save them.

2. Click PIPING > Set Up > Update Model. The Update Model dialog box opens.

3. Under Select Assembly, click and select the assembly to which you want to
apply the changes.

4. Under Model Information, select all check boxes that correspond to the
modified data.

5. Click . The Confirm Cancel dialog box opens. Click Yes to confirm the
update. The dialog boxes close and Spec-Driven Piping updates the active
assembly information. Spec-Driven Piping confirms the update in the Message
Area.

6. Click PIPING > Regenerate to apply the changes to the piping model displayed
in the graphics window.

Note: To quickly apply the changes to another assembly, click under Select
Assembly in the Update Model dialog box and select another assembly. Then,
repeat the last three steps above.

Design Rule Parameters

About Design Rule Parameters in Spec-Driven Piping


In Spec-Driven Piping, Design Rule parameters are line stock parameters that check
selected pipelines to ensure that the pipes stay within their limitations. If there are
any violations, this is considered a Line Stock violation. The system compares the
characteristics of a selected pipeline with the values of the Design Rule parameters.

131
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

If there are any violations, the pipeline is highlighted, which gives you the
opportunity to correct the pipeline parameters.
Spec-Driven Piping uses Design Rule parameters for both the Non Spec-Driven and
the Spec-Driven Piping modes.

To Define Design Rule Parameters in Spec-Driven Piping


You use design rule parameters to verify whether the parameters of a routed pipe
are within limitations.
1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Design Rules. The Define Design Rules dialog box
opens.

2. Under By Segment, click and select a pipe segment. This allows you to
assign design rule parameters to a pipe segment.

or

Under By Parameters, select a linestock. This allows you to assign Design Rule
parameters to an entire line stock.

3. Click . The Design Rule Parameters dialog box opens.

4. Type the Design Rule parameter values in any of the following boxes and ENTER.
A highlighted dot at the bottom of the dialog box confirms the entry.

o Max Overall Length—Maximum allowable overall length of a continuous


pipe segment.

o Min Segment Length—Minimum allowable length of a continuous pipe


segment.

o Max Segment Length—Maximum allowable length of a continuous pipe


segment.

o Max Bends Number—Maximum allowable number of bends in a


continuous pipe segment.

o Min Bend Separation—Minimum allowable distance, in assembly units,


between bends in one continuous pipe segment.

o Start/End Clamp Length—Minimum allowable distance, in assembly


units, from a pipe end to the next bend or endpoint.

o Min Bend Radius—Minimum allowable bend radius, in assembly units, for


a pipe segment.

o Max Bend Radius—Maximum allowable bend radius, in assembly units, for


a pipe segment.

o Min Bend Angle—Minimum angle of the bend, in assembly units, for a


continuous pipe segment.

132
Spec-Driven Piping

o Max Bend Angle—Maximum angle of the bend, in assembly units, for a


continuous pipe segment.

o Bend Arc Threshold—Angle at which Spec-Driven Piping defines the


dimensioning scheme for large angle bends, such as 180 degrees (Default
value in degrees: 165. You can enter a value between 0 and 360.)

o Min Branch Separation—Minimum separation distance between two


branches in a continuous pipe segment.

o Min Branch Angle—Minimum allowable angle between a branch and the


main.

o Bend Table Name—Assign a bend table to the line stock. You can create a
bend table at any time (Default value: NO_TABLE).

5. Click to apply the design rule parameters and close the Design Rule
Parameters dialog box.

6. Click to close the Define Design Rules dialog box.

Note: All bend radius and bend angle boxes are unavailable. Spec-Driven Piping
retrieves this bend data from the Specification Database Bend Master Catalog
(MCAT) file.

Bend Arc Threshold in Spec-Driven Piping


The Bend Arc Threshold is a design rule parameter that appears in the Design
Rule Parameters dialog box (Spec-Driven Piping). The Bend Arc Threshold is the
angle at which Spec-Driven Piping defines the dimensioning scheme for large angle
bends such as 180 degrees.
The dimensioning scheme for the bend refers to how the bend is located along the
pipe. Spec-Driven Piping can locate the bend by either the Theoretical Intersection
Point or the Bend Arc Center Point.
• Bend angles that are larger than or equal to 180 degrees get dimensioned based
on the Bend Arc Center Point.

• Bend angles that are smaller than 180 degrees get dimensioned based on the
Theoretical Intersection Point of the bend.

For a 180 degree bend, one bend value is reported for the location of the center of
the arc of the 180 degree bend.

Example: Bend Arc Threshold in Spec-Driven Piping


IF BEND_ARC_THRESHOLD = 165 (default)
Then
Route a 180-degree bend—Gets reported as one 180-degree bend from the arc
center of the bend.

133
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

IF BEND_ARC_THRESHOLD = 180
Then
Route a 180-degree bend—Gets reported as one 180-degree bend from the arc
center of the bend.
IF BEND_ARC_THRESHOLD = 181
Then
Route a 180-degree bend—Gets reported as two 90-degree bends from the
theoretical intersection points.

Design Rules Checking

About Design Rules Checking


You can enable or disable the design rule check during the pipe modeling process.
When you enable the design rule check, the location of violations can be displayed
and you can rectify them at an early stage. The modeling process then proceeds with
greater accuracy.
Use the design rule checking functionality to:
• Select the design rules to check whenever violations can occur due to a specific
pipe modeling operation. You can select all design rules or only a few design
rules.

• Indicate the location of a design rule violation.

Note: To enable the checking of design rules for piping assemblies that are created
using versions of Pro/ENGINEER earlier than Wildfire, set appropriate values to the
piping_wildfire_convert configuration option.

To Check for Design Rule Violations in Spec-Driven Piping

1. Click . The Design Rules Check dialog box opens.

Note:

o The Design Rules Check dialog box opens only when an active assembly
contains a pipeline for which you can check design rules.

o If you are working with a piping assembly that is created using versions of
Pro/ENGINEER earlier than Wildfire, set the piping_wildfire_convert
configuration option.

2. Under Setup, select one or more of the following design rules to check.

o Missing Fitting—Checks for missed fittings and gaskets. Under Design


Rules Tree, click a missed fitting type to display the violation information
under Violation Details.

134
Spec-Driven Piping

o Segment Violations—Checks for violations in segment length. Under


Design Rules Tree, click a segment violation type to display the violation
information under Violation Details.

o Bend Violations—Displays the bend violation results for a pipeline. Under


Design Rules Tree, click a bend violation type to display the violation
information under Violation Details.

o Branch Violations—Displays the branch violations in a pipeline. Under


Design Rules Tree, click a branch violation type to display the violation
information under Violation Details.

o Flow Violations—Checks for conflicts in the flow direction. Under Design


Rules Tree, click Flow Violations to display the name of the datum point
feature at the location of flow conflict under Violation Details.

o End Type Compatibility—Checks for conflicts in the end type for two
mated fittings. Under Design Rules Tree, click End Type Compatibility
to display the first end type and rating and the second end type and rating
under Violation Details.

o Invalid Pipeline Label Size—Checks for conflicts when the pipe pieces do
not have the same size as specified in the pipeline label. Under Design
Rules Tree, click Invalid Pipeline Label Size to display the invalid
pipeline label size under Violation Details.

o Size Mismatch—Checks for size mismatches between a free port and its
connected pipeline.

o Segment Overlap—Checks for overlaps between centerlines of two


connected pipe segments.

The number of violations are displayed in parentheses adjacent to the


appropriate tree node under Design Rules Tree.

Note: If you do not want to check for any of the previous design rule violations,
clear the appropriate design rule from the Setup list.

3. If required, click Tree and select one of the following:

o Expand All—Expands all the tree nodes.

o Expand One—Expands only the selected tree node and not its component
child nodes.

o Expand Branch—Expands the selected tree node and all its component
child nodes.

o Collapse All—Collapses all the tree nodes.

o Collapse One—Collapses only the selected tree node or a child node of a


tree node.

o Collapse Branch—Collapses the selected tree node and all its component
child nodes.

135
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: A tree node and its child nodes represent design rules in all the above
cases.

4. Click or to select a record under Violation Details.

5. Click to display the design rule violation information in the Information


Window.

Displaying Missing Fitting Violations


Missed fitting types are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design Rules
Check dialog box as follows:
• Corner Fitting—Displays violation results for missing corner fittings.

• Flange-Gasket—Displays violation results for missing gaskets and flanges. The


following columns are displayed under Violation Details:

o Sname—The selection name of the fitting that has the missing flange and
gasket.

o Location—The upstream, downstream, or the branch stream location


where the violation has occurred.

Displaying Segment Violations


Segment violation types are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design
Rules Check dialog box as follows:
• Min Segment Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment
with a length shorter than the minimum segment length.

• Max Segment Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment


with a length greater than the maximum segment length.

The violation results are displayed in the following columns under Violation
Details when you click Min Segment Length or Max Segment Length:

o Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

o Current—The current segment length.

o Required—The required minimum or maximum segment length.

• Total Segment Length—Displays violation results if you create pipe segments


of a pipe in the active assembly where the pipe segments have length greater
than the total pipe length. The violation results are displayed in the following
columns under Violation Details:

o Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

o Current—The total segment length.

o Required—The required total segment length.

136
Spec-Driven Piping

Displaying Bend Violations


Bend violation types are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design Rules
Check dialog box as follows:
• Max Bend Numbers—Displays violation results if you create bends on a pipe
segment greater than the specified maximum bend number value.

• Start Clamp Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment


with its start clamp length less than the specified value.

• Middle Clamp Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment


with its middle clamp length less than the specified value.

• End Clamp Length—Displays violation results if you create a pipe segment with
its end clamp length less than the specified value.

• Min Bend Radius—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its
radius less than the specified value.

• Max Bend Radius—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its
radius greater than the specified value.

• Min Bend Angle—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its
angle less than the specified value.

• Max Bend Angle—Displays violation results if you create a pipe bend with its
angle greater than the specified value.

In all the previous cases, the violation results are displayed in the following columns
under Violation Details:
• Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

• Current—The current bend number, start clamp length, middle clamp length,
end clamp length, bend radius, or the bend angle.

• Required—The required bend number, start clamp length, middle clamp length,
end clamp length, minimum bend radius, maximum bend radius, minimum bend
angle, or the maximum bend angle.

Displaying Branch Violations


Branch violations are displayed under Design Rules Tree in the Design Rules
Check dialog box as follows:
• Min Branch Separation—Displays violation results if you create branches on a
pipe segment with the distance between the branches less than the specified
minimum branch separation.

• Min Branch Angle—Displays violation results if you create a branch with the
angle between the branch and the main less than the specified minimum branch
angle value.

137
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

In the previous cases, the violation results are displayed in the following columns
under Violation Details:
• Stockno—The stock number of the pipe.

• Current—The current branch separation or the branch angle.

• Required—The required minimum branch separation or the minimum branch


angle.

Displaying Pipe Segment Overlap


Select Segment Overlaps from the Design Rules Tree to display segment
violations in the Violation Details table. The Segment1 column displays the
feature name and id of the first segment, the Segment2 column displays the feature
name and id of the second segment. Select a row in the table to highlight the
overlapping segments in the graphics window.

Checking Design Rules


Spec-Driven Piping determines whether any design rule check has been enabled at
the end of each of the pipe modeling operations as discussed in the following table.
Use the Define Design Rules dialog box to change the default values specified in
the table below.

Design Where to Define Where to Store in the Check


Rule in the SpecDB Model After

Missing
Fitting

Corner Route Pipe,


fitting Modify
Corner
Type,
Delete
Fitting

Flange and Insert


gasket Fitting,
Delete
Fitting,
Replace
Fitting

138
Spec-Driven Piping

Design Where to Define Where to Store in the Check


Rule in the SpecDB Model After

Segment
violations

Minimum MIN_LEN column MIN_SEGMENT_LENGTH line Route Pipe,


segment of the Pipe stock parameter Modify
length Manufacture Dimension,
Directory file Modify
Pipe,
Modify
Corner
Type,
Insert
Fitting,
Replace
Fitting,
Redefine
Fitting, Cut
Pipe

Maximum MAX_LEN column MAX_SEGMENT_LENGTH line Route Pipe,


segment of the Pipe stock parameter Modify
length Manufacture Dimension,
Directory file Modify
Pipe,
Modify
Corner
Type,
Insert
Fitting,
Delete
Fitting,
Replace
Fitting,
Redefine
Fitting,
Delete Cut

139
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Design Where to Define Where to Store in the Check


Rule in the SpecDB Model After

Total MAX_OVERALL_LEN MAX_OVERALL_LENGTH line Route Pipe,


segment column of the stock parameter Modify
length Pipe Manufacture Dimension,
Directory Modify
file Pipe,
Modify
Corner
Type,
Insert
Fitting,
Delete
Fitting,
Replace
Fitting,
Redefine
Fitting,
Delete Cut

Bend
violations

Maximum MAX_BENDS MAX_NUMBER_BENDS line Route Pipe,


bend column of the stock parameter Modify
numbers Pipe Manufacture Corner
Directory file Type,
Delete
Fitting,
Delete Cut

Start clamp START_CLAMP_LEN The first element of the Route Pipe,


length column of the MIN_STRAIGHT_LENGTH_EN Modify
Bending Machine D line stock parameter Dimension,
file Modify
Pipe,
Modify
Corner
Type,
Insert
Fitting,
Replace
Fitting,
Redefine
Fitting, Cut
Pipe

140
Spec-Driven Piping

Design Where to Define Where to Store in the Check


Rule in the SpecDB Model After

Middle MID_CLAMP_LEN MIN_BEND_SEPARATION Route Pipe,


clamp column of the line stock parameter Modify
length Bending Machine Dimension,
file Modify
Pipe,
Modify
Corner
Type

End clamp END_CLAMP_LEN The second element of Route Pipe,


length column of the the Modify
Bending Machine MIN_STRAIGHT_LENGTH_EN Dimension,
file D line stock parameter Modify
Pipe,
Modify
Corner
Type,
Insert
Fitting,
Replace
Fitting,
Redefine
Fitting, Cut
Pipe

Minimum MIN_RADIUS MIN_BEND_RADIUS line Modify


bend radius column of the stock parameter Corner
Bend file Type,
Update
Bend
Parameters

Maximum MAX_RADIUS MAX_BEND_RADIUS line Modify


bend radius column of the stock parameter Corner
Bend file Type,
Update
Bend
Parameters

141
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Design Where to Define Where to Store in the Check


Rule in the SpecDB Model After

Minimum MIN_ANGLE MIN_BEND_ANGLE line Route Pipe,


bend angle column of the stock parameter Modify
Bend file Dimension,
Modify
Corner
Type,
Update
Bend
Parameters

Maximum MAX_ANGLE MAX_BEND_ANGLE line Route Pipe,


bend angle column of the stock parameter Modify
Bend file Dimension,
Modify
Corner
Type,
Update
Bend
Parameters

Branch
violations

Minimum MIN_BRANCH_SEPARATION Route Pipe


branch line stock parameter Branch To,
separation Route Pipe
The default value is 50
Branch
mm or its equivalent in
From,
the pipeline assembly Modify
length unit.
Dimension

Minimum MIN_BRANCH_ANGLE line Route Pipe


branch stock parameter Branch To,
angle Route Pipe
The default value is 30
Branch
degrees.
From,
Modify
Dimension

Flow Route Pipe,


conflict Modify
Pipeline,
Extension
or Series
Flow
Direction

142
Spec-Driven Piping

Design Where to Define Where to Store in the Check


Rule in the SpecDB Model After

End type The End Type Delete


compatibilit Compatibility file Fitting,
y Replace
Fitting

Invalid Route Pipe,


pipeline Modify
label size Pipe,
Modify
Pipeline
Label

Size Route Pipe,


mismatch Modify Pipe

Segment Route Pipe,


Overlap Modify
Dimension

Bend Tables

About Bend Tables in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping uses bend tables to accurately calculate the length of straight
pipe (developed length) required to make a bend of a specific bend radius and angle.
The developed pipe length for the same bend can differ due to different materials
and pipe outside diameters (OD).
Bend tables are normalized for 90 degree bends. For other than 90 degree bends,
Pro/ENGINEER takes those values and multiplies them by A/90, where A represents
the specific bend angle in degrees.

Bend Table Menu


The Bend Table menu allows you to access all Spec-Driven Piping bend tables for
creation and modification.
From the BEND TAB menu (PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow), you can perform
the following tasks:
• Define—Creates Spec-Driven Piping bend tables.

• Delete—Deletes Spec-Driven Piping bend tables.

• Edit—Modifies Spec-Driven Piping bend tables. You can update a bend table at
any time.

143
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Show—Displays Spec-Driven Piping bend tables. You can confirm bend table
data.

• Read—Reads a bend table from a file to a part.

• Write—Writes a bend table from a part to a file.

To Define a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Define.

2. Type a bend table name and click . A Pro/TABLE window opens containing an
table outline.

3. Enter the data in the table.

or

Select File > Read to use an existing bend table as a baseline. The Read File
dialog box opens.

Enter the name of the existing bend table file and click OK. The system reads the
file data and writes it to the current bend table file. Modify the bend table data, if
needed.

4. Click File > Save and Exit to save and close the bend table. You must now
assign the new bend table to a pipe segment or line stock to use it.

Defining Bend Tables in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to define new bend tables. You define bend tables for
90 degree bends. For other than 90 degree bends, Pro/ENGINEER takes those values
and multiplies them by A/90 where Α represents the specific bend angle in degrees.
You do not have to insert a bend allowance value (A) in every cell in a bend
allowance table. If you leave a particular cell blank, the system calculates the length
value using interpolation.
The following table describes the Spec-Driven Piping bend table format:

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 …

FORMULA
equation
...
ENDFORMULA
!
CONVERSION
equation
...
START MATERIALS
MATERIAL

144
Spec-Driven Piping

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 …

...
END MATERIALS
!
TABLE
radius radius radius radius radius

outside diameter bend allow bend bend ...


allow allow
outside diameter ... ... ... ...

Note:
• Enter the words FORMULA, END FORMULA, CONVERSION, END CONVERSION,
START MATERIALS, END MATERIALS and TABLE exactly as shown.

• The following definitions apply for the above bend table format:

o FORMULA—An equation for the developed length.

o TABLE—A combination of pipe outer diameter (OD) and bend radius table
data that will never be encountered in your pipe assembly. For example,
0.25 bend radius with an OD of 0.5 inches.

• Comment lines can appear anywhere in a bend table. Each comment line in the
table must start with an exclamation point (!).

To Modify a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to modify bend tables. You can edit only those bend
tables created in the current assembly or applied to the current assembly. To modify
a bend table within Spec-Driven Piping, do the following:
1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Edit. The TBL NAMES menu appears.

2. Select the bend table to modify from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all
bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the
assembly was currently in session.

3. A Pro/TABLE window opens and displays the selected table.

4. Modify the bend table.

5. Click File > Save or Exit. Spec-Driven Piping saves the bend table in the current
directory.

Note: You must assign a bend table to a pipe segment or line stock to use it.

To Delete a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Delete.

145
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

2. Select the bend table to delete from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all
bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the
assembly was currently in session. Spec-Driven Piping deletes the selected bend
table.

To Show a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to show or view a bend table. Note that if you select
to show a table, you cannot modify it. To show a bend table, follow these steps:
1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Show.

2. Select the bend table to show from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all
bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the
assembly was currently in session.

3. A Pro/TABLE window opens and displays the selected bend table.

4. After viewing the table, click File > Exit. The Pro/TABLE window closes.

To Read a Bend Table to a Model in Spec-Driven Piping


You can read a bend table from a bend table (.bnd) file into a model. Spec-Driven
Piping creates a bend table from the file data and applies it to the current model.
1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Read. The DATA FILES menu
appears.

2. Select a bend table name. Spec-Driven Piping lists all saved bend tables. If you
select Names, the Open dialog box opens in which you select a bend table
(.bnd) file to read. The Pro/ENGINEER Message Area confirms the action.

To Write a Bend Table to a File in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping saves each bend table that you define to the current model. If
you want to save a bend table to a separate file, you can write it to a bend table
(.bnd) file.
1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Bend Allow > Write. The TBL NAMES menu
appears.

2. Select the bend table to modify from the TBL NAMES menu. This menu lists all
bend tables that were applied to the assembly or were created when the
assembly was currently in session. The Pro/ENGINEER Message Area confirms the
action.

Bend Table Data in Spec-Driven Piping


The table data (A) represents the developed bend lengths or allowances (with the
presence of the CONVERSION formula) for specific bend radii and pipe outer
diameters (T). The table data and the conversion equation are used together, so
make sure that the two together give you the correct results.

146
Spec-Driven Piping

Observe the following points when using bend table data:


• Create your bend tables for 90 bends. For other than 90 bends, Pro/ENGINEER
takes those values and multiplies them by A/90, where A is the specific bend
angle in degrees.

• You do not have to insert a bend allowance value (A) in every cell in a bend
allowance table.

• If you leave a particular cell blank, the system uses interpolation to calculate the
length value.

• For bend radii and outside diameters (OD) between the values in adjacent cells, a
linear interpolation is used.

Note: The values in the bend tables are independent of the model units. They do not
change if you change the model units.
For example, you originally create a pipe assembly with the model units set to
inches. The outside diameter is 0.25 and the bend radius is 0.5. The system looks up
the bend table to find the developed length at the ordinates (0.25, 0.5). If you
change the model units to centimeters and keep the model the same size, the pipe
OD becomes 0.625 and the bend radius 1.270. The system looks up the table to find
the developed length at the ordinates (0.625, 1.270).

Formula Equations in Spec-Driven Piping


Formula is an equation used to calculate the developed length for any radius or
outside diameter (OD) that falls outside the range of the table data. Spec-Driven
Piping provides the following variables for use in the table:
• L—Developed straight length of the bend.

• R—Bend radius.

• T—Pipe outer diameter (OD).

• ANGLE—Bend Angle (in degrees).

Formula Equation Rules


Follow these rules when you enter the formula equation in a bend table:
• The formula must be the first equation in the table.

• The formula must begin with the descriptor FORMULA, in the first column.

o If an equation is simple, write it in the second column on the same line as


the descriptor, as in the following examples:

FORMULA L = (0.55*T) + (PI*R)/2.0

FORMULA L = (ANGLE*PI/180)*(R+T/2)

o If the formula is more complex and/or contains some logic statements, then
the FORMULA descriptor must precede the actual formula on its own line.

147
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The formula must also be concluded by the descriptor END FORMULA, on its
own line and in the first column. The following example illustrates this
process:

FORMULA

IF (R/T) < 1.10 | (R/T) > 1.83

L = (PI*R*T)/2.0

ELSE

L = (PI/2)*(R + (T*0.35))

END FORMULA

In a multi-statement formula like this, you can enter the statements in columns
other than column one.

Conversion Equations in Spec-Driven Piping


The conversion equation tells the system how table data (A) is related to the
developed length (L). If no conversion equation is defined, the system assumes that
the table data equals the required length (L = A). For example, if the table data
represents the bend deduction value, the equation might look like the following:
L = 2*(T + R) - A

Note: L must never be negative.

Conversion Equation Variables


You can use the following variables in a conversion equation:
• L—Developed straight length of stock.

• R—Bend radius.

• T—Material thickness.

• ANGLE—Bend Angle (in degrees).

• A—Bend allowance value contained in the table data section.

Conversion Equation Rules


Follow these rules when you enter the conversion equation in a bend table:
• Only use a conversion equation when the developed length L is not equal to your
table values A.

• The conversion must begin with the descriptor CONVERSION, in the first column.

o If the equation is a simple one, then it can be written in the second column
on the same line as the descriptor, as in this example:

CONVERSION L = 2*(T +R) - A

148
Spec-Driven Piping

o If the formula is more complex and/or contains some logic statements, then
the CONVERSION descriptor must precede the actual formula on its own line
and the formula must be concluded by the descriptor END CONVERSION,
again on its own line and in the first column.

To Assign a Bend Table in Spec-Driven Piping


Note: Spec-Driven Piping allows you to assign a bend table at any time in the design
process.
1. Click PIPING > Set Up > Design Rules. The Define Design Rules dialog box
opens.

2. Select the line stock by doing one of the following:

o Under By Segment, click and select pipe segment from the graphics
window.

o Under By Parameters, select a line stock name from the Model Tree or
Piping System Tree.

3. Click . The Design Rule Parameters dialog box opens.

4. Select a bend table from the Bend Table Name box (Default value: NO_TABLE).
This box lists all bend tables defined for the pipe segment or line stock.

5. Click to apply the bend table. The Design Rule Parameters dialog box
closes.

6. Click to close the Define Design Rules dialog box.

Setting Display Options

About Setting Pipeline Display Options


Click Set Up > Set Display and use the Set Display dialog box to control the
display of the following pipeline properties in Specification-Driven Piping:
• Pipeline—Shows or hides the entire pipeline.

• Pipeline Label—Displays, hides, creates, or deletes a pipeline label.

• Spool Label—Displays or hides spool labels for the selected pipeline.

• Flow Direction—Displays arrows indicating the flow direction in the pipeline. The
arrows disappear when the dialog box quits.

• Pipe Solid—Displays or hides the pipe solid created.

• Valve Number—Displays or hides the pipeline valve numbers.

• Insulation—Displays or hides pipeline insulation.

149
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Weld Number—Displays or hides the numbers of pipeline welds.

When you add a property, you may need to set the display options again to display
the new property's value. You can use the right mouse button shortcut menu in the
Model Tree to set some of these properties. Display options set in Piping are visible
in Assembly, but can be edited only in Piping.

To Set Pipeline Display Options


1. In an active piping assembly, click PIPING > Set Up. The PIPE SETUP menu
appears.

2. Click Set Display. The Set Display dialog box opens.

3. Click and select one or more pipelines in the graphics window or Model Tree.

4. Click OK in the Select window. The pipeline appears in the Selected pipelines
list.

5. Select an option from the Display Options list to change the action:

o Pipeline—Shows or hides an entire pipeline.

o Pipeline Label—Creates, shows, hides or deletes a pipeline label.

o Spool Label—Shows or hides a pipeline spool label.

o Flow Direction—Shows or hides the flow direction arrows of a pipeline.

o Pipe Solid—Shows or hides the solid representation of a pipeline.

o Valve Number—Shows or hides the valve number of a valve fitting.

o Insulation—Shows or hides the solid representation of a insulation.

o Weld Number—Shows or hides the weld numbers of a pipeline.

6. Select one of the Action Options:

o Show—Displays the selected option.

o Hide—Hides the display of the selected option.

o Create—Creates a pipeline label.

o Delete—Deletes the pipeline label.

7. Click to apply the changes and repeat steps 5 and 6 to set additional
Display Options.

8. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

150
Spec-Driven Piping

Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies

About Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies


Spec-Driven Piping organizes all pipelines, fittings, and equipment for a piping
system in assemblies and subassemblies. Spec-Driven Piping creates piping
assemblies after you create pipelines. All subsequent modeling occurs within the
currently active assembly. Spec-Driven Piping allows you to do the following:
• Change active assemblies at any time in the piping design process by selecting a
pipeline in the graphics window.

• Convert existing piping assemblies created in one piping design mode to the
other mode on-the-fly using the User-Driven piping design mode.

To Make a Spec-Driven Piping Assembly Active


You can change the currently active assembly at any time in the piping design
process.
1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > PIPING. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click PIPING > Active Asm.

4. Select a pipeline from the graphics window. The assembly associated with the
selected pipeline becomes the active assembly. Spec-Driven Piping displays the
active assembly name in the graphics window.

You can also select an assembly from the Model Tree or the Piping System Tree.

To Display Piping Information


You can view a report of piping information of a selected node.
1. Open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping.

3. Click . The pipeline view displays in the Model Tree.

4. Right-click a node in the tree and choose Info > Piping from the shortcut menu.
The pipeline Information Window opens.

About Converting Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies


The User-Driven piping design mode allows you to convert piping assemblies at any
time in the piping design process using the Spec Driven check box on the PIPING
menu. You can convert existing Non Spec-Driven or Spec-Driven piping assemblies
to the other design mode on-the-fly and continue designing your piping system.

151
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

After setting piping_design_method configuration option to the User-Driven mode,


the following actions occur:
• If a piping assembly is not open, Spec-Driven Piping defaults to the Non Spec-
Driven design mode. Select the Spec Driven check box to switch to the Spec-
Driven design mode.

• If an existing piping assembly is open or after you open an existing piping


assembly, Spec-Driven Piping switches to the piping design mode in which the
assembly was created. The Spec Driven check box indicates the design mode.
You can always convert the assembly to switch design modes.

Assembly Conversion Processes


Spec-Driven Piping executes two different piping assembly conversion processes
based on the piping assembly type.

Assembly Type Conversion Process

Spec-Driven to Non Spec- Clear the Spec Driven check box on the
Driven PIPING menu. After this process, Spec-
Driven Piping considers all pipelines as Non
Spec-Driven.

All existing fittings will remain Spec-Driven.

Non Spec-Driven to Spec- Select the Spec Driven check box on the
Driven PIPING menu. You must assign
specification-specific data in the Convert
Pipeline dialog box for each pipeline in the
active assembly. After entering this data,
the Pro/ENGINEER message area displays
each pipeline and its conversion status. All
pipelines must be converted to Spec-Driven.

All existing fittings will remain Non Spec-


Driven.

Note:
• The piping assembly conversion processes occur on a pipeline basis only. Fittings
are not converted.

• Mixed models are not allowed. Non Spec-Driven and Spec-Driven pipelines
cannot be included in the same piping assembly.

• Mixed assemblies are allowed. Non Spec-Driven and Spec-Driven assemblies and
subassemblies can be grouped.

• All existing line stocks are automatically deleted. The Non Spec-Driven mode
permits different line stock assignments to each pipe segment.

• Pipe solids failure can occur due to pipeline size changes.

152
Spec-Driven Piping

To Convert Non Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies in Spec-Driven


Piping
You can convert Non Spec-Driven Piping assemblies to Spec-Driven Piping
assemblies. This allows you to use existing pipe systems in the Spec-Driven Piping
design mode.
1. Configure Spec-Driven Piping for the User-Driven piping design mode.

2. Create or open a Non Spec-Driven piping assembly to convert.

3. Click Active Asm on the PIPING menu and select a piping assembly from either
the Piping System Tree or the graphics window.

4. Select the Spec Driven check box on the PIPING menu. The Convert Pipeline
dialog box opens. Spec-Driven Piping displays the active assembly under Active
Assembly.

5. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the


Schematic Driven option will be available under Pipeline. To convert a pipeline
using the schematic information, perform the following steps:

a. Check the XML File option under Schematic Driven to make


active.

b. Click and select an XML file from the directory path specified by
the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option or your current
working directory. You can browse to any required directory to select
the XML file.
c. The Schematic Label option under Schematic Driven lists all the
eligible pipelines for conversion, based on the information in the
specified XML file. Select a pipeline from the eligible list.
d. Click the Label tab. The Specification, Size, Schedule, Mnemonic,
Number, and Insulation boxes get updated.
e. Click the Parameters tab. The Oper. Pressure, Oper. Temperature,
Design Pressure, and Design Temperature boxes get updated if the
schematic information contains the respective operating and design
pipeline parameters.
f. Click the Defined tab. The User Defined Parameters get updated.
Note: To convert a pipeline without the schematic information, clear the XML
File option and perform the following steps.

6. Select a pipeline to convert from the Select Pipeline box. If only one pipeline is
available, Spec-Driven Piping displays its name beside Pipeline.

7. Click the Label tab. Under Pipeline Label, do the following:

o Select a specification, size, and schedule for the selected pipeline.

153
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

o If applicable, select mnemonic, number, and insulation. Note that a pipeline


number uniquely identifies a pipeline and it is needed for the Piping System
Tree to organize pipelines (by their number) in a piping system.

8. If applicable, type pipeline parameter values. Click the Parameters tab. Under
Pipeline Parameters, enter the parameter values. By default, Spec-Driven
Piping makes the pipeline parameters unavailable.

9. If applicable, type user-defined pipeline parameters. Click the Defined tab.


Under User Defined Parameters, do one of the following:

o Type a parameter name in the Name box (must begin with a letter) and a
corresponding value in the Value box. Click to add the parameter to
the pipeline.

o Retrieve existing user-defined pipeline parameters from a file. Click .


The Open dialog box opens. Select the file to retrieve and double-click.

Spec-Driven Piping displays the user-defined parameters.

10. Click to save the parameters to a file.

11. Click to accept all pipeline data and begin the conversion process.

The Pro/ENGINEER Message area displays the pipeline conversion status. Spec-
Driven Piping generates new line stocks based on the assigned specification.

Note:
• You must perform this conversion process each time you switch from the Non
Spec-Driven to the Spec-Driven design mode.

• You must select each assembly to convert. Mixed assemblies are allowed.

• Every pipeline in the active assembly must be converted.

• All existing fittings remain Non Spec-Driven.

• All existing line stocks are automatically deleted.

• Pipe solids failure can occur due to pipeline size changes.

To Convert Spec-Driven Piping Assemblies in Spec-Driven Piping


You can convert Spec-Driven Piping assemblies to Non Spec-Driven Piping
assemblies. This allows you to use the existing pipe systems in the Non Spec-Driven
piping design mode.
1. Configure Spec-Driven Piping for the User-Driven piping design mode.

2. Create or open a Spec-Driven piping assembly to convert.

3. On the PIPING menu, clear the Spec Driven check box. Spec-Driven Piping
considers all pipelines as Non Spec-Driven.

154
Spec-Driven Piping

Note:
• Every pipeline in the active assembly must be converted because the Non Spec-
Driven mode permits different line stock assignments for each pipe segment.

• All existing fittings remain Spec-Driven. So, if you convert the pipeline to Spec-
Driven, Spec-Driven Piping selects and inserts all Spec-Driven fittings according
to the pipeline specification.

• Pipe solids failure can occur due to pipeline size changes.

Converting Piping Assemblies to Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Format


When you work with pipeline assemblies that are created in versions of Spec-Driven
Piping earlier than Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire, the piping data stored in the assembly
must be updated or converted to the Wildfire format. Otherwise, you cannot check
design rules, display flow direction, or perform an automatic reordering of the piping
model. If parameters such as STOCKNUMBER and MATERIALDATA are stored in the
fitting component features that are created in versions of Spec-Driven Piping earlier
than Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire, then these parameters must be converted to
appropriate parameters in the Wildfire format. For example, STOCKNUMBER must be
converted to STOCKNO and MATERIALDATA must be converted to MATERIALCODE and
MATERIALDESC in the Wildfire format.
When you specify automatic as a value for the piping_wildfire_convert
configuration option, piping assemblies are automatically converted when you invoke
the Spec-Driven Piping application. If you set the piping_wildfire_convert
configuration option to manual, you can use the Piping Assemblies Conversion
dialog box and select one of the following conversion types to convert pipeline
assemblies. The Piping Assemblies Conversion dialog box opens when you click
Applications > Piping.
• Automatic—Automatically converts all the piping assemblies in the current Spec-
Driven Piping session.

• Never—Piping assemblies are not converted in the current Spec-Driven Piping


session.

• Manual—Selects the piping assemblies to be converted from the Select Piping


Assemblies to Convert list. All the assembly names are selected by default.
You can select any assembly that you want to convert from the list.

Note: When you convert piping assemblies, the assembly revision number is
updated automatically.

About Using External Simplified Representations in Spec-Driven


Piping
Often, a large piping project involves multiple engineers. You can use external
simplified representations to set up a work environment of only the required piping
subassemblies and reference components. Exclude irrelevant subassemblies and
include the relevant piping assemblies, equipment, and structure assemblies. You
can set subassemblies that are not part of the piping assembly to reference only.

155
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Consider the following factors when using external simplified representations in


Piping:
• Pipe solids and fittings should not be individually excluded from an external
simplified representation. This could cause failure of downstream piping
operations. Instead, consider excluding the parent assembly.

• You cannot select references from excluded subassemblies when creating


pipelines.

• When using a schematic to drive the piping, make all needed parts and
subassemblies available as references in the external simplified representation.

Example: Workflow for Creating an External Simplified


Representation
1. Create a top-level assembly or open an existing one.

2. Populate the assembly with subassemblies of similar components, equipment,


structures, and piping.

3. Click or File > New. The New dialog box opens.

4. Click Assembly > Ext. Simp. Rep.

5. Click OK. The new external simplified representation opens.

6. Create the desired external simplified representation. Do not exclude structure


and equipment subassemblies that are referenced in the piping subassembly.

7. Select the referenced structure and equipment subassemblies, right-click and


choose Set For Ref. Only from the shortcut menu or click Edit > Set For Ref.
Only.

These subassemblies are no longer active, but you can select their features for
references when creating pipelines.

8. Click Application > Piping. The PIPING Menu appears.

9. Click Active Asm and choose a piping subassembly. The piping subassembly is
now the active assembly.

10. Model the piping assembly as required.

11. Save the external simplified representation, unless it is no longer needed. Any
changes to it are automatically merged in to the master assembly.

Spec-Driven Pipelines

About Spec-Driven Pipelines


You begin designing spec-driven piping systems by creating spec-driven pipelines
using the Create Pipeline dialog box (PIPING > Pipeline > Create/Route). You
create each pipeline in a piping assembly by using the OPER PIPE LINE menu.

156
Spec-Driven Piping

The OPER PIPE LINE menu allows you perform the following pipeline tasks:
• Create/Route—Creates a pipeline and provides you with the ROUTE PIPE
menu to route the pipeline immediately.

• Delete—Deletes the selected pipeline and provides you with the option of
deleting or suspending all associated children.

• Rename—Renames the selected pipeline.

• Merge—Merges the selected pipeline components into another pipeline.

• Spec Break—Changes the specification between the selected pipe segments or


fittings.

• Suppress—Suppresses the selected pipeline and all associated children.

• Resume—Resumes suppressed pipelines by name.

To Create a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Create or open a Spec-Driven piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Create/Route. The Create Pipeline dialog box
opens.

Note: To create a pipeline without the schematic information proceed to step 5.

4. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes the


Schematic Driven option will be available under Pipeline. To create a pipeline
using the schematic information, perform the following steps:

a. Check the XML File option under Schematic Driven to make


active.

b. Click and select an XML file from the directory path specified by
the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option or your current
working directory. You can browse to any required directory to select
the XML file.
c. The Schematic Label option under Schematic Driven lists all the
eligible pipelines for creation, based on the information in the specified
XML file. Select a pipeline from the eligible list.
d. Click the Label tab. The Specification, Size, Schedule, Mnemonic,
Number, and Insulation boxes get updated.
e. Click the Parameters tab. The Oper. Pressure, Oper. Temperature,
Design Pressure, and Design Temperature boxes get updated if the
schematic information contains the respective operating and design
pipeline parameters.
f. Click the Defined tab. The User Defined Parameters get updated.

157
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: To create a pipeline without the schematic information, clear the XML File
option and perform the following steps.

5. Click the Label tab. Under Pipeline Label, do the following:

a. Select a specification, size, and schedule for the selected pipeline.


b. If applicable, select mnemonic and number.
Note: A pipeline number uniquely identifies a pipeline and it is needed for
the Piping System Tree to organize pipelines (by their number) in a piping
system.

c. Click the Insulation check box to select or clear the Insulation box.
The Insulation box displays the default insulation type that is defined
for the selected specification in the Piping Specification Directory file.
Specify another value by selecting from the Insulation list.
Note: The Insulation list displays all the values that are specified in the
Insulation Directory file.

6. Under Pipeline Assembly, click and select an active assembly for the new
pipeline to be created with the Create Sub Assembly option from the Model
Tree. Spec-Driven Piping displays the selection in the Select Assembly box.
Spec-Driven Piping selects the top assembly (or last assembly selected) by
default.

7. Choose one of the following tasks:

o Create a subassembly for the new pipeline. Under Create SubAssembly,


select the Name check box and select or type a subassembly name. Spec-
Driven Piping creates all pipeline features for the new pipeline in this
subassembly.

o Clear the Name check box. A new subassembly is not created. Spec-Driven
Piping creates all pipeline features for the new pipeline in the active
assembly displayed in the right bottom corner of the graphics window.

8. If applicable, enter pipeline parameter values. Click the Parameters tab. Under
Pipeline Parameters, type the pipeline parameter values. By default, Spec-
Driven Piping makes the pipeline parameters unavailable.

9. If applicable, type user-defined pipeline parameters. Click the Defined tab.


Under User Defined Parameters, do one of the following:

o Enter a parameter name in the Name box and a corresponding value in the
Value box. Note that all parameter names must begin with a letter. Click
to add the parameter to the pipeline.

o Retrieve existing user-defined pipeline parameters from a file. Click .


The Open dialog box opens. Select the file to retrieve and double-click.

Spec-Driven Piping displays the user-defined parameters in the list boxes.

158
Spec-Driven Piping

10. Click to save the user-defined parameters to a file.

11. Click to accept all pipeline data and create the pipeline. The ROUTE PIPE
menu appears. Begin routing the pipeline.

Note: The pipeline_assembly_name_format and pipeline_label_format


configuration options set the pipeline label and assembly name formats respectively.

To Delete a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Delete.

2. Select the pipeline to delete from the graphics window. The CONFIRMATION
menu appears.

3. Click Confirm. The CHILD OPTS menu appears.

4. Select one of the following menu commands:

o Delete All—Deletes all highlighted children. The CONFIRMATION menu


appears. Click Confirm.

o Suspend All—Suspends all highlighted children. The children remain


displayed in the graphics window.

o Child Info—Displays all information about the children to be deleted or


suspended in the Information Window.

To Rename a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Rename.

2. Select the pipeline to rename.

3. Enter a new name for the pipeline and click . Spec-Driven Piping confirms the
status of this task in the Message Area.

Specification-Driven Pipeline Merging

About Merging Pipelines


In complex piping projects that involve multiple design changes and revisions, large
piping systems are initially modeled as a single pipeline without considering the
various connected pipelines. At a later stage in the design process, you can split the
components of the large pipeline progressively into individual pipelines. This method
of pipeline design provides flexibility and improves productivity.
You can also separate different portions of a single pipeline into multiple pipelines.
This is possible when you create the required pipelines using the Create Pipeline
dialog box. You can then use the merge feature to select and merge the required
connected portion of the pipeline to the respective pipeline.

159
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note:
• When merging pipelines, Spec-Driven Piping does not perform automatic
propagation of the pipelines.

• Connected pipelines remain connected even after the merge operation.

To Merge Pipelines
1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Merge. The Merge Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Select From Pipeline, select a pipeline from the graphics window or the
Model Tree.

3. Under Select Start Segment/Fitting, select the start pipe segment or fitting.
By default, an arrow is displayed along the downstream flow direction of the
pipeline at the selected pipe segment or fitting. This indicates that all of the
connected portion along the downstream portion of the pipeline is selected if you
do not specify any additional end pipes or fittings.

4. Under Select End Segment/Fitting(s), select one or more pipes or fittings to


end the selection bounds.

5. Click to add a pipe or a fitting, or click to remove a pipe or a fitting


from the end bounds.

6. Under Select To Pipe Line, select the pipeline on which the components of the
From Pipeline are merged.

7. Click to merge the components from the From Pipeline to the To Pipeline

or

Click to repeat the merge pipeline operation by selecting a different pipeline.

160
Spec-Driven Piping

Workflow for Creating a New Pipeline by Merging Pipelines


The following figure shows how two pipelines have been modeled with the required
pipeline specifications and fittings.

The yellow circles in the previous figure represent the following modeling steps
performed to achieve the required pipeline configuration:
1. Create the AA-1002-100A pipeline using the Create Pipeline dialog box. The
specification AA has components with the rate 10K.

2. Route the entire pipeline from the location 2A to the location 2B as shown in the
previous figure.

3. Insert a 10K gate valve with automatic10K flange and gasket.

4. Insert an elbow fitting at the vertex.

5. Insert a 10K globe valve along the vertical segment.

6. Create a new pipeline using the Create Pipeline dialog box. Specify AA as the
specification, 1001 as the number, and 100A as the size.

7. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Merge, and select the pipeline that you have
created in step 6 as the To Pipeline in the Merge Pipeline dialog box.

8. Select the segment that you created in step 1 as the start segment under Select
Start Segment/Fitting. Specify the upstream flange of the gate valve as the
end segment under Select End Segment/Fittings(s).

161
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

9. Click . All the selected components, other than the flange, are merged to the
selected To Pipeline as shown in the following figure.

Workflow for Merging Pipelines


The following figure shows two pipelines that have been modeled with the required
pipeline specifications and fittings:

162
Spec-Driven Piping

To merge pipelines:
1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Merge.

2. Select the trajectory that starts from the gasket in the Merge Pipeline dialog
box. Spec-Driven Piping highlights the selected components.

Spec-Driven Piping selects all the components of the AA 1002-100A pipeline located
downstream to the gasket indicated by the red arrow and associates them with the
AA-1001-100A pipeline when you click .

Selecting End Components


When merging pipelines, Spec-Driven Piping selects the end components based on
the following:
• If you do not specify end components when merging pipelines, all the
components located in the downstream direction of the specified start pipe
segment or fitting are associated with the selected To Pipeline during the merge
operation.

• The start and the first end piping components that you specify are used to check
the validity of the subsequent end components.

• Though you can select a break fitting as a bound when merging pipelines, the
merge operation starts from the adjacent fitting or pipe segment within the
selected boundary. Therefore, the From Pipeline retains the break fitting in this
case.

Spec-Driven Piping highlights the connected portion of the pipeline with a larger
point size. This point size is displayed until the pipeline is merged, or until you select
a new start segment or a fitting, or until you end the session.

Considerations for Merging Pipelines


• The configuration of the pipeline that you want to merge does not change during
the merge operation, that is, the merged pipes and fittings do not change in size,
specification, schedule, and dimensions.

• You can separate pipes and fittings merged from a pipeline and merge them back
only to the original pipeline that contained these pipes and fittings. Spec-Driven
Piping does not allow nested merge operations. All the pipes and fittings in the
From Pipeline, including the ones that are not merged from the original pipeline,
are merged back to the original pipeline. The bound selection and the To Pipeline
selection are not required.

• If the original pipeline is deleted, suppressed, or the original pipeline assembly is


not retrieved in the current session, you cannot separate the pipeline
components.

• You cannot select a suppressed pipeline as a From Pipeline. Therefore, you


cannot merge the pipes and fittings of a suppressed pipeline with other pipelines.

163
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• You cannot select a pipeline as a To Pipeline if:

o The selected pipeline already has pipes and fittings that are merged from
another pipeline.

o Part of the selected pipeline has already been merged to another pipeline.

• If the To Pipeline already has pipes and fittings merged from one pipeline, you
cannot merge pipelines to it from another pipeline.

• You can merge different parts of a pipeline to one or more pipelines.

• The insulation assigned to the selected pipes and fittings of the From Pipeline
within the selected bounds is merged to the To Pipeline during the merge
operation. The insulation assigned to the From Pipeline beyond the selected
bounds is not merged to the To Pipeline.

• Pipe spools and spool labels that contain the selected pipes and fittings of the
From Pipeline are deleted from the From Pipeline after the merge operation.

• The pipeline label attached to the selected pipes of the From Pipeline are deleted
after the merge operation.

• You cannot perform a merge operation if the piping features of the From Pipeline
are included in the user-defined group. Ungroup the piping features before you
proceed.

Specification Break

About Specification Break


The specification break functionality changes the specification of a pipeline at a
specified location to accommodate the piping design requirements, such as changing
material at a location on a pipeline, changing the pressure rating at a location on a
pipeline, and so on. For example, you can change the material of a pipeline from
stainless steel to carbon steel, or you can change the pressure rating from #150 to
#300 at the required location on the pipeline.

To Insert a Specification Break


1. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu opens.

2. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Spec Break. The Specification Break dialog box
opens.

3. Under Select Start Segment/Fitting, select a fitting or pipe segment on the


pipeline to start the specification break.

4. Under Select End Segment/Fitting(s), select one or more pipe segments or


fittings on the same pipeline where you specified the start for the specification
break. Spec-Driven Piping ends the specification break at this selection. The
selected end segments or fittings appear in the Select End Segment/Fitting(s)
box.

164
Spec-Driven Piping

Note:

o If you want the new specification that you have selected to be propagated
till the end of the pipeline, do not use the Select End Segment/Fitting(s)
option.

o If the pipeline that you selected has one or more branch segments in the
downstream direction of the segment or the fitting that you selected to
start the specification break, select more than one fitting or pipe segment
to stop the specification change along each branch of the pipeline.

5. Under Select Specification, the various specifications for the selected fitting or
the pipe segment are displayed. If required, select a different specification name
from the list.

6. Click to propagate the selected specification for the pipeline components


between the start and end locations that you specified.

Example: Inserting a Specification Break


In the following example, the downstream flange is selected as the start fitting. The
elbow fitting and the check valve on the branch side of the TEE fitting are selected as
the end fittings. The specification displayed in Select Specification in the
Specification Break dialog box is A7K.

1. A3A

2. Start fitting

3. End fittings

165
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The pipeline specification after propagation changes as shown in the following figure:

1. A3A

2. A7K

Note: In the previous example, if you do not select the check valve as one of the
end fittings, all the fittings and segments in the branch side of the TEE fitting change
to the new specification, A7K.

Suppressing Pipelines

To Suppress a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Suppress.

2. Select the pipeline to suppress. The CONFIRMATION menu appears.

3. Click Confirm. Spec-Driven Piping suppresses the selected pipeline and all of its
highlighted children.

To Resume a Suppressed Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Resume. The SEL MENU appears and lists all
suppressed pipelines by name.

2. Select a suppressed pipeline. Spec-Driven Piping resumes the pipeline. You can
view the resumed pipeline in either the Model Tree, the Piping System Tree, or
the graphics window.

Piping Layers

About Piping Layers in Spec-Driven Piping


You can use layers in a model or a layout as an organizational tool. By associating
items with a layer, you can collectively manipulate them such as to delete, reorder,
suppress, or show or blank them selectively.

166
Spec-Driven Piping

Spec-Driven Piping creates three piping layers after you create a pipeline. These
layers are located in the active pipe assembly and use the naming convention
established in the Specification Database during piping setup.
Spec-Driven Piping creates the following three types of layers:
• ROUTE—Contains all routing features in piping assembly

• FITTING—Contains all fitting components for the subassembly

• SOLID—Contains all pipe solids for subassembly

To View Piping Layers in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Create or open a piping assembly.

2. Click Applications > Piping. The PIPING menu appears.

3. If you create a new assembly, you must create a pipeline to view the piping
layers. From the PIPING menu, click Pipeline > Create/Route and create a
pipeline. Spec-Driven Piping automatically creates piping layers after pipeline
creation.

4. Click , or click Show > Layer Tree to view the piping layers.

Spec-Driven Pipeline Routing

About Pipeline Routing in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-driven pipeline routing is available to piping designers who work in large
industrial environments. The piping specification database is the architecture that
supports the spec-driven functions such as spec-driven routing or spec-driven fitting
insertion. This database must be in place before you can use spec-driven pipeline
routing or any of the other spec-driven functions.
Spec-driven pipeline routing gives you the ability to access and route only those
pipelines that have been set up previously in the spec-driven database.

About Setting a Start Point


You must set a start point before you can route a pipe segment from one point to
another, extend a pipe segment, or branch a segment into a pipeline at a specified
point.
Use the Define Start dialog box to set a start point. The set start function allows
you to perform the following actions:
• Set a start point using an existing point, an entry port, a pipe segment, or a pipe
end.

• Set a start point from the corner of a pipe segment that has a corner of type
fitting.

167
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Use the set start features of point type or entry port type to route a pipe segment
by aligning the edge of the pipe segment to the edge of an existing pipe segment
or to an existing plane.

• Route a pipeline from the free port of a valid pipe fitting, such as a branch fitting
or an inline fitting. The size of the pipe segment that is routed on a free port
depends on the size of the fitting end that is free.

Note:

o When you select fitting ports to route a pipeline, you can select only those
free fitting ports that are not mated.

o The set start point that is created is the projection of the port on the main
segment. It is similar to setting a branch start point, but takes parameters
from the fitting port automatically. The next route will appear to be from
the center of the fitting itself. If the route segment is aligned with the fitting
port it becomes a placement constraint for the fitting.

Note: You can route a pipeline from a set start feature only when you create it.

Route Pipe Menu


The following commands are available on the ROUTE PIPE menu to route and
manipulate line segments:
• Pipe Envrnmt—Sets the default shape and corner type, depending on the
pipeline being routed.

• Set Start—Sets a start point or create a branch start point.

• Extend—Creates a new pipe segment by extending a pipeline in the specified


direction.

• To Pnt/Port—Creates a pipe piece from the current start point to the selected
point, port, or pipe end.

• Follow—Creates a pipeline by following an axis, curve, existing pipeline, or


sketched path.

• Connect—Connects entry ports or connects individual unconnected segments of


the same pipeline or connects both.

• Branch—Creates a section that taps into a pipeline at the point you have
specified.

• Insert Point—Inserts a point in the previously routed pipe segment.

• Insert—Inserts a selected pipeline or a portion of it into the active pipeline.

• Delete Last—Deletes the last routing operation.

• Redefine—Redefines the references of the routing operation.

• Suppress—Suppresses the pipe segments.

168
Spec-Driven Piping

• Resume—Resumes the suppressed pipe segment.

• Modify Dim—Changes the dimensions of any piping features or assembly


components.

• Replace—Replaces selected pipeline segment with a routing operation.

These commands are available in both the Non Spec-Driven and Spec-Driven modes.

To Set a Start Point


1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens. Select
a start point from the following options on the menu and then select a location on
the pipe segment:

o Any—Selects any point on the pipe segment.

o Corner—Selects a valid corner for specifying the branch point. Available


corners on the active pipeline are indicated by a crosshair.

o End—Selects a pipe segment end.

o Point—Selects a datum point.

o Port—Selects an entry port for equipment or a free port for a fitting.

o Segment—Selects a point on the pipe segment.

Note: If the pipe segment is not in the active assembly, you can route the
branch pipeline from the main pipeline that is not in the active assembly.

Note: Spec-Driven Piping automatically selects one of the previously specified


start points based on any selection that you make on the graphics screen, even if
you do not use the previously cited options.

2. Under Select Parameters, select the specification, size, and the schedule.

Note: When you select the free port of a fitting, Spec-Driven Piping updates the
pipe parameters depending on the fitting. You cannot edit the Specification,
Size, and Schedule boxes if you select the free port of a fitting.

3. Click to define the start part and close the dialog box.

To Route a Pipe in Spec-Driven Mode


1. Set a start point using PIPING > ROUTE PIPE > Set Start.

2. Create segments using either the To Pnt/Port, Extend, or Follow menu


commands. You can create individual unconnected pipe segments.

3. Connect individual segments of the same pipeline using ROUTE PIPE > Connect
> Define.

4. Create other pipelines to add branches to the main pipeline. Then create
branches using ROUTE PIPE > Branch.

169
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To Route a Pipeline by Referencing a Pipe Edge


1. Click PIPING > ROUTE PIPE > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Select a start point of type Port.

3. Under Select Parameters, the Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes
display the default values. Select another value from the specification, size, and
schedule lists, if required.

4. Under Align Pipe Edge, select the pipe edge or the plane that you want to
reference. Based on your selection, specify one of the following:

o If you select a plane, under Select Pipe/Plane, click one of the following
to specify the offset for the pipe segment that is to be routed with reference
to the selected plane:

—Specifies the offset from the selected plane to the nearest edge of
the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset from the selected plane to the farthest edge of
the pipe that is to be routed.

o If you select a pipe segment, click one of the following to specify the offset
for the pipe segment that is to be routed, with reference to the selected
pipe edge:

—Specifies the offset between the left edge of the existing pipe and
the left edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the left edge of the existing pipe and
the right edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the right edge of the existing pipe and
the left edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the right edge of the existing pipe and
the right edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the top edge of the existing pipe and
the top edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the top edge of the existing pipe and
the bottom edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

170
Spec-Driven Piping

—Specifies the offset between the bottom edge of the existing pipe
and the top edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

—Specifies the offset between the bottom edge of the existing pipe
and the bottom edge of the pipe that is to be routed.

Note: The green circle represents the pipe that is to be routed, while the
black circle represents the selected pipe that you are referencing.

5. Under Specify Offset Distance, specify the required offset distance from the

selected pipe edge or plane. Click to flip the offset direction, if required.

6. Click to route the pipeline along the required pipe edge.

Reference Edges for Routing


When the reference pipe segment is not along the z-axis of the Global Csys, the left,
right, top, and bottom edges are defined as shown in the following figure.

The plane ACBD that passes through the pipe segment AB and parallel to the y-z
plane is the base for the left and the right edges of the pipe segment AB. The plane
ABEF that passes through the pipe segment AB and perpendicular to the plane ACBD
is the base for the top and bottom edges of the pipe segment AB.

171
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

When the reference pipe segment is not along the z-axis of the Global Csys, the left,
right, top, and bottom edges are defined as shown in the following figure.

The plane ABCD that passes through the pipe segment AB and perpendicular to the
x-y plane is the base for the left and the right edges of the pipe segment AB. The
plane EFGH that passes through the pipe segment AB and perpendicular to the plane
ACBD is the base for the top and bottom edges of the pipe segment AB.

Associativity Between the Routed Pipeline and the Reference


Pipeline
The offset that you specify for the Set Start of a new pipe segment that is to be
routed, is calculated from a reference pipe segment that has the biggest outer
diameter in that pipe run.
Note: Spec-Driven Piping does not consider the insulation diameter for offset
calculations.
When you change the biggest outer diameter of the reference pipe segment by either
using the Modify Pipe dialog box or by inserting a reducer on the reference pipe
segment, the actual distance is changed between the reference pipe segment and
the new pipe segment created after routing. This maintains the offset that you
specified earlier.

172
Spec-Driven Piping

In the following figure, the pipe segment in black is the reference pipe segment and
the pipe segment in green is the new pipe segment created after routing. Before a
reducer is inserted on the reference pipe segment, the distance between the
reference pipe segment and the new pipe segment created after routing is as shown:

1. Original centerline distance

2. Original offset distance

173
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

After a reducer is inserted on the reference pipe segment, the distance between the
reference pipe segment and the new pipe segment created after routing is updated
as shown in the following figure:

1. Changed centerline distance

2. Original offset distance maintained

About the Routing Environment


In Spec-Driven piping, the pipelines are configured in the project specification
database. Before you can begin routing a pipeline, you must choose the pipe
specification directory file and the values for the size, schedule, and mnemonic in the
Create Pipeline dialog box. Click Pipeline > Create/Route and choose from the
project lists. Click Pipe Envrnmt > Corner Type and choose from the available
corner types from the Menu Manager.

174
Spec-Driven Piping

When you route the pipeline, you can display the pipeline name, default corner type,
and line shape in the graphics window. The information updates with any change to
the active pipeline or current line stock. The information appears below the active
piping assembly name, as in the next figure:

To Set the Display of Routing Environment Information


1. In an active piping assembly, click Set Up in the Menu Manager. The PIPE
SETUP options appear.

2. Click Environment. The Piping Environment dialog box opens.

3. Choose one or more Display options:

o Active pipeline—Displays the name of the active pipeline.

o Corner Type—Displays the defined corner type: Bend, Fitting, or Miter.

o Line Shape—Displays the line shape: Free length flex, Set length flex,
or Straight.

4. Click OK.

Note: When you begin routing a pipeline, the routing information appears in the
lower-left of the graphics window.

Routing Flexible Hoses

About Routing Flexible Hoses in Spec-Driven Piping


You must include a category FLEX_PIPE, in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file to enable
routing of flexible pipes in spec-driven piping.

To Enable Routing of Flexible Hoses in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Specify a new category, FLEX_PIPE, in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file and save it.

2. Click Set Up > SpecDB. The Define Piping Specification dialog box opens.

3. Create a new auto selection file using the FLEX_PIPE category.

4. Open the piping_spec_dir.ptd file.

5. Create a new specification using the newly created auto selection file. If the auto-

selection file is not available in the Auto Selection box, click to browse to
the location where the file is stored.

175
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

6. Click to insert the new specification under Select Record.

7. Click . The specification is now available while creating a pipeline.

To Use the PIPE ENV Menu


The PIPE ENV menu is available for both straight and flexible pipelines.
If you create a pipeline is using a specification that has PIPE as the category, you
can change only the corner type of that pipeline using the PIPE ENV menu.
1. In the ROUTE PIPE menu, click Pipe Envrnmt. The PIPE ENV menu appears.

2. Click Corner Type to open the CORNER TYPE menu.

3. Under the CORNER TYPE menu, Bend, Fitting, or Miter are available for
selection, depending on the size and specification of the pipeline.

4. Select the required corner type and click Done.

If you create a pipeline using a specification that has FLEX_PIPE as the category, the
Line Shape option is available in the PIPE ENV menu.
1. In the ROUTE PIPE menu, click Pipe Envrnmt. The PIPE ENV menu appears.

2. Click Line Shape to open the LINE SHAPE menu.

3. Do one of the following:

o Click Flexible and Free Length to determine the length of the flexible pipe
segment.

o Click Flexible and Set Length to specify a length for the flexible pipe after
creating each segment.

o Click Straight to route using straight pipelines.

Note: Free Length and Set Length are available only when you select Flexible
in the LINE SHAPE menu.

4. Click Done.

Specification-Driven Routing with Extend

About Spec-Driven Routing with Extend


You can route a new pipe segment by extending the segment in a selected direction.
To extend a pipe segment, use one of the following reference coordinate systems:
• Any coordinate system in the active assembly or any other assembly

• The global coordinate system in the active assembly

• The routing coordinate system

176
Spec-Driven Piping

By default, Spec-Driven Piping uses the reference coordinate system that was used
for the previous extend operation in the active assembly. If an extend operation was
not performed earlier in the active assembly, the global coordinate system is used by
default.

To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Reference


1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start
dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend. The Extend dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for


the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the
reference coordinate system:

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend
operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Csys to specify that the pipe
segment will be extended to the given coordinates of the reference
coordinate system.

5. Under To Coordinates, select the following dimension options:

o Select the system as Spherical, Cylindrical, or Cartesian and use the


Angle box to specify which of the following formats the angle in the
selected system be given:

Degrees—Specifies the angle in the degrees format.

Gradient Ratio—Specifies the angle in the ratio format. For example, if


you want a 1:25 slope, you must specify 25. The end of the pipe segment
will drop 1 unit for every 25 units forward.

Gradient Percent—Specifies the angle in the percentage format. For


example, if you want a 1:25 slope, you must specify 4. The end of the pipe
segment will drop 4 percent of its total forward length.

177
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: The Angle option is not applicable for the Cartesian system. The
angle dimension is always displayed in degrees irrespective of the format
specified in the Angle box.

o Select one of the following dimension types:

Relative—The extension of the end of the segment to be extended is with


reference to the start of the segment.

Absolute—The extension of the end of the segment to be extended is with


reference to the selected reference coordinate system.

o Under Locking Axes, select the extend directions along the x-, y-, or z-
axes, or along all three axes.

o Under Coordinates, type the coordinate values along the respective axes
in the available boxes or use the thumb wheel increments to specify the
values. You can also click and drag the pipe segment to the required
length. Spec-Driven Piping displays a preview of the pipe segment that is
extended using the drag operation, in the graphics window. Click to lock
the required coordinate boxes. The display changes to to indicate that
the boxes are locked.

Note: The coordinates displayed under Coordinates vary depending on


the selection that you make in the System box. If you select the system as
Spherical, the coordinates displayed are r, theta, and phi. If you select the
system as Cylindrical, the coordinates displayed are r, theta, and z. If you
select the system as Cartesian, the coordinates displayed are x, y, and z.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment to the specified coordinates.

To Extend a Pipeline Using a Csys Axis Reference


1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start
dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend. The Extend dialog box opens.

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for


the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the
reference coordinate system:

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

178
Spec-Driven Piping

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend
operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Csys Axis to specify that the pipe
segment will be extended along the selected axis of the reference
coordinate system.

5. Under Along Csys Axis, do the following:

a. Under Select Axis, select one of the reference coordinate system axes
as the reference axis.
b. Under Options, select one of the following to specify the length of the
pipe segment:
Length—Extends the pipe segment to the given length along the reference
axis. Specify a value for the length in the Value box.

Offset Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment along the reference axis until its
end is at a given offset distance from another selected reference plane or
coordinate system. Do each of the following:

Under Select Plane/Csys, select the reference plane or coordinate


system.

Specify a value for the offset distance in the Value box or click and
drag the pipe segment to the required length. Spec-Driven Piping displays a
preview of the pipe segment that is extended using the drag operation, in
the graphics window.

If a coordinate system is selected, use the Projection list to specify an axis


as the projection axis. If you project the end of the pipe segment to the
selected projection axis, the corresponding coordinate value will be equal to
the given offset distance.

Note: The Projection box is not available if you select a plane under
Select Plane/Csys.

Note: The options Offset, Offset Edge, Offset Edge Fm Ref, and Stop At are
not available if you use the Csys Axis extend type.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment along the reference axis with the required
length.

To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing an Edge, Axis, or Segment


1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start
dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend. The Extend dialog box opens.

179
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for


the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the
reference coordinate system:

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend
operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Axis/Edge/Segment to specify


that the pipe segment will be extended parallel to the selected axis, edge,
or a pipe segment.

o Select an axis, edge, or a pipe segment as the reference.

5. Under Parallel to Axis/Edge/Pipe Segment, select one of the following from


the Options list:

o Length—Extends the pipe segment to the given length along the reference
axis, edge, or pipe segment. Specify a value for the length in the Value
box.

o Offset Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment along the reference axis, edge,
or a pipe segment till the end of the pipe segment is at a given offset
distance from another selected reference plane or coordinate system. Do
each of the following:

Under Select Plane/Csys, select the reference plane or coordinate


system.

Specify a value for the offset distance in the Value box or click and
drag the pipe segment to the required length. Spec-Driven Piping displays a
preview of the pipe segment that is extended using the drag operation, in
the graphics window.

If a coordinate system is selected, use the Projection list to specify an axis


as the projection axis. If you project the end of the pipe segment to the
selected projection axis, the corresponding coordinate value will be equal to
the given offset distance.

Note: The Projection box is not available if you select a plane under
Select Plane/Csys.

180
Spec-Driven Piping

Note: The options Offset, Offset Edge, Offset Edge Fm Ref, and Stop At are
not available if you use an axis, edge, or pipe segment as a reference to extend
the pipeline.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment along the reference axis, edge, or pipe
segment with a required length.

To Extend a Pipeline by Referencing a Plane or a Point


1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Specify the start point for the pipeline extension and close the Define Start
dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Extend to open the Extend dialog box.

4. Under Select Reference, do the following:

o Under Selection, click to select the reference coordinate system for


the pipe segment to be routed.

or

Select one of the following from the list adjacent to to specify the
reference coordinate system:

Global Csys—Selects the global coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

Route Csys—Selects the routing coordinate system as the reference


coordinate system.

Other coordinate systems that you have used for the previous extend
operations in the same extend session.

o Under Type, select the extend type as Plane/Point to specify that the
pipe segment will be extended up to the selected plane or a point.

o Select a plane or a point as the reference.

5. Under Upto Plane/Point, select one of the following from the Options list:

o Length—Extends the pipe segment to the given length up to a reference


plane or a point. Specify a value for length in the Value box.

o Offset—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point until


the end of the pipe segment is at a given offset distance from the reference
plane or point. By default, Spec-Driven Piping displays the distance
between the start of the pipe segment and the reference plane or point in
the Value box. Change this value if required.

o Offset Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or


point until the end of the pipe segment is at a given offset distance from
another selected reference plane or coordinate system. Do each of the
following:

181
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Under Select Plane/Csys, select the reference plane or coordinate


system.

Specify a value for the offset distance in the Value box or click and
drag the pipe segment to the required length. Spec-Driven Piping displays a
preview of the pipe segment that is extended using the drag operation, in
the graphics window.

If a coordinate system is selected, use the Projection list to specify an axis


as the projection axis. If you project the end of the pipe segment to the
selected projection axis, the corresponding coordinate value will be equal to
the given offset distance.

Note: The Projection box is not available if you select a plane under
Select Plane/Csys.

o Offset Edge—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point


until the end of the pipe segment is at a calculated offset distance from the
reference plane or point. Specify a value for the offset distance in the
Value box.

Note: Calculated offset distance = offset distance (+) or (-) 1/2 pipe outer
diameter, depending on the offset direction.

o Offset Edge Fm Ref—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane


or point until the end of the pipe segment is at a calculated offset distance
from another selected reference plane or pipe edge.

o Stop At—Extends the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point.

6. Click to extend the pipe segment up to the reference plane or point with the
required length.

Routing with Equipment Nozzles

About Equipment Nozzles


A nozzle is either a Pro/ENGINEER part or assembly that has a coordinate system
representing a connection port. The following feature level parameters must be
present in the port:
• SIZE—A string parameter that stores the nozzle size, which is used to set up the
default pipe size when a pipe routing starts from the port. It is also used for the
size match checking between a nozzle and its connected pipeline. Nozzle sizes
specified here must match those in the specification database.

• END_TYPE—A string parameter that stores the nozzle end type, which is used to
automate the fitting selection. It is also used for end compatibility checking
between a nozzle and its connected pipeline.

182
Spec-Driven Piping

• RATING—A string parameter used to store the nozzle rating, which is used to
automate the fitting selection. It is also used for end compatibility checking
between a nozzle and its connected pipeline.

To Route a Pipeline from an Equipment Nozzle


1. Use the Pro/ENGINEER Assembly mode to assemble a nozzle into an assembly.

2. Click Applications > Standard > Edit > Setup > Name > Feature to assign a
name to the port of the nozzle, which will be used as the name of the nozzle.

3. Click Applications > Piping > PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box
opens.

4. If a pipeline starts or ends at a nozzle, the nozzle name appears as the From or
To for the pipeline in the pipeline report. Generate this information, using the
Report Pipeline dialog box. This name appears in the Information Window.

If the assembly where the nozzle is assembled has a name and a FITTING_CODE
parameter with the value of EQUIPMENT assigned to it, then its name is used as
the equipment name. Output for the From or To is "Equipment_Name –
Nozzle_Name". For example, E7A-N2 means Heater Exchange E7A and Nozzle
N2.

Note: You have to assign a FITTING_CODE parameter with the value of


EQUIPMENT to an equipment part in order to designate the part as an equipment.

To Route from a Port


1. Click Route > Set Start and select an entry port if it has the Size parameter.
The Define Start dialog box updates to the nozzle port size.

2. If you continue to route, the routing is based on the port size.

3. You can change the port size in the Define Start dialog box and continue to
route.

To Route to a Port
1. Click the Route > To/Pnt Port command or the Route > Connect command.

2. Select a valid entry port in the piping assembly. The current pipe size may be
different from the selected port size. If so, a warning message appears with a
size mismatch message.

3. Using a reducer, you can change the size of the pipe or the port so that they
match.

An error message can appear when you modify the pipeline, and the port and
pipe become mismatched.

183
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Checking Pipe and Port Sizes


The modified size of a pipe and the existing port size are checked against each other
in the Modify Pipeline dialog box. If the modified pipe size does not match with its
connected port size, warning messages appear.

Spec-Driven Routing with Follow

About Spec-Driven Routing with Follow


You can create a pipeline that mirrors or follows an existing pipeline using the Route
with Follow functionality. You can follow a pipeline within the same assembly or in
other subassemblies. You can add to the path of an existing pipeline or create a line
segment coincident with an axis.
You can also sketch geometry for the pipeline to follow or select a chain of curves.

To Route a Pipeline with Follow


1. Click PIPING > Route > Follow. The PIPE FOLLOW menu appears.

2. You can route a pipe follow using anyone of the following methods. Select the
routing option and then click Done.

o Sketch—Create a segment based on sketched geometry.

The SETUP SK PLN and SETUP PLANE menus appear. Set up and specify
a new sketching plane. A sketching window opens. When you have
completed your sketch, exit the sketcher.

o Curve—Create a segment based on a curve. The CHAIN menu appears.


Select individual curves.

o Pipe Line—Create a line segment based on an existing pipeline. The


START/END menu appears, specify start end segments or select the entire
line. When the CONSTRAINT menu appears, specify a distance (click
DistInPlane), specify a start point (click Start Point and select a datum
point or pipe end) or specify a datum point for the new pipe to go through
(click Thru Point).

o Axis—Create a line segment coincident with an axis.

3. When the INT FOLLOW menu appears, select Done Follow to create the pipe
follow.

To Redefine Pipe Follow References


1. Click PIPING > Route > Redefine.

2. Select the follow segment you want to redefine. The INT FOLLOW menu
appears.

3. Click Change. The CHG FOLLOW menu appears.

184
Spec-Driven Piping

4. Select the change follow condition you want to change:

o Pipe Line—To redefine the seed pipeline of the pipe follow feature (this
option appears if the original pipe follow feature is created by following a
pipeline).

o Sketch—To redefine the sketch of the pipe follow feature (this option
appears if the follow feature is created by following a sketch).

o Curve—To reselect the curve selected for the pipe follow feature (this
option appears if the follow feature is created by following a curve).

o Axis—To reselect the axis selected for the pipe follow feature (this option
appears if the follow feature is created by following an axis).

o Ends—To trim and extend the end of the current pipe follow segment.

o Start/End—To change the start and end segments of the current pipe
follow segment.

o Constraint—To change the offset constraint type of the current pipe follow
segment.

5. Make the changes to the pipe follow.

Branch Routing

About Branch Routing


Intersubassembly branch routing allows you to select a pipeline from another
subassembly to branch to or from the active piping assembly.

To Set a Branch Start Point


1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

2. Under Type, select Segment or Corner and then select a location on the pipe
segment.

3. Under Select Parameters, select the specification, size, and the schedule.

Note: You cannot edit the Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes if you
select the Type as Corner.

4. Under Select Placement, select one of the following placement location types:

o —Specifies the actual length along the pipe centerline.

o —Specifies the length ratio along the pipe centerline.

Note: For both of the above location types, by default, Spec-Driven Piping
considers the reference location from the start end of the pipe segment.

185
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Click under Location Parameter to flip the location with reference to


the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven Piping changes to to
indicate a change in the reference location.

o —Specifies the distance from the upstream corner to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from a plane to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from an upstream fitting to the point. Use


under Location Parameter to flip the reference port. Spec-Driven
Piping changes to to indicate a change in the reference port.

Note:

You can select another fitting on the same pipe run for reference, if
required.

You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

5. Under Location Parameter, specify a location parameter. Use the thumb wheel
to increase or decrease the offset distance or specify a value in the box adjacent
to the thumb wheel to change the offset distance.

6. Click the arrow to open the Offset From section of the dialog box.

Note: You cannot edit the Offset From section if the branch pipe size is equal to
the main pipe size.

Select from the following offset options:

o —Offsets from the centerline of the main pipe to the centerline of the
branch pipe.

o —Offsets from the top or bottom of the main pipe to the top or
bottom of the branch pipe.

o —Flips the direction of the offset.

7. Click to set the branch start point.

To Route a Branch to a Pipeline


1. Click PIPING > Route > Branch. The Branch Pipe dialog box opens.

186
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Under Select Branch Location, select a point, a pipe segment, or a corner for
specifying the branch point.

3. If you specify the branch point on a segment or at a corner, under Select


Placement, select one of the following placement location types to place the
branch point:

o —Specifies the actual length along the pipe centerline.

o —Specifies the length ratio along the pipe centerline.

Note: For both the above location types, by default, Spec-Driven Piping
considers the reference location from the start end of the pipe segment.
Click under Location Parameter to flip the location with reference to
the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven Piping changes to to
indicate the change in the reference location.

o —Specifies the distance from the upstream corner to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from a plane to the point.

o —Specifies the distance from an upstream fitting to the point. Use


under Location Parameter to flip the reference port. Spec-Driven
Piping changes to to indicate a change in the reference port.

Note:

You can select another fitting on the same pipe run for reference, if
required.

You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

4. Under Location Parameter, specify a location parameter. Use the thumb wheel
to increase or decrease the offset distance, or specify a value in the box adjacent
to the thumb wheel to change the offset distance.

5. If you are inserting an angle branch, select Control placement using angle
and use the slider or type a value to adjust the angles. If you select this option,
you can modify only the angle. You can control the angle to use by clicking Angle
Type at the top of the Branch Pipe dialog box and selecting one of the options:

o Angle To—The angle where the branching ends.

o Angle From—The angle where the branching starts.

6. Click the arrow to open the Offset From section of the dialog box.

187
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: You cannot edit the Offset From section if the branch pipe size is equal to
the main pipe size.

Select from the following offset options:

o —Offsets from the centerline of the main pipe to the centerline of the
branch pipe.

o —Offsets from the top or bottom of the main pipe to the top or
bottom of the branch pipe.

o —Flips the direction of the offset.

7. Click to complete the branch and close the dialog box.

About Stub-in Branches


A stub-in branch is distinguished from a branch fitting because the stub-in branch
does not contain any solid fitting part. The pipe solid parts of a stub-in branch
intersect and are trimmed. The stub-in branch is either equal to or smaller in
diameter than the main pipe, and can be created at an angle to the main pipeline, or
offset from the top or bottom of the main pipe solid part.

Considerations for Creating a Point on a Pipe Segment From Either


End
If you insert a point on an extended segment and there is a bend at the end of the
segment, the point dimension is created with reference to the vertex. This is true
even though you have specified the location with reference to the end of the pipe
segment in the dialog box. Therefore, when you modify the dimension of the point,
the displayed value is the sum of the distance from the point to the segment and the
distance from the segment end to the vertex.

Points on a Segment

About Adding Points to Existing Routing


Use the Insert Point command in the ROUTE PIPE menu to add new points to an
existing pipe segment and change the shape of the pipe segment by moving these
points to new positions.
Note: You cannot use the Insert Point command on a pipe segment that is created
using the Follow or the Connect commands.

To Add Dynamic Points to Existing Routing


1. Click ROUTE PIPE > Insert Point.

188
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Select a pipe segment to insert the points. The ends of the pipe segment are
highlighted.

3. Click Create and Dynamic in the CHOOSE POINT menu and click Done. An
additional point is highlighted between the ends of the pipe segment.

4. Select a point or a section on the pipe segment to move. Two points are
highlighted based on your selection.

5. Click No or Yes in the message area depending on whether you want to create a
single break point or two break points.

6. Define the motion plane using the SETUP PLANE menu.

7. Use the sliders in the MOVE DRAG SEGMENT thermo tool to move the break
point as well as the selected section of the pipe segment. You can move the
selected section of the pipe segment normal to the plane as well as normal to the
pipe segment. The new shape of the pipeline is displayed dynamically according
to the slider movement.

Use the sensitivity slider to control the step value of the slider movement.

Note: Set the sensitivity slider value to 100 before you use the other sliders to
move the point or the pipe segment.

A section of the pipe segment is marked between the highlighted points as


discussed in step 4.

After setting the slider values, left-click in the area above the first slider in the
MOVE DRAG SEGMENT thermo tool to display the new shape of the pipeline or
right-click to reset the MOVE DRAG SEGMENT thermo tool.

8. Use the Offset Surf or the Offset Csys commands in the OFFSET PNT menu to
define the dimensioning references of the datum point.

The original pipe segment is now replaced with new datum points and Pipe to
Point features.

To Add Static Points to Existing Routing


1. Click ROUTE PIPE > Insert Point.

2. Select a straight pipeline segment to modify.

3. To modify a free-length flexible pipe, go to Step 6. A theoretical bend intersection


point appears on the screen as 'x.'

4. Click Select in the CHOOSE POINT menu to select an existing datum point. The
pipe segment is reshaped to pass through the selected datum point.

or

Click Create and Static in the CHOOSE POINT menu and click Done. The
DATUM POINT dialog box opens. Create a datum point.

189
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Note: To create a datum point using any other datum point creation tool, do the
following:

a. Open a datum point creation dialog box by clicking a datum point


creation tool. For example, open the Offset CSys Datum Point dialog
box without closing the DATUM POINT dialog box that you have
opened earlier.
b. Create a datum point using the Offset CSys Datum Point dialog box.
c. Select the newly created datum point so that it appears as a reference
in the DATUM POINT dialog box and click Ok.
5. Use the Offset Surf or the Offset Csys commands in the OFFSET PNT menu to
define the dimensioning references of the datum point.

The selected pipe segment is replaced with new points and Pipe to Point features.

6. Select a free-length flexible pipeline. You can add, delete, and move interpolation
points as needed or move the control polygon points using the Modify Curve
dialog box.

Spec-Driven Pipeline Insertion and Modification

About Inserting and Modifying a Pipeline in Another Pipeline


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to insert a pipeline or a part of the pipeline into
another pipeline. This is useful to piping designers who work in large industrial
environments and frequently use certain pipeline configurations. These pipeline
configurations can be inserted into other pipelines and modified according to the
requirement of designers to achieve productivity gains in modeling.
The Insert Pipeline dialog box allows you to insert a selected pipeline, referred to
as the From Pipeline, into the active pipeline, referred to as the To Pipeline.
Use the Pipeline Insertion function to perform the following tasks:
• Copy a selected pipeline or a part of it and insert it on the To pipeline at the Set
Start location.

• Specify the first segment of the From Pipeline that is inserted into the To Pipeline.

• Specify the orientation of the first segment of the From Pipeline in the To Pipeline
assembly.

• Specify the rotation angle about the first segment to orient the inserted From
Pipeline.

• Propagate the inserted From Pipeline based on the size and the specification
information defined at the Set Start location on the To Pipeline.

To Insert and Modify a Pipeline in Another Pipeline


1. Click PIPING > Route > Set Start. The Define Start dialog box opens.

190
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Select a starting location for the pipeline insertion referred to as the Set Start
location and close the Set Start dialog box.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Insert. The Insert Pipeline dialog box opens. The
Selection tab is selected by default.

4. Under Select Pipeline, to select the From Pipeline, do one of the following:

o Select a pipeline or any component of the pipeline from the current Spec-
Driven Piping session.

o Click and select a pipeline assembly using the Open dialog box. Spec-
Driven Piping displays the selected pipeline assembly in a separate preview
window.

Click to preview the selected From Pipeline in the preview window.

5. Under Select Start Segment/Fitting, select the pipe segment or fitting to start
the selection bound. By default, an arrow is displayed along the downstream flow
direction of the pipeline at the selected pipe segment or fitting. This indicates
that the entire connected portion along the downstream portion of the pipeline is
selected if you do not specify any additional end pipes or fittings.

6. Under Select End Segment/Fitting(s), select one or more pipes or fittings to

end the selection bounds. Click to add a pipe or a fitting or click to


remove a pipe or a fitting from the end bounds.

7. Under Select First Segment, click or to view the list of first


segments and select one of them.

Note: If you have not activated the preview window, Spec-Driven Piping
automatically activates the preview window so that you can select the bound
segments or the fittings.

8. Specify the orientation values for the inserted From Pipeline, if required, using
the options that are available when you click the Orientation tab.

Note: The Orientation tab is available only after you select the From Pipeline.

9. If required, under Rotation, specify the rotation angle of the selected first
segment in the Angle box, or use the thumb wheel to specify the orientation.
Specify any value between 0 and 360 degrees.

Spec-Driven Piping temporarily displays the trajectory of the inserted From


Pipeline in the graphics window.

10. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

191
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Selecting Pipeline Bounds


You can select an entire From Pipeline or a part of the pipeline for insertion into the
To Pipeline by selecting one or more bounding segments or fittings. The pipeline
bounds are selected as follows:
• If you select only the start segment or fitting and do not specify end segments or
fittings, Spec-Driven Piping selects the entire pipeline starting from the start
component to its downstream as the pipeline for insertion.

For example, in the following figure, segment S2 is the only bound that is
selected.

Spec-Driven Piping selects and highlights the From Pipeline based on the
preceding selection, as shown in the following figure:

• If you select more than one segment or fitting, Spec-Driven Piping selects the
portion of the pipeline between the selected components as the pipeline for
insertion.

192
Spec-Driven Piping

For example, in the following figure, the fitting F1 and the segment S4 have been
selected as the bounds.

Spec-Driven Piping selects and highlights the From Pipeline based on the
preceding selection, as shown in the following figure:

• If you select pipeline configurations with branch series, the part of the pipeline
between the selected bounds including the bounds is selected as the pipeline for
insertion.

For example, in the following figure, multiple pipeline bounds are selected along a
branched pipeline.

193
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Spec-Driven Piping selects and highlights the From Pipeline as shown in the
following figure:

• If you select a TEE fitting as a pipeline bound, the entire branch side part of the
pipeline is selected as a pipeline bound. You can specify pipeline bounds on the
branch side and specify another location along the branch side to restrict the
bound. If you want to select pipeline components upstream or downstream of the
TEE fitting, specify additional pipeline bounds along the required direction.

Selecting the First Segment


You can insert and orient the From Pipeline using any of the pipe segments located
on it. The first segment is used to orient the inserted From Pipeline. The first
segment is selected based on the following:
• If the pipeline has three end segments, Spec-Driven Piping selects the segment
that was created first in the From Pipeline as the first segment.

• If an inline fitting is selected as one of the From Pipeline bounds, Spec-Driven


Piping selects the pipe segment on which the inline fitting is inserted as the first
segment.

• If a TEE fitting is selected as the start component, Spec-Driven Piping


automatically selects the branch segment of the TEE fitting as the first segment.

• If the first segment of the From Pipeline is a stubin branch with an offset from its
original main pipe, do one of the following to obtain the required offset for the
branch, on the To Pipeline:

o Set the branch offset appropriately when you create the branch Set Start in
the To Pipeline.

o After the From Pipeline is inserted, redefine the branch Set Start.

Propagating the Inserted From Pipeline in the To Pipeline


Assembly
Spec-Driven Piping updates the From Pipeline inserted into the To Pipeline, based on
the size and specification information that is defined at the Set Start location. During
propagation, if a fitting cannot be found with the required size and specification,
Spec-Driven Piping prompts you to either terminate the pipeline insertion or insert
the pipeline without that fitting.

194
Spec-Driven Piping

Note:
• The From Pipeline becomes a part of the To Pipeline after it is inserted into the To
Pipeline.

• When you insert a From Pipeline into the To Pipeline, the trajectory of the From
Pipeline is copied into the To Pipeline assembly without any external references.

• You can use any of the Spec-Driven Piping functionality to modify pipelines that
are inserted into the To Pipeline.

• A stub-in with a center or tangent offset is not inserted with an offset value. The
offset value gets deleted after insertion.

Spec-Driven Piping Flow Direction

About Flow Direction in Spec-Driven Piping


A pipeline has specific flow direction requirements based on the process flow
requirements of the fluid inside the pipeline, such as gas, water, or fuel. The flow
direction is usually specified in the Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID). If a
P&ID link does not exist, a reasonable default flow direction assignment can occur
based on the modeling intent and predefined flow direction rules.
Spec-Driven Piping automatically assigns a default flow direction to each pipeline you
create during modeling. A set of Flow Direction Rules determine the direction of flow.
You can enable or disable the display of flow direction during the modeling of the
pipeline in the active assembly.
Using Piping Flow Direction, you can perform the following tasks:
• Display the currently assigned flow direction of the following:

o A specified pipeline series

o All series in a pipeline

o Specified extensions

• Reverse the assigned flow direction of a specified pipeline series and


automatically reverse the direction-specific fittings on the series. A direction-
specific fitting is identified by the FLOW_CONSTRAINED part parameter.

• Reverse the assigned flow direction of all series in the specified pipelines and
automatically reverse the appropriate direction-specific fittings.

• Reverse the assigned flow direction of specified pipeline extensions and


automatically reverse the direction-specific fittings on the series.

• Decide the NEAR and FAR placement locations during fitting insertion.

• Place flow-direction specific fittings during fitting insertion.

• Automatically replace fittings during automatic propagation.

• Generate from-to- reports during pipeline reporting.

195
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Branch Series


1. Create three pipe segments from the coordinate system ACSO in the Positive Z,
Positive Y, and Negative X directions The default flow direction is determined by
Flow Direction Rule 1.

2. Create a pipe segment from point APNT2 in the Negative Y direction.

3. Create a branch segment in the Negative Z direction from point APNT1. This
segment has a physical gap between itself and the segment created in Step 2.
See Step 4 for resolution. The default flow direction for the downstream series
that was created during branching at point APNT1, is determined by Flow
Direction Rule 2.

4. Connect the segments created in Step 2 and 3 in the direction shown in the
example. The default flow direction for the branch series is determined by Flow
Direction Rule 3.

Default Flow Direction Determination Rules


When you create a pipeline in any sequence, the flow direction function assigns
default flow directions automatically based on the following rules:
• Rule 1—The flow direction of a pipeline series is automatically determined by the
direction of the first pipe segment in the series.

Note: You can create a pipeline series by concatenating several independent


segments that were created with the Extend, Follow, and Connect commands.
Each of these commands can have opposing flow directions. When you connect
the segments to form a pipeline series, the flow direction of the series is assigned
based on the direction of the pipe segment that was created first.

If you create the first segment in the correct flow direction, this ensures the
correct flow direction for the entire series. Otherwise, you must reverse the
resulting series.

• Rule 2—The flow direction of a new series, which is split and created as a result
of inserting a branch fitting or stub-in, is the same as the original series from
which it is created.

• Rule 3—The flow direction of a branch series is the same as the flow direction of
the pipe segment in the branch line that was created first.

196
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Branch Series

1. Numbered yellow boxes—Sequence in which pipe segments are created

2. Small arrows—Geometric direction of Extend features

3. Large arrows—Default flow direction

4. Green lines—Pipelines

To Create the Pipeline Model for a Pipeline with Loop Series


1. Create three pipe segments from the coordinate system ACSO in the directions,
Positive Z, Positive Y, and Negative X. The default flow direction for the series is
determined by Flow Direction Rule 1.

2. Create a branch segment in the Negative Z direction from point APNT1. This
segment ends within point APNT2 along the Negative Z direction. The default flow
direction for the downstream series created during branching at point APNT1 is
determined by Flow Direction Rule 2.

3. Create a pipe segment from point APNT2 in the Positive Y direction.

4. Connect the segments created in steps 2 and 3 as shown in the example. The
default flow direction for the branch series is determined by Flow Direction Rule
3.

197
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Default Flow Direction for Pipeline with Loop Series

1. Numbered yellow boxes—Sequence in which pipe segments are created

2. Small arrows—Geometric direction of Extend features

3. Green lines—Pipelines

To Display the Flow Direction of a Pipeline


1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, click Flow Direction.

4. Under Flow Direction, select the flow unit you want to modify by selecting from
the list. The options are:

o PipeLine

o Extension

o Series

Select the unit. In the graphics window the flow direction is indicated by arrows
along the pipeline.

5. Under Flow Reversal, click to reverse the flow direction.

6. Click to close the dialog box.

Displaying or Hiding the Flow Direction of a Pipeline

• Click to switch between displaying and hiding the flow direction of the
pipelines in the active assembly.

198
Spec-Driven Piping

• Click to display the Piping System Tree. Select a pipe segment in the
graphics window or a node from the Piping System Tree and right-click. A
shortcut menu appears. Click Flow > Show to display the flow direction of the
selected pipe series or pipeline.

• Use the Model Tree to display the flow direction of a pipeline.

Note: For piping assemblies from earlier releases of Pro/ENGINEER, appears


only if you have converted the piping assembly to the Wildfire format using the
piping_wildfire_convert configuration option.

Example: Displaying the Flow Direction of a Specified Pipeline


Series

1. Small arrows—Geometric direction of Extend features

2. Green lines—Pipelines

Flow Direction Violations


You can view the flow direction violations in the Design Rules Check dialog box.
The location of flow violation is marked on the screen with a dot. The system
prompts you to confirm the violation. You can confirm the violation or override the
warning.
Any unresolved flow direction inconsistencies are captured by the reporting process
within pipeline routing, fitting insertion, and pipeline reporting.

199
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

You can encounter the following flow violations:


• Converging flow at a junction.

• Diverging flow at a junction.

• Converging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection


point but are opposed in direction.)

• Diverging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection point
but are opposed in direction).

• Pipelines with dead loops (loops that feed back into the pipeline and have no
outlet).

Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments

About Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments


When you route pipelines, you can suppress or resume one or more pipe segments
to modify the pipeline trajectory.
Note:
• The pipe segments that you want to suppress must belong to the same pipeline
that you are currently routing.

• When you suppress pipe segments you can also suppress the associated pipe
solids and insulation.

• Fittings of type break, cut, or elbow, that are placed on the ends of a suppressed
pipe segment are automatically changed to type "on end".

• All the suppressed components are resumed during the resume operation.

• You cannot resume a suppressed pipe segment if its end is used by a new
segment due to routing.

• You cannot suppress pipe segments that have insulation, branch points, pipeline
labels, or spools.

To Suppress and Resume Pipe Segments


1. Click PIPING > Route > Suppress.

2. Select the pipe segment to suppress. Spec-Driven Piping suppresses the selected
pipe segments and all the highlighted children.

3. Click PIPING > Route > Resume.

4. Select the suppressed pipe segments that you want to resume. Spec-Driven
Piping resumes all the suppressed segments and their associated components. If
the selected pipe segment cannot be resumed, it is highlighted.

200
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Suppressing and Resuming Pipe Segments


The original pipeline trajectory is shown in the next figure.

1. Segment 1

2. Segment 2

3. Segment 3

1. If you suppress segments #1 and #3, Spec-Driven Piping suppresses the


associated flanges and gaskets that are mated, as shown next.

2. Segment 2

201
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

2. If you click Resume, all the segments that were previously suppressed are
highlighted.

1. Segment 1

2. Segment 2

3. Segment 3

3. If you select segment #3, Spec-Driven Piping resumes segment #3, the flange,
and the gasket.

2. Segment 2

3. Segment 3

202
Spec-Driven Piping

4. Spec-Driven Piping uses the free segment end for the new routing.

2. Segment 2

3. Segment 3

5. If you click Resume again, segment #1 is not resumed, because its end is
occupied by an elbow of type "on end."

2. Segment 2

3. Segment 3

Spec-Driven Fitting Insertion

About Spec-Driven Fitting Insertion


The spec-driven fitting insertion feature allows you to insert standard assembly
fittings into a pipeline. Use the fitting insertion feature to:
• Define and insert standard assembly fittings into a pipeline. A standard assembly
fitting is a group of fittings that represent a standard vent or drain assembly. You
do not need to create a large number of assemblies and their configurations in
the fitting library before insertion.

• Modify the orientation of a member fitting without changing other instances of


the same assembly fitting.

203
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Insert a fitting of a specification other than the pipe specification at the insertion
location. For example, you can insert a B3A Gate Valve on a A3A pipeline.

To Insert Fittings
1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens with the
Selection tab selected.

2. Under Placement Type, do one of the following:

o Click to insert a fitting on a pipe segment.

Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipe segment. The pipeline that the
pipe segment belongs to becomes active and its label appears in the
Insertion Location box.

The Specification, Size, and Schedule boxes display values of the


selected pipe segment. To override the specification, click the
Specification check box and select a different specification from the list.
Spec-Driven Piping selects the fitting based on the specification that you
have selected.

Note: The Specification check box is not selected by default.

o Click to insert a fitting at a free port.

Under Pipeline Selection, select a free port. The pipeline that the free
port belongs to is automatically selected. If the free port does not belong to
any pipeline, the active pipeline is automatically selected. Select a different
pipeline, if required. The label of the selected pipeline appears in the Select
Pipeline box.

The Specification and Schedule check boxes display the specification and
schedule of the selected pipeline. The Size box displays the size of the free
port. If the free port does not have a size, the last used size is displayed.

To override the specification, click the Specification check box and select a
different specification from the list. Spec-Driven Piping selects the fitting
based on the specification that you have selected.

You can also change the size of a free port fitting if the free port does not
have an existing size.

Note: The Specification check box is not selected by default.

o Click to insert a fitting in free space without referencing any pipeline.


You can then place the fitting anywhere in the piping model using the
Component Placement dashboard options.

Under Assembly Selection, select an assembly. You can modify the


specification, size, or schedule of the fitting, if required.

Note: To insert a fitting without the schematic information, skip step 3.

204
Spec-Driven Piping

3. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the


Schematic Driven option is available under Pipeline Selection. The XML file
associated with the selected pipeline is also displayed. To insert a fitting using the
Schematic Driven option, perform the following step:

Select an active Fitting Category icon and then select a value in the Selection
Name list.

The Designator box displays the ref_des value of the selected fitting. You
cannot edit this value.

The Specification, Valve Number, New Size, and Branch Size boxes are
automatically updated based on the schematic information of the selected fitting.

Note: To insert a fitting in the nonschematic mode, clear the XML File check box
and proceed to step 4.

4. Under Fitting Selection, select a fitting category. The options are:

—Inserts a valve.

—Inserts a flange.

—Inserts an elbow fitting.

—Inserts a branch fitting (includes special olet fittings).

—Inserts a reducer fitting.

—Inserts a general fitting or gasket.

—Inserts an assembly fitting.

—Inserts no-break fittings such as clip, ubolt and ubolt-channel.

Note: All user-defined fitting categories also appear under Fitting Selection.

5. The Selection Name section displays a default fitting selection name. Select a
different name from the list, if required.

6. The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to the fitting.
Bolts are automatically inserted in the fitting and flanges based on the Auto-
Selection file. Select a different bolt nut code from the list, if required.

7. Specify a string that contains one or more characters or numbers, or a


combination of both, in the Valve Number input panel to assign a valve number
to the selected fitting.

205
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

This input panel is available only when you set VALVE_NUMBER to YES for the
selected fitting category in the Piping Fitting Category Map file. The value
you type is saved as the VALVENUMBER component parameter.

Note: If the first fitting in the selected category is a no-break fitting, then the
name of the input panel is Number. Otherwise, it is Valve Number.

You can also use the Piping System Tree or Model Tree to assign a valve number
to a selected fitting. To do so, specify the VALVENUMBER string parameter as one
of the Feat Params columns to be displayed in the Model Tree Columns dialog
box.

8. Click the Automatic Flange Gasket check box to automatically insert flanges
and gaskets. For some fittings with flanged end types, you can automatically
insert a set of flanges and gaskets.

9. To preview the fittings, click the arrow adjacent to Preview Fitting Graphics to
display the graphics window. A single fitting or the first fitting in the assembly
fitting appears in the Preview Fitting Graphics box. To preview the graphics in
a separate window, click the relevant check box.

10. Click the Placement/Orientation tab.

11. Under Placement Options, select the following:

Fitting Placement

—Inserts a fitting at a specified location.

—Inserts a fitting face to face with another fitting.

Note: You cannot insert a no-break fitting face to face with another fitting.

—Inserts a fitting at the end of a segment.

Note: You cannot insert a no-break fitting at the end of a pipe segment.

—Inserts a fitting at a junction (available when you insert a branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner run to a branch (available when you insert a


branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner branch to a run (available when you insert a


branch fitting).

206
Spec-Driven Piping

Location Type

Location Type buttons are available when you click under Fitting
Placement.

—Inserts the fitting at a specified length.

Note: By default, Spec-Driven Piping considers the reference location from the
start point of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to flip the
location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven Piping
changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Inserts the fitting at a specified length ratio.

Note: By default, Spec-Driven Piping considers the reference location from the
start point of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to flip the
location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven Piping
changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Inserts the fitting at a specified distance from the previous corner.

—Inserts the fitting at a specified distance from the selected plane.

—Inserts a fitting at a specified distance from the previously selected break


or no-break fitting. Click under Location Parameter to flip the reference
port.

Note: A no-break fitting cannot be used as a reference to insert a break fitting.

Spec-Driven Piping changes to to indicate the change in the reference


port.

Note: You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

Location Parameter

Specify a location parameter and use the thumb wheel to increase or decrease
the offset.

207
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

12. Under Orientation Options, select the following:

Alignment Point

The alignment point positions the fitting on the pipe segment as follows:

—Near point.

—Center point.

—Far point.

Flip

—Flips the fitting

Alignment Offset

Click this check box to offset the near or far alignment of the fitting by the value
set by the OFFSET parameter. Pro/ENGINEER applies the offset value in the
positive z-direction of the entry port fitting.

Rotation Angle

Select from the standard options or use the thumb wheel to adjust the rotation
angle.

13. Click to insert the fitting and close the dialog box.

Note: You can also insert a missing fitting node using the standard Model Tree
options.

About Specification Override during Fitting Insertion


During fitting insertion, Spec-Driven Piping allows you to insert a fitting of a
specification that is different from the selected pipe specification. This overrides the
specification of the selected fitting.
You can also override specifications when you insert group fittings. In this case, use
the specification override feature individually for each fitting in the group. The
specifications of the fitting that you insert by overriding specification are not affected
by pipeline propagation during pipeline modification, reducer fitting insertion, or
specification break.
Spec-Driven Piping uses the SPECIFICATION string parameter to store the
specification of a fitting. The specification of the fitting with the overridden
specification remains unchanged when the pipeline or pipe segment specification
changes during pipeline propagation.
Note: The specification of a fitting is the same as specification of the pipe segment
on which you have inserted it as long as you do not override the fitting specification.

208
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Overriding Specifications during Fitting Insertion


A pipe segment with a specification A3A is shown in the following figure. If you do
not override the specification, you can only insert a fitting of specification A3A.

1. A3A

2. B3A

3. A3A

If you click the Specification check box in the Insert Fitting dialog box, you can
insert a fitting of a specification, B3A. The specifications of the upstream and the
downstream pipes and fittings do not change when you insert the fitting of
specification B3A as shown in the following figure.

1. A3A

2. B3A

3. A3A

About Bolt and Nut Bulk Items


Bulk items created using the following parameters, relation, and Family Table are
used to represent bolts and nuts in a piping assembly.

Parameters
Add the following parameters to the bulk item:

Name Type Value User Input

BOM_REPORT_QUANTITY Real number 0.0 No

QUANTITY Integer 0 Yes

BOLTNUTFACTOR Parameter 0.0 Yes


sum

209
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Name Type Value User Input

BOLT_DIA Real number 0.0 No

BOLT_LENGTH Real number 0.0 No

The values of the BOLT_DIA and BOLT_LENGTH parameters are exported to the PCF
file.
Note: After a bulk item is placed in an assembly, a parameter requiring user input
behaves as a component parameter. For different instances of a Family Table
member, the bulk item can have different values.

Relation
Add the following relation to the bulk item:
BOM_REPORT_QUANTITY = BOLTNUTFACTOR * QUANTITY

Family Table
Create a Family Table for the bulk item with the following columns:
• Instance name—Name of the bulk item in the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file

• BOLT_DIA—Diameter of the bolt

• BOLT_LENGTH—Length of the bolt

About Inserting Bolts and Nuts Automatically


When you insert a fitting in a piping assembly, you assign a bolt nut code as a fitting
parameter. The bolts and nuts that match this bolt nut code are automatically
inserted as bulk items in the assembly. The following parameters are used to select
the correct bolts and nuts for the fitting from the Bolt Nut Selection file:
• SIZE—Fitting size

• SCH_RATE—Fitting rating

• BOLT_NUT_CODE—Bolt nut code assigned to the fitting

Note: When you create a report, the bolt nut codes from a valve always take priority
over codes from a flange mated to the valve. For example, when a valve is mated to
two flanges, only the bolts and nuts assigned to the valve are reported. The bolts
and nuts assigned to the two flanges are ignored.

About Inserting Fittings at Free Ports


You can insert a fitting at a free port, with one port of the fitting being mated with
the free port.
A free port is a Pro/ENGINEER coordinate system that is one of the following:
• A coordinate system that is not connected with any pipe or fitting.

210
Spec-Driven Piping

• A port of an equipment nozzle that is not connected with any pipe or fitting

• A port of a fitting that is not connected with any pipe or fitting, and the fitting is
inserted at a free port.

Note: Insert Pipeline does not support fittings inserted at a free port.

To Insert Fittings at Free Ports


1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens. The

Selection tab and are selected by default.

2. Under Placement Type, click to insert a fitting at a free port.

3. Under Pipeline Selection, click to select a free port. The selected port is
displayed in the Select Free Port box.

4. Click to select a pipeline. The label of the selected pipeline is displayed in the
Select Pipeline box.

The Specification and Schedule boxes display the specification and schedule of
the selected pipeline. The Size box displays the size of the free port. If the free
port does not have a size, the last used size is displayed.

To override the specification, click the Specification check box and select a
different specification from the list. Spec-Driven Piping selects the fitting based
on the specification that you have selected.

Note: The Specification check box is not selected by default.

5. Under Fitting Selection, select the fitting that you want to insert.

6. Click to insert the fitting at the selected free port.

About Branch Fittings


A branch fitting is a fitting solid part that you insert at a branch point. It has three
(tee) or four (cross) legs. The corresponding pipe solid parts trim to the location of
the csys (coordinate system) ports on each leg of the branch fitting. The piping
specification designates these branch fittings, and they are available for automatic
selection and insertion according to the specification-driven fitting insertion rules.

About No-break Fittings


No-break fittings are fittings that do not break the pipeline at the point of insertion.
They also do not break insulation.
You can insert no-break fittings such as pipe clip, ubolt, ubolt channel and supports,
in Spec-driven Piping using the Insert Fitting dialog box. If you insert a no-break
fitting on a pipeline, the size or specification of that pipeline does not change.

211
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

You cannot select no-break fittings for group fitting insertion nor can you use no-
break fittings as references for break fittings. For example, you cannot mate a break
fitting with a no-break fitting, nor can you offset a break fitting from a no-break
fitting.
If you change the size or specification of the pipeline on which you have inserted a
no-break fittings, the no-break fitting is propagated in the same way as a break
fitting. The no-break fitting does not propagate the pipeline on which the no-break
fitting is inserted.
You can redefine or delete a no-break fitting in the same way as a break fitting.
Deleting a no-break fitting does not cause any propagation to the pipeline.

Inserting Elbows

About Inserting Trimmed Elbows


You can insert trimmed elbows after converting elbows to the required trimmed
elbows.
Using the Spec-driven Piping Fitting Insertion functionality, you can:
• Specify a selection name during fitting insertion and insert a trimmed elbow at
the specified vertex location.

• Insert a trimmed elbow based on the automatically determined selection name of


the nearest standard elbow fitting (for example, an elbow fitting with an angle
closest to the vertex angle).

• Insert trimmed elbows at all vertices of a pipeline by automatically determining


the appropriate elbow fitting selection names based on the vertex angle of the
various vertices.

To Convert Elbows to Trimmed Elbows


You must convert elbows to trimmed elbows before you can insert trimmed elbows.
1. Copy the original elbow part to <original elbow part name>_TRIM.PRT.

2. Change the angle dimension symbol from ANGLE to TRIMMED_ANGLE.

3. For each instance in the generic, that is, for each size, create instances of
different angles. For example, you can create instances using an incremental
value of 1.

Note: Nested instances must not be used.

4. Ensure that the ports align properly with the inlet and outlet of the elbow in the
trimmed instances so that the fittings can be inserted.

To Insert a Trimmed Elbow by Specifying a Selection Name


1. Convert elbows to trimmed elbows.

212
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens. Under

Placement Type, is selected by default.

3. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipe segment. The selection location must be
close to the vertex where you want to insert the elbow. The pipeline label of the
selected pipe segment appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

4. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are
defined.

5. Click to select the Elbow category if you have used the sample project files.

6. Select the Trim option.

7. Select a selection name from the Selection Name list.

8. Click to insert the trimmed elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the trimmed elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box
open.

To Insert a Trimmed Elbow by Selecting the Nearest Standard


Elbow
1. Convert elbows to trimmed elbows.

2. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

3. Under Placement Type, is selected by default.

4. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipe segment. The selection location must be
close to the vertex where you want to insert the elbow. The pipeline label of the
selected pipe segment appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

5. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are
defined.

6. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

7. Click Trim and Nearest Std. Elbow. The Selection Name list becomes
inaccessible and the required elbow for trimming is determined automatically,
based on the vertex angle.

8. Click to insert the trimmed elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the trimmed elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box
open.

213
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To Insert Elbows at all Corners with Trim


To automatically insert trimmed elbows at all vertices of a specified pipeline without
specifying a fitting selection name use the following procedure:
1. Convert elbows to trimmed elbows.

2. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

3. Under Placement Type, is selected by default.

4. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipeline by selecting one of its segments. The
label of the selected pipeline appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

5. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are
defined.

6. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

7. Click Trim and At All Corners.

Note: Do not select the Selection Name option because you want the fitting
selection names to be determined automatically.

8. Click Nearest Std. Elbow. If you do not select this option you are prompted
with an option list of valid elbows for trimming at every vertex where a trimmed
elbow will be inserted.

9. Click to insert the trimmed elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the trimmed elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box
open.

To Insert Elbows at All Corners without Trim


1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Under Placement Type, is selected by default.

3. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipeline by selecting one of its segments. The
label of the selected pipeline appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

4. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are
defined.

5. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

6. Click At All Corners.

7. Click to insert the elbow and close the dialog box.

214
Spec-Driven Piping

or

Click to insert the elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box open.

Note: Trim is not selected in this case and so trimmed elbows are not inserted.

To Insert Elbows at Pipe Ends


You can insert an elbow at a pipe end with one of the ports aligned with the pipe
segment and its vertex at the pipe end.
1. Click Piping > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens with the
Selection tab selected.

2. Under Placement Type, click .

3. Under Pipeline Selection, click and select a pipe segment end. The selected
location is displayed in the Insertion Location box.

4. The Specification, Size, and Schedule boxes display values of the selected
pipe segment. To override the current specification, click the Specification check
box and select a different specification from the list. Spec-Driven Piping selects
the fitting again based on the specification that you have selected.

Note: The Specification checkbox is not selected by default.

5. Select the required elbow fitting.

6. Click the Placement/Orientation tab.

Note: The Placement Options are unavailable for selection.

7. If required, click under Orientation Options to flip the fitting.

8. If required, rotate the elbow using the options under Rotation Angle.

9. Click to insert the fitting and close the Insert Fitting dialog box.

215
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Inserting Elbows at Pipe Ends

1. Pipe end

2. Elbow vertex

To Insert Elbow Fittings at all Corners by Specifying a Selection


Name
1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert. The Insert Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Under Placement Type, is selected by default.

3. Under Pipeline Selection, select a pipeline by selecting one of its segments. The
label of the selected pipeline appears as read-only in the box adjacent to .

4. Under Select Fitting Category, select a fitting category where the elbows are
defined.

5. Click to select the Elbow category, if you have used the sample project files.

6. Click At All Corners and Selection Name.

7. Click to insert the elbow and close the dialog box.

or

Click to insert the elbow and keep the Insert Fitting dialog box open.

Inserting Group Fittings

About Inserting Group Fittings


You can use the Insert Group Fitting functionality to:
• Specify a group of fittings for insertion.

• Automatically perform end type compatibility checking between adjacent fittings


in the group.

216
Spec-Driven Piping

• Automatically select and insert the appropriate gaskets between the adjacent
flanged fittings in the group.

• Automatically select and insert an appropriate pair of flange and gaskets between
a flanged end of a fitting and a non-flanged end of another fitting.

• Insert the specified group fittings on a pipe segment with their adjacent faces
mated.

Note: You cannot flip the fittings of type eccentric reducers during group fitting
insertion because of the offset in the centerline axis of such fittings. To avoid this,
you can insert expansion fittings instead of reducer fittings or vice versa. To get the
required size, modify the pipe size before you insert the fittings.

To Insert Group Fittings


1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Insert Group. The Insert Group Fitting dialog box
opens. The Selection tab is selected by default.

2. Under Pipeline Selection, select the insertion location.

3. The Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes display default values. Click
the Specification check box, and select another specification from the
specification list to override the current specification for the fitting that you want
to insert.

If you override specifications, all the subsequent fittings that you insert will use
the same overridden specification until you clear the Specification box.

Note: To insert a fitting without the schematic information, proceed to step 5.

4. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the


Schematic Driven option is available under Pipeline Selection. The XML file
associated with the selected pipeline is also displayed.

To insert a group fitting in the schematic mode, select an available fitting


category icon and then select a values from the Selection Name list.

The Designator box displays the ref_des value of the selected fitting. You
cannot edit this value.

The Specification, Valve Number, New Size, and Branch Size boxes are
automatically updated according to the schematic information of the selected
schematic fitting.

5. Under Fitting Selection, select a fitting that you want to insert. The options are:

—Inserts a valve.

—Inserts a flange.

—Inserts an elbow fitting.

217
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

—Inserts a branch fitting (includes special olet fittings).

—Inserts a reducer fitting.

—Inserts a general fitting or gasket.

—Inserts an assembly fitting.

Note:

o All user-defined fitting categories also appear under Fitting Selection.

o You cannot insert a no-break fitting as a member of a group fitting.

6. The Selection Name box displays a default fitting selection name. Change this
name by selecting another name from the list, if required.

7. The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting
based on the Auto-Selection file. Change this code by selecting another bolt nut
code from the list, if required.

8. Specify a string that contains one or more characters or numbers, or both, in the
Valve Number box to assign a valve number to the selected fitting.

Note: You can also use the Piping System Tree or Model Tree to assign a valve
number to a selected fitting. To do so, specify the VALVENUMBER string parameter
as one of the Feat Params columns to be displayed in the Model Tree Columns
dialog box.

9. Click Automatic Flange & Gasket if you want a set of flanges and gaskets to be
inserted automatically.

10. Use the Group Manipulation buttons to add fittings or display information about
selected fittings for your group of fittings.

—Displays the previous fitting in the group and makes it the current fitting.

—Displays the next fitting in the group and makes it the current fitting.

—Inserts a new fitting into the group before the current fitting.

—Inserts a new fitting into the group after the current fitting.

—Specifies the current fitting as the key fitting. This is not available if the
current fitting is already the key fitting, or if the current key fitting of the group is
an elbow, branch, eccentric reducer fitting, or angle valve.

218
Spec-Driven Piping

—Deletes the current fitting from the group. The next fitting in the group
becomes the current fitting. If the key fitting is deleted, then the next fitting
becomes the key fitting.

—Clears all fittings from the group.

As you add or remove fittings from the groups, the Group Parent at the top of
the dialog box displays the number of the current fitting and the number of total
fittings in the group. If the current fitting is the key fitting, the Group Parent
box displays this information.

11. Click the Placement/Orientation tab. You can determine Placement and
Orientation options, one fitting at a time.

12. Under Placement Options, select the following:

Fitting Placement

—Inserts a fitting at a specified location.

—Inserts a fitting face to face with another fitting.

—Inserts a fitting at the end of a segment.

—Inserts a fitting at a junction (available when you insert a branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner run to a branch (available when you insert a


branch fitting).

—Inserts a fitting at a corner branch to a run (available when you insert a


branch fitting).

Location Type

Location Type buttons are available when you click under Fitting
Placement.

—Inserts the fitting at a specified length.

Note: By default, Spec-Driven Piping considers the reference location from the
start point of the pipe segment. Click available under Location Parameter
to flip the location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven
Piping changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

219
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

—Inserts the fitting at a specified length ratio.

Note: By default, Spec-Driven Piping considers the reference location from the
start point of the pipe segment. Click available under Location Parameter
to flip the location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven
Piping changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

—Inserts the fitting at a specified distance from the previous corner.

—Inserts the fitting at a specified distance from the selected plane.

—Inserts a fitting at a specified distance from the previously selected break


or no-break fitting. Use available under Location Parameter to flip the
reference port. Spec-Driven Piping changes to to indicate the change in
the reference port.

Note: You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting.

Location Parameter

Specify a location parameter and use the thumb wheel to increase or decrease
the offset.

13. Under Orientation Options, select any of the following:

Alignment Offset

Check this box to offset the near or far alignment of the fitting by the value set
by the OFFSET parameter. Pro/ENGINEER applies the offset value in the positive
z-direction of the entry port fitting.

Alignment Point

The alignment point positions the fitting on the fitting port at the following point
locations.

—Near point. Pro/ENGINEER aligns the inlet (upstream) port of the fitting
with the location point of the fitting.

—Center point. Pro/ENGINEER aligns the outlet (downstream) port of the


fitting with the location point.

—Far point. Pro/ENGINEER places the fitting so that the alignment point is
in the middle of the two ports.

220
Spec-Driven Piping

Flip

—Flips the fitting.

Rotation Angle

Select from the standard options or use the thumb wheel to adjust the rotation
angle.

14. To preview the fittings, click the arrow adjacent to Preview Fitting Graphics to
display the graphics window. To preview the graphics in a separate window,
select the relevant check box.

15. Click to insert the group fitting and close the dialog box.

Example: Overriding Specifications during Group Fitting Insertion


A check valve of specification A7K and a gate valve of specification A7N inserted on a
pipeline of specification A3A is shown in the next figure.

1. A3A

2. A7K

3. A7N

4. A3A

Spec-Driven Piping uses the specification of the upstream fitting, that is, of
specification A7K, and selects the specification for the intermediate gasket between
the check valve and the gate valve.

Key Fitting
The key fitting is a fitting in the group, that is inserted first on the pipe segment.
Before the key fitting is inserted, the selected pipe segment is divided into two
segments at the specified location. The key fitting is placed at the specified location.
The adjacent fittings are inserted with their faces mating with either side face of the
key fitting. All the fittings in the group are inserted subsequently in this manner.
The first selected fitting becomes the key fitting by default. If any one of the
following fittings is added to the group, then that fitting automatically becomes the
key fitting, and the original key fitting becomes the normal fitting:
• Elbows

221
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Branch fittings

• Eccentric fittings

• Angle valves

A group cannot have more than one fitting from these categories.
A key fitting can be used to mate a group fitting to one or more existing fittings in
the piping model. To do so, the key fitting must exist at the mating end of the group.
Also, there must be no group fittings between the key fitting and the mating surface
of the existing fittings.

Group Fitting Rules


The following rules apply for specifying group fittings, for insertion.
• There can be only one key fitting in the group.

• The placement options and alignment point options can be specified only for the
key fitting. The placement options will be disabled for other fittings. But
orientation options will be accessible individually for all the fittings.

• When a non-key fitting is manually set as "key fitting", the Placement Options
and alignment point options of the original key fitting will be transferred to the
new key fitting. However, you can change these options as required for the new
key fitting.

End Type Compatibility Checking


End type compatibility checking within the group is performed for every fitting in the
group after the second fitting is specified. If the end compatibility check fails, then:
• An error message is displayed.

• You can correct the failure either by selecting another fitting or by flipping a
fitting.

• You can remove the failed fitting.

Modifying Fittings

About Modifying Fittings in Spec-Driven Piping


You can modify any fitting that you insert in your spec-driven piping system. Spec-
Driven Piping allows you to modify fittings in the following ways:
• Delete—Delete unwanted fittings

• Delete Group—Delete unwanted fittings in a group and automatically choose a


new parent if the parent fitting of the group is deleted

• Redefine—Redefine fitting parameters to customize certain fittings

• Replace—Replace inserted fittings with different ones

222
Spec-Driven Piping

You can also perform these operations using the Info, Redefine, Replace, and
Delete options from the shortcut menu.

To Delete Fittings
1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Delete.

2. Select a fitting, and then Ok from the SELECT menu. The fitting is deleted.

3. When you are finished deleting fittings click Done/Return.

To Delete Group Fittings


1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Delete Group. The Delete Group Fittings dialog box
opens.

2. Under Select Fitting, select the pipe fitting component that you want to delete.

3. Under Fitting Delete Options, select one of the following:

o All in Group—Deletes all the fittings in the group.

o Selected & All Upstream—Deletes the selected fitting and all fittings that
are mated to the selected fitting, upstream in the group. If the selected
fitting is located below the parent fitting, all the fittings located upstream to
it including the parent fitting are deleted. In this case, Spec-Driven Piping
prompts you to select another fitting in the group as the new parent fitting.

Note: If you select a fitting that is located downstream of the group parent
fitting, and the parent fitting is a corner or a branch fitting, you cannot
select fittings using Selected & All Upstream.

o Selected & All Downstream—Deletes the selected fitting and all the
fittings that are mated to the selected fitting, downstream in the group. If
the selected fitting is located above the parent fitting, all the fittings located
downstream to it including the parent fitting are deleted. In this case, Spec-
Driven Piping prompts you to select another fitting in the group as the new
parent fitting.

Note: If you select a fitting that is located upstream of the group parent
fitting, and the parent fitting is a corner or a branch fitting, you cannot
select fittings using Selected & All Downstream.

o Only Selected—Deletes only the specified fitting in the group.

If the specified fitting is the parent of the group, Spec-Driven Piping


prompts you to select a new parent for the group.

If the specified fitting is an intermediate flange fitting, Spec-Driven Piping


deletes all the redundant gaskets in the group.

If the specified fitting is an intermediate gasket fitting, only the specified


fitting is deleted.

223
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

4. Under Select New Group Parent, click to select a new parent for the group
if you have deleted the parent fitting of the group and have not specified a new
parent.

Note: You cannot select the following items as a new parent fitting:

o Gaskets

o Fittings outside the currently specified group

Spec-Driven Piping selects a new parent fitting automatically in the following


cases:

o If you select a parent fitting for deletion from a group of two fittings

o If you select a parent fitting for deletion from a group fitting located at the
end of a pipe, the fitting adjacent to the parent fitting is selected as the
new parent fitting

5. Click to delete the group fittings.

Example: Deleting Group Fittings


Fittings of types neckflanges, nipples, and gaskets, mated together are shown in the
next figure.

The network report for the fittings is shown in the next table.

SIZE SPEC NAME

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NECKFLANGE

100A ms GASKET

100A ms NECKFLANGE

100A ms NIPPLE

224
Spec-Driven Piping

If you select the NIPPLE 100A, which is the group parent fitting for deletion, Spec-
Driven Piping highlights all selected fittings that will be deleted as shown in the
following figure:

The highlighted fittings are deleted when you click . The remaining group fittings
appear as shown in the following figure:

Select the new parent fitting as NIPPLE of size 100A in the Select New Group
Parent box. The size of the pipe segment is propagated along its downstream to
match the downstream size of the group fittings. The network report for the group
fittings with the new parent is as shown in the following table.

SIZE SPEC NAME

100A ms NIPPLE

100A ms NIPPLE

To Redefine Spec-Driven Fittings


1. Click PIPING > Fitting > Redefine. The Redefine Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Select a fitting that you want to redefine. You can redefine no-break fittings in
the same way as break fittings.

3. Under Orientation Options, you can redefine the following parameters:

o Alignment Point—Change the dimensional control point of the fitting.

225
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

o Flip—Change the direction of the fitting.

o Alignment Offset—Offset the alignment.

o Rotation Angle—Reposition the fitting.

4. Click to complete the redefinition of the fitting on the pipeline and close the
dialog box.

About Specification Override during Fitting Replacement


You can override the specification of a fitting that you want to replace. When
replacing fittings, use the specification override feature to:
• Replace an existing fitting with a fitting that has the same specification as that of
the pipe segment or has a different specification.

• Replace a fitting that you inserted earlier by overriding specifications, with a


fitting that has the same pipe specification or a different overriding fitting
specification.

• Replace a fitting that you inserted earlier by overriding specifications, with a


fitting that has the same specification as that of the pipe segment.

To Replace Fittings
1. Click PIPING > Fittings > Replace. The Replace Fitting dialog box opens.

2. Under Select Fitting, select the fitting to be replaced. Information about the
fitting appears as read-only text under Fitting Data.

The Specification, Size, and the Schedule boxes display relevant values by
default. Click the Specification box and select a different specification from the
specification list to override the current specification values for the fitting that
you want to replace.

Note: To replace a fitting without the schematic information, proceed to step 5.

3. If you have set the piping_schematic_driven configuration option to yes, the


Schematic Driven option is available under Fitting Data. The XML file
associated with the selected pipeline is also displayed.

To replace a fitting in the schematic mode, select an available fitting category


icon and then select a value from the Selection Name list.

The Designator box displays the ref_des value of the selected fitting. You
cannot edit this value.

The Specification, Valve Number, New Size, and Branch Size boxes are
automatically updated according to the schematic information of the selected
schematic fitting.

4. Under Fitting Selection, select the new fitting you want.

226
Spec-Driven Piping

Note: You can replace a no-break fitting with another no-break fitting only and a
break fitting with another break fitting. If you try to replace a no-break fitting
with a break fitting or a break fitting with a no-break fitting, Pro/ENGINEER
displays an error message in the message area.

5. The Selection Name section displays a default name for the fitting. Change this
name by selecting another one from the list.

6. Specify a string that contains one or more characters or numbers, or both, in the
Valve Number or Number box to assign or modify a valve number or an
identification number for the fitting that you want to replace.

Note: You can also use the Piping System Tree or Model Tree to modify the valve
number of the selected fitting. To do so, specify the VALVENUMBER string
parameter as one of the Feat Params column to be displayed in the Model Tree
Columns dialog box.

7. Click to replace the fitting and close the dialog box.

Tip: Modifying and Deleting Valve Numbers


In addition to modifying and deleting valve numbers using the Replace Fitting
dialog box, you can also modify and delete valve numbers of a selected fitting using
one of the following methods:
• Use the Parameters dialog box that opens when you click Tools > Parameters.

• Use the Piping System Tree by setting the VALVENUMBER string parameter as one
of the display Feat Params columns in the Model Tree Columns dialog box.
Select the box specific to a valve in the Piping System Tree and delete or modify
the valve number.

• Use the Model Tree by selecting the box specific to a valve in the model tree and
deleting or modifying the valve number.

Note: You can use the Model Tree to create, modify, or delete valve numbers even if
you set the value of the VALVE_NUMBER parameter in the Fitting Category Map file to
no. As good practice, avoid using the Model Tree to create, modify, or delete valve
numbers.

Fitting Overlap Checking


Spec-Driven Piping automatically checks for the overlap of fittings when you insert
fittings, automatic flanges and gaskets, redefine fittings, or replace fittings. For all
such instances, Spec-Driven Piping:
• Compares the length of the pipe segment between two adjacent fittings with the
values specified for one of the following configuration options:

o The pipeline_min_bolt_clearance configuration option if the pipe


segment is between two flanged fittings or between a flanged and a
nonflanged fitting

227
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

o The pipeline_min_segment_length configuration option if the pipe


segment is between two nonflanged fittings

If the length of the pipe segment is less than any of the values specified for these
configuration options, then a message appears and the pipe segment that does
not satisfy any of the above conditions is highlighted.

• Checks for a fitting that overlaps another fitting at the given insertion location
and tries to move the fitting to avoid the overlap. If the fitting cannot be moved,
a message appears and the existing fitting that is being overlapped is
highlighted. In such instances, no fittings are inserted.

Note:
• For slip-on flanges and socket-welded fittings, Spec-Driven Piping does not
automatically perform the overlap check for the fitting parts that lie outside the
port. This is because the ports do not lie on the external surface of the fitting. To
enable Spec-Driven Piping to perform checking for fitting overlap for slip-on
flanges and socket welded fittings, use the OFFSET parameter to specify the
additional distance between the port and the external surface and attach the
parameter to the required port. Spec-Driven Piping performs the overlap
checking for the additional distance from the fitting port location.

• Spec-Driven Piping does not check overlap for no-break fittings during various
piping modeling operations.

Spec-Driven Pipeline Modification

About Pipeline Modification


Using the Modify Pipeline functionality, you can modify pipes in an active assembly in
the following ways:
• Change the bend parameters.

• Change the corner type.

• Change the line shape of flexible pipes.

• Display the flow direction or reverse the flow direction.

• Edit the pipeline specifications and parameters.

You can also make dimensional changes to pipelines outside of the active assembly;
however, changes are not observed until either the assembly in question or the top
level assembly is made active and regenerated.
During the modification or automatic propagation of pipelines, Spec-Driven Piping
checks for the fittings that can overlap at different locations on a pipeline. The
fittings that are being overlapped are highlighted and the modification of the pipeline
is terminated.
Note: Spec-Driven Piping does not check overlap for no-break fittings during various
piping modeling operations.

228
Spec-Driven Piping

To Modify Pipe Segments


1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Segment.

4. Under Segment, select the pipe segment you want to modify.

5. In the Segment Parameters section, modify the parameters by selecting from


the list. The options are:

o Specification

o Size

o Schedule

6. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Note:
• If the selected pipe segment contains a reducer then the fitting modification
dialog box opens.

• If a fitting overlaps because of a change in the size of the pipe segment, Spec-
Driven Piping reports all the fitting overlap violations in the INFORMATION
WINDOW. You cannot modify the pipeline, unless you redefine the insertion
location of the fittings that are overlapping.

To Modify a Corner Type


1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Corner Type.

4. Under Corner, select the corners you want to modify.

5. In the New Type box, select a new corner type from the list.

Note: The New Type box displays only those corner types that are specified in
the Piping Specification File.

o If you select a corner of type Bend, the Bend Radius box displays a default
value for the bend radius. If more than one value is specified for the radius
in the Piping Specification file, select the required bend radius value from
the Bend Radius list.

Note: The Bend Radius box is available only when you select the New
Type as Bend.

o If you select a corner of type Miter Cut, the Cut Radius box displays a
default value for the cut radius. If more than one value for the radius is
specified in the Piping Specification file, you can select the required radius

229
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

from the Cut Radius list. After you select a cut radius, the Cut Number
box displays the default value for the cut number. If more than one value is
specified for the cut number in the Piping Specification file, select the
required cut number value from the Cut Number list.

o The Cut Radius and the Cut Number boxes are available only when you
select the New Type as Miter Cut.

6. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Tip: Modifying Corner Types


• You can select multiple corners for modification only if they satisfy the following
criteria:

o The corners belong to the active assembly.

o The corners have the same line stock, that is, they have the same
specification, material code, nominal size, and schedule.

• If you select multiple miters for modification, the Cut Radius box displays the
value of the radius, if the selected miters have the same radius. If you select
multiple miters of variable radius, the Cut Radius box displays the value
Multiple.

• If you select multiple miters for modification, the Cut Number box displays the
value of the cut number if the selected miters have the same cut number. If you
select multiple miters of variable cut number, the Cut Number box displays the
value Multiple.

• If you select multiple corners of different corner types like bends, fittings, and
miter cuts, the Select Corner box in the Modify Pipeline dialog box displays
the value Current Type Multiple.

Tip: Changing the Bend Radius of a Pipeline


You can have multiple entries for the same pipe size in the bend file, that is, a single
pipe size can have multiple bend radius values associated with it, as shown in the
following example of a bend file.

SIZE RADIUS RATIO MIN MAX MIN MAX


RADIUS RADIUS ANGLE ANGLE

80A 265 265 265 0 360

100A 360 360 360 0 360

100A 375 375 375 0 360

100A 345 345 345 0 360

125A 420 420 420 0 360

230
Spec-Driven Piping

After you create a pipeline using a pipe size that has multiple bend radius values
associated with it, you can set the bend radius value for that routing session by
doing the following.
1. Click Route Pipe > Pipe Envrmnt > Corner Vals. The SEL VALUE menu
appears and displays the multiple bend radius values in the order that they are
specified in the bend file.

2. Select the required bend radius value from the list as the current one for that
routing session. If you do not select a bend radius value, then the first value
displayed in the SEL VALUE menu is set as the default bend radius value.

The bend radius value you set as current is valid only for the routing session. For
a new routing session, the first value in the SEL VALUE menu is set as the
default value if you do not set a different value.

You can change the bend radius value of a selected corner in a pipeline using the
Modify Pipeline dialog box. Under Modify Options, select Corner Type. The
default value displayed in the Bend Radii list is the current bend radius value for the
selected bend. You can select a new value from the list.
Note: A routing session starts when you click Pipeline > Create/Route and ends
when you click Route Pipe > Done/ Return.

To Modify the Bend Parameters


1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Bend Parameters. The Bend Parameters dialog
box opens.

4. From the menu click Edit > Columns > Add/Remove. The Bend Parameters
Columns dialog box opens.

5. Under Not Displayed, Bend Params must be selected. If it is not, select it from
the list.

6. In the Name input box, type in a name for the parameter.

7. Click to add the name to the Displayed area. You can manipulate this list
using the following:

—Removes a name from the list.

—Moves a parameter up in the list.

—Moves a parameter down in the list.

Type a value in the Width box to change the column width. Optionally, use the
spin wheel to change the value.

231
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

8. When you have created the bend parameters, do one of the following:

o Click Apply to add the changes and keep the dialog box open.

o Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

9. In the Bend Parameters dialog box, a column is displayed for each added
parameter. To modify the parameters, click in the parameter column next to the
feature you want to modify and fill in or change the information.

10. Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

To Reverse Flow Direction


1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly, select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Flow Direction.

4. Under Flow Direction, select the flow unit you want to modify by selecting from
the list. The options are:

o PipeLine—A collection of many connected series and junctions that


represent a single pipeline.

o Extension—A set of series that are connected together and having the
same flow direction.

o Series—A pipeline portion consisting of pipeline elements between a


Pipeline Start and Junction, or Junction and Junction, or Junction and End,
of a pipeline. Flow direction applies to entire pipeline series and accordingly,
an entire pipeline series will be associated with only one flow direction.

Select the unit. In the graphics window the flow direction is indicated by arrows
along the pipeline.

5. Under Flow Reversal, click Reverse.

6. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

Flow Direction Violations


You can view the flow direction violations in the Design Rules Check dialog box.
The location of flow violation is marked on the screen with a dot. The system
prompts you to confirm the violation. You can confirm the violation or override the
warning.
Any unresolved flow direction inconsistencies are captured by the reporting process
within pipeline routing, fitting insertion, and pipeline reporting.
You can encounter the following flow violations:
• Converging flow at a junction.

• Diverging flow at a junction.

232
Spec-Driven Piping

• Converging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection


point but are opposed in direction.)

• Diverging pipelines (two different pipelines that share a physical connection point
but are opposed in direction).

• Pipelines with dead loops (loops that feed back into the pipeline and have no
outlet).

To Modify the Line Shape of a Flexible Hose


1. Using the Modify Pipeline dialog box, select an active assembly with the arrow.

2. Under Modify Options, click Flex Shape.

3. Under Flex Shape, select a pipeline segment with the arrow.

4. Under Modify Shape, click Fixed Length or Free Length and type a value in
the Length option.

5. Click Apply, OK, and Close.

To Edit a Pipeline
1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly, select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Edit Pipeline. The Edit Pipeline dialog box
opens.

Note: To edit a pipeline without the schematic information, proceed to step 5.

Note: If the pipeline is designated schematic information using the Pipeline


Designation dialog box, the schematic driven information in the Edit Pipeline
dialog becomes read-only. The XML File input panel displays the name of the XML
file and the Schematic Label input panel displays the name of the pipeline that is
designated. However, the selected pipeline cannot be edited using this dialog
box.

To edit a pipeline without schematic information, perform the following steps:


4. The Edit Pipeline dialog box opens with the Label tab displayed. You can
change the following:

o Label—Modify the Pipeline Label by changing the Specification, Size,


Schedule, Mnemonic, and Number. You can assign insulation to the
pipeline by selecting the Insulation checkbox and selecting an insulation
code from the list.

o Parameters—Enter or modify the pipeline parameters: Oper. Pressure,


Oper. Temperature, Design Pressure, and Design Temperature. Click

to retrieve existing pipeline parameters from a file. After the Open


dialog box opens, select the file to retrieve and double-click. The

233
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

parameters are displayed in the boxes. Note that pipeline parameters


options are set by a configuration option and may not be available.

o Defined—Define or redefine parameters in the Name and Value boxes.

Click to retrieve existing pipeline parameters from a file. After the


Open dialog box opens, select the file to retrieve and double-click. The
parameters are displayed in the boxes.

Use to add or delete parameters to the pipeline.

5. Click to save the new parameters.

6. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box.

To Replace a Bend with an Elbow


When a pipe piece fails the check of the bend clamp length, you can replace the
selected bend with an elbow.
1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.

3. Under Modify Options, select Bend to Elbow. The Replace Bend dialog box
opens.

4. Under Assembly, select the active assembly.

5. Under Pipelines select the pipelines

6. A list of invalid pipe pieces display under Select Invalid Pipe Piece.

All the segments and bends of the selected invalid pipe piece display under
Select Bend to Replace, the invalid ones are highlighted with a symbol next to
them. Those are the ones that violated the minimum clamp length defined in the
bend machine file inside the Master Catalog.

7. Under Select Bend to Replace, select the bend adjacent to the invalid segment
to be replaced by a fitting corner type.

8. Click to apply the changes and close the dialog box. The elbow fittings are
inserted automatically when you apply the changes.

Spec-Driven Pipe Fabrication

About Fabricating Pipes


The Spec-Driven method of modeling includes the following Pipe Fabrication
functionality:
• Pipe piece cutting functionality that allows you to insert or delete a cut.

234
Spec-Driven Piping

• Pipe spool piece generation that allows you to generate pipe spool pieces
automatically.

• Create a solid representation for piping insulation and store the information in the
model.

• Create a pipe solid for a pipe segment or the entire pipeline in the current active
assembly.

• Create a weld at a fitting port or a cut.

Cutting Pipe Pieces

About Cutting Pipe Pieces


Use Cut Pipe to split a pipeline into pieces that can be fabricated. Cut Pipe allows you
to alter the length of pipelines by splitting a straight segment into shorter raw pipe
blanks, or cutting the pipe at a specific location to generate the desired spool.
The piece cutting functionality allows you to perform the following tasks:
• Cut a pipeline at a specified location.

• Cut a straight pipe run at multiple locations by specifying the stock length or
using a user-specified length of pipe.

• Specify a cut location by referencing other objects such as an adjacent pipe


segment, a hull structure, or a data reference plane.

• Specify a cut location by an offset distance.

• Cut all parallel pipe runs at locations identical to the reference pipe run.

• Cut all pipe segments at locations where pipelines intersect with the block
boundary.

• Automatically insert joint fittings at the cut location during piece cutting.

• Assign shop or field weld attributes.

• Generate pipe spool pieces based on cuts.

To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using Placement


Use Cut Pipe to cut a pipeline at a specified location using distance or ratio
placement.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options select .

3. Select the pipe segment to insert a cut. By default, the selected location is the
placement location of the cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe
Segment as read-only information.

235
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

4. The distance of the selected location on the pipe segment displays in the thumb
wheel input panel. Select the following Cut Placement Options:

o —Use the thumb wheel to reposition the cut location along the pipe
segment or enter an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

Note: By default, Spec-Driven Piping considers the reference location from


the start end of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to
flip the location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven
Piping changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

o —Specify a distance ratio from the upstream end of the specified pipe
segment.

Note: By default, Spec-Driven Piping considers the reference location from


the start end of the pipe segment. Click under Location Parameter to
flip the location with reference to the end of the pipe segment. Spec-Driven
Piping changes to to indicate the change in the reference location.

5. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint
Fitting and specify the joint fitting name.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.
You can change this code by selecting from the list.

6. If you want to assign a weld attribute to this cut, under Weld Type, select from
the following weld type options: Shop-Field, Shop-Shop, and Field-Shop.

7. Do one of the following:

o Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

o Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

o Click if you want to exit the dialog box.

Note: You can control the display format of the linear dimension and the incremental
step value for the thumb wheel movement using the
piping_thumb_wheel_increment configuration option.

To Cut a Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Plane Reference


Use the following procedure to insert a cut at a defined distance from a specified
plane and generate a weld attribute.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

236
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Under Piece Cutting Options, single cut is selected by default. If it is not,


select it.

3. Select an approximate location on the pipe segment in which you want to insert a
cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only
information.

4. Under Cut Placement Options, select the plane reference option .

5. Select a planar hull structural surface or datum plane that is perpendicular to the
pipe segment. The name of the reference is displayed under Location
Parameter.

Note: Spec-Driven Piping does not allow you to select referenced planar hull
structural surface or datum planes that are not perpendicular to the pipe segment
in which you are inserting the cut.

6. Use the thumb wheel to position the cut location along the pipe segment or enter
an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

7. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint
Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.
You can change this code by selecting from the list.

8. Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select it to
assign a field weld attribute to this cut.

9. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

To Cut Pipe at a Specified Location Using a Pipe Reference


In the following procedure, you place a cut at the specified location on a segment
and then create a reference from an adjacent upstream pipe segment that is
perpendicular to the segment where the cut is defined.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options single cut is selected by default. If it is not,


select it.

237
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

3. Select an approximate location on the pipe segment where you want to insert a
cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only
information.

4. Under Cut Placement Options select the pipe reference option .

5. Select an upstream adjacent pipe segment that is perpendicular to the pipe


segment in which you are inserting the cut. The name of the reference will
display under Location Parameter.

6. Use the thumb wheel to position the cut location along the pipe segment or enter
an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

7. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint
Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.
You can change this code by selecting from the list.

8. Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select it to
assign a field weld attribute to this cut.

9. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

Note: The referenced pipe segment must be perpendicular to the pipe segment in
which you are inserting the cut. If it is not, this functionality will be disabled.

To Cut Pipe at a Single Location Using a Fitting Port Reference


In the following procedure, you place a cut at the specified location on a segment
and then create a reference from a nearest fitting that is located on the upstream
side, downstream side, or on the branch port of the cut.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options, single cut is selected by default. If it is not,


select it.

3. Select an approximate location on the pipe segment in which you want to insert a
cut. The pipeline label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only
information.

238
Spec-Driven Piping

4. Under Cut Placement Options, select the fitting reference option . Use
available under Location Parameter to flip the reference port. Spec-Driven
Piping changes to to indicate the change in the reference port.

Note:

o If the selected pipe segment does not have any existing fitting, Spec-Driven
Piping disables the fitting reference option.

o You cannot flip the placement location of an elbow fitting or a branch port.

5. Under Location Parameter, the name of the nearest fitting is automatically


displayed as a reference.

Click to select any other nearest fitting that is located on the upstream side,
downstream side, on the branch port, or on the center point between the
upstream and downstream ports of the cut. The selected fitting must exist in the
same pipeline and in the same pipe run. The name of the selected fitting is
displayed in the selection field as read-only information.

6. Use the thumb wheel to position the cut location along the pipe segment or enter
an explicit distance directly in the input panel.

7. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint
Fitting and specify the joint fitting selection name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to the fitting to
be inserted. You can change this code by selecting from the list.

or

Under Weld Type, the weld type options are displayed based on the selected
type of fitting. The Field option is selected by default.

8. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert a cut at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

239
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Selecting the Reference Fitting Port


When cutting a pipeline at a single location using a fitting port reference, Spec-
Driven Piping automatically selects a default fitting port as a reference based on the
location selected on the pipe segment. A default fitting port is selected as a reference
based on the following selection criteria:
• If a fitting exists in the immediate upstream of the selected location, before a
corner or free end, then the nearest port of that fitting is selected as the default
reference. The default reference port origin is highlighted in the graphics window.

For example, in the following figure, fittings A and B are upstream of the selected
location. As fitting B is the nearest upstream fitting, Spec-Driven Piping
automatically identifies it as the reference fitting and its downstream port as the
default reference port.

1. Selected location

• If no fitting exists in the upstream side before the corner or free end and if a
fitting exists in the immediate downstream of the selected location, then the
nearest port of that fitting is selected as the default reference and its origin is
highlighted.

For example, in the preceding figure, if the selected location is in the upstream
side of fitting A, then Spec-Driven Piping selects the upstream port of the fitting
A as the default reference.

• In the above cases, if the nearest fitting to the selected location is part of a group
of fittings, then the closest fitting in the group is selected as the default reference
fitting, and the nearest port of that fitting is selected as the default reference
port.

• If the reference fitting is a flange fitting, Spec-Driven Piping automatically selects


the port at the flange face as the reference port.

240
Spec-Driven Piping

Note: You can either change the reference to any other port of the same fitting or
select a port of a different fitting. The selected fitting must exist in the same pipeline
and in the same pipe run.
• If the selected port has the OFFSET parameter to identify the location of the
fitting's end face and if you have used the end face to insert the fitting, then the
location of the end face is used as the reference location. The location of the end
face is located at a distance specified by the OFFSET parameter along the port's z-
axis.

Changing the Selected Reference Fitting Port


The label of the selected port is automatically displayed in the Location Parameter
box as shown:

o The label indicates that PORT1 is the name of CSYS, whose feature number
is 113, inside the fitting model VL_CHK_FLRF-100.

o The port switch option is used to change the reference fitting port.

Click the port switch option to change the reference to the upstream port of
the same fitting. Spec-Driven Piping selects the upstream port PORT0 as
shown:

If a selected segment is in the branch side of a junction and if the default reference
port is a branch port of a branch fitting, the port switch option appears as shown:

If you click the port switch option again, the same port remains selected
because the object in the branch pipe segment cannot refer to the ports in the main
pipe segment. However, you can select a port from another fitting using and the
SELECT menu.

Relocating the Selected Reference Fitting Port


Modifying the existing reference fitting results in the following:
• If a reference fitting is relocated, the corresponding piping objects referring to
that relocated fitting are also relocated maintaining the same offset value.

• If the referenced fitting is replaced, the existing reference for the piping objects
is re-routed to the corresponding port of the new fitting model. That is, if the
original fitting's upstream port was referenced, then the reference is rerouted to
the new fitting's upstream port.

241
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• If you delete the referenced fitting, the reference for the piping objects to the
fitting port is also deleted. Spec-Driven Piping creates a new reference for the
pipe segment on which the piping objects are located. During this rerouting, the
actual location of the fitting is not affected. The Length location option is used
for creating a reference for the new pipe segment.

To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations Based on Pipe Stock or User-


Specified Length
You can cut a straight pipe run automatically at multiple locations by specifying the
stock length or by using a user-specified length of pipe. When you cut at multiple
locations, the specified length is applied at intervals along the straight pipe run.
After you create multiple cuts in this manner, they are treated as individual cuts. You
can manipulate them and delete them individually.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options,click .

3. Select a straight pipe run in which you want to insert multiple cuts. The pipeline
label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only information.
4. Under Interval Length, specify the desired stock length or a desired interval
length to cut the pipe runs at multiple locations.

5. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint
Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.
You can change this code by selecting from the list.

6. Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select it to
assign a field weld attribute to this cut. Field welds with unique identification
numbers will be created at each cut location.

7. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

To Cut Pipe at Multiple Locations with Automatic Joint Fitting


Insertion
You can cut a straight pipe run automatically at multiple locations by specifying the
pipe stock length and automatically inserting the required joint fittings. When you
cut at multiple locations, the specified length is applied as intervals along the straight
pipe run.

242
Spec-Driven Piping

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Under Piece Cutting Options, click .

3. Select a straight pipe run in which you want to insert multiple cuts. The pipeline
label is displayed under Select Pipe Segment as read-only information.

4. Under Interval Length, specify the desired stock length or a desired interval
length to cut the pipe run at multiple locations.

5. Under Miscellaneous Options, click Joint Fitting and select the type of fitting
from the list. If the selected joint fitting is a flange, the Weld Type options are
not accessible.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.
You can change this code by selecting from the list.

If the joint fitting specified is a sleeve or coupling with welding end types, under
Weld Type, select one of the following options. The weld attribute is
automatically associated to the inlet port of the joint fitting.

o Shop-Field—The joint fitting is inserted with its far point aligned to the cut
location and cut location has a Field Weld (FW) attribute.

o Shop-Shop—The joint fitting is inserted with its far point aligned to the cut
location and cut location has a Shop Weld (SW) attribute.

o Field-Shop—The joint fitting is inserted with its near point aligned to the
cut location and cut location has a Field Weld (FW) attribute.

Note: In all of these Weld Type options, the welding at the other side of the
fitting is a Shop Weld.

6. To insert the cut, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

Click to insert cuts at the defined location, generate the specified weld
attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

To Cut Parallel Pipes at Locations Identical to the Reference Pipe


Run
You can cut a group of parallel pipe runs in a single operation. All cuts on the
selected parallel pipe runs are created at locations that are identical to the locations
of cuts on the reference pipe run. Spec-Driven Piping allows you to automatically
stagger the parallel pipe cuts if the joint fittings on a cut are interfering with the joint
fittings on another parallel pipe cut. The cuts on the target runs use a weld and joint
fitting that is similar to the corresponding cut on the reference pipe run.

243
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Click to cut parallel pipe runs at locations identical to locations on the


reference pipe run.

3. Select a pipe segment that is part of a pipe run that has one or many pipe cuts.
The pipeline label is displayed under Select Reference Pipe Run as read-only
information.

Note: Spec-Driven Piping does not allow selection of pipe segments of a pipe run
that has no pipe cuts on it.

4. Select the pipe runs parallel to the reference pipe run. The pipeline label of the
selected pipe segments is displayed under Select Target Pipe Run(s) as read-
only information.

Note: Spec-Driven Piping does not allow selection of pipe runs that are not
parallel to the reference pipe run.

5. Under Parallel Pipe Cutting, specify the following options:

o Min. Clearance—Specify a value for the minimum clearance checking


between joint fittings. Type a new value to override the default value
specified by the piping_joint_fitting_clearance configuration option.
This value is used for the automatic clearance checking.

o Offset Distance—Specify a value for staggering pipe cuts that are


associated with joint fittings. If joint fittings associated to cuts on parallel
pipelines interfere with each other, the cuts are staggered by the specified
distance to avoid the interference.

6. To insert cuts on parallel pipe runs at locations identical to locations on the


reference pipe run, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts on the parallel pipe runs and close the Cut Pipe dialog
box.

or

Click to insert cuts on the parallel pipe runs and then continue inserting cuts
with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

To Cut Parallel Pipes at Specified Interval Length


Use the following procedure to cut a group of parallel pipe runs in a single operation.
All cuts on the selected parallel pipe runs are created at locations that are at the
specified interval length. Spec-Driven Piping allows you to automatically stagger the
parallel pipe cuts if the joint fittings on a cut that is interfering with the joint fittings
on another parallel pipe cut. The cuts on the target runs use a weld and joint fitting
that is similar to the corresponding cut on the reference pipe run.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

244
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Click the Parallel Interval Length Cutting option to cut parallel pipe runs at
the specified interval length.

3. Under Select Pipe Segments, select the parallel pipe segments to cut.

4. Under Cut Placement Option, type a value in the Interval Length box to cut
the parallel pipe runs at the specified intervals.

The first selected pipe run is cut at the specified interval, and then all other
selected pipe runs are cut at similar locations as that of the first run. The cuts on
parallel pipe runs are aligned to the cuts on the first pipe run.

5. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint
Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

o The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that
fitting. You can change this code by selecting from the list.

o Under Weld Type, the Field option is selected by default. If it is not, select
it to assign a field weld attribute to this cut. Field Welds with unique
identification numbers will be created at each cut location.

6. Under Parallel Pipe Cutting, specify the following options:

o Min. Clearance—Specify a value for clearance checking between flange


joint fittings. Type a new value to override the default value specified by
the piping_joint_fitting_clearance configuration option. This value is
used for the automatic clearance checking.

o Offset Distance—Specify a value for staggering pipe cuts that are


associated with joint fittings. If joint fittings associated to cuts on parallel
pipelines interfere with each other, the cuts are staggered by the specified
distance to avoid the interference.

Tip: Selecting a Reference Pipe Run for Cutting Parallel Pipes


Cuts on the target pipe runs are created using the placement type information
associated with the corresponding cut on the reference pipe run.
To create cuts on the target runs at locations identical to locations on the reference
run:
• Select only those pipe runs that are parallel to the reference run as the target
runs.

• Select the pipe run with multiple cuts as the reference run. All these cuts on the
reference run must be created using the length, ratio, offset from corner, offset
from plane, or offset from fitting port icons available in the Cut Pipe dialog box.
If the cuts on the reference run are created using any other placement type
option, Spec-Driven Piping creates cuts on the target runs using the default
Length placement type option.

245
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Parallel Pipe Piece Cutting


The following figure shows four parallel runs. The 100A-MS-STEAM-0001 pipe run has
five pipe piece cuts: FW1, SW1, SW2, FW2, and FW3.

• To create cuts on the other three parallel pipe runs, select Fabrication > Cut
Pipe from the PIPING menu.

• Click from the Cut Pipe dialog box.

• Select the 100A-MS-STEAM-0001 pipe run as the reference pipe run because it
contains the pipe piece cuts.

• Select the pipe runs that are parallel to the reference pipe run as target pipe runs
for creating new cuts.

• Click to create the cuts.

Spec-Driven Piping creates cuts on the selected parallel target pipe runs at locations
identical to locations on the reference pipe run as shown in the following figure.

246
Spec-Driven Piping

Checking the Clearance between the Pipe Cuts with Flanged


Fittings
You can cut a set of pipe runs parallel to the reference pipe run in a single operation.
All cuts are created at locations identical to locations on the reference pipe run. If a
target run is very close to the reference run or another target run, and the cut is
created at an identical location, the flange fittings attached to the parallel cuts may
interfere with each other and result in clash depending on the available clearance.
To avoid such clashes, Spec-Driven Piping automatically checks the clearance based
on the minimum clearance value for the joint fitting. Use the
piping_joint_fitting_clearance configuration option to specify the default value
for the minimum clearance. Specify the value in the current assembly units.
The identical cut locations on the parallel pipe runs can be staggered based on the
status of clearance checking.
The following figure shows the alignment of the pipe cut locations between pipe runs
A and B, where the spacing between the joint fittings on pipe run is greater than the
minimum clearance value.

1. Pipe run A

2. Actual clearance

3. Pipe run B

In the preceding example, the actual clearance is greater than the minimum
clearance value. Therefore, the cuts and joint fittings are aligned one below the
other.
If the actual clearance is less than the specified minimum clearance, the cuts on the
target pipe runs are staggered by the value specified for the offset distance.

247
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Staggering of Cuts With Joint Fitting


To avoid a clash due to inadequate clearance between joint fittings, cuts can be
staggered during the cutting of parallel pipes.
The value specified for Offset Distance on the Cut Pipe dialog box for the parallel
pipes is used to stagger the cuts. When a joint fitting interference is detected, the
fitting that is causing the violation is highlighted. You are prompted to stagger the
cut location. Select Yes to insert the staggered cut or select No to abort the cut
insertion. Further, if you have chosen to insert the staggered cut and the resultant
staggered location also violates the clearance check, you are prompted whether to
continue or abort the cut insertion. If you select Yes, the cut is inserted at the
staggered location and if you select No the cut insertion is aborted.
Use the piping_joint_fitting_offset configuration option to specify the default
offset value. Specify the offset value in the current assembly units.
The following figure shows a pipe cut stagger between pipe runs A, B, and C as the
spacing between the joint fitting on these pipe runs is less than the minimum
clearance value.

1. Offset

2. Pipe run A

3. Actual clearance

4. Pipe run B

5. Pipe run C

In the preceding figure, the cut locations on adjacent pipe runs, that is, pipe run A
and pipe run B are staggered. The cut locations on alternate pipe runs, that is, pipe
run A and pipe run C are aligned.

248
Spec-Driven Piping

Assigning FLANGE_OD as a Dimension or Part Parameter


To check the minimum clearance between adjacent flanges when creating a fitting
library for flange fittings, assign FLANGE_OD as the dimension name or as a fitting
part parameter for the outer diameter of the flange. You must assign this dimension
name or part parameter even when you use the fitting of type coupling as a joint
fitting, even though it is not a flange. If the FLANGE_OD dimension is not found in a
joint fitting, the FLANGE_OD fitting part parameter is checked. In case you have not
assigned both the FLANGE_OD dimension as well as the FLANGE_OD fitting part
parameter, the outer diameter of the pipe is used for minimum clearance checking.

To Cut Pipes Associated With a Block


Use the following procedure to cut all pipe segments associated with a block. The
cuts are created on pipe segments at locations where the pipe segments intersect
the block boundary. Spec-Driven Piping automatically determines the pipe piece
adjustment length at a block boundary based on the type of the joint fitting and
associates it with the pipe segment upstream to the cut location.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe. The Cut Pipe dialog box opens.

2. Click to cut the pipe segments intersecting with the associated block
boundary.

3. Under Select Block, select the name of a block or zone from the list.

The labels of all the pipelines that intersect with the selected block are displayed
under Pipelines To Be Cut.

All the listed pipelines under Pipelines To Be Cut are verified for intersection
with the selected block and intersecting locations are highlighted. Information
about the intersections is also displayed in the message window.

When a pipeline is selected from the list, it is highlighted in the model.

4. To insert a joint fitting at the cut, under Miscellaneous Options, select Joint
Fitting and specify the joint fitting name. The default is no joint fitting.

The Bolt Nut Code box displays a default bolt nut code assigned to that fitting.
You can change this code by selecting another code from the list.

5. To assign a field weld attribute to this cut, under Weld Type, select the Field or
Shop option. The default is Field.

6. To insert cuts on the selected pipe segments at locations intersecting with the
block boundary, do one of the following:

Click to insert cuts at the highlighted locations, generate the specified weld
attribute, and close the Cut Pipe dialog box.

or

249
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Click to insert cuts at the highlighted locations, generate the specified weld
attribute, and then continue inserting cuts with the Cut Pipe dialog box.

Example: Block Boundary Based Pipe Piece Cutting


The following figure shows a set of pipelines (magenta) within the block BLOCK1002A.
The boundaries of the block are highlighted.

Use the following procedure to create pipe piece cuttings based on the block
boundary:
• Select PIPING > Fabrication > Cut Pipe.

• Click to cut pipe pieces based on the block boundary.

• Select BlOCK1002A from the Select Block selection list.

Spec-Driven Piping selects all pipelines in the specified block for creation of the pipe
piece cuts. The labels of all the pipelines that intersect with the selected block are
displayed under Pipelines To Be Cut.

250
Spec-Driven Piping

All locations where the pipelines intersect with the block boundary are highlighted as
shown in the following figure.

Information such as the total number of intersections and details of the


intersections is displayed in the message window as shown:

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 100A-MS-STEAM-0001.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 80A-MS-STEAM-0002.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 10A-MS-STEAM-0003.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 80A-MS-STEAM-2001.

o 2 intersections found for the pipeline 100A-MS-STEAM-2002.

o No intersections found for the pipeline 50A-MS-STEAM-2003.

o Total intersections found : 10

251
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Select to create a pipe piece cuttings as shown in the following figure. The
pipe pieces are created at locations where pipeline intersect block boundary

These cut point locations depend on the block boundaries. The dimension for the
cut points is not displayed in the figure because the driving dimensions of the
block boundary geometry control the locations of these cut points.

252
Spec-Driven Piping

For example, the preceding figure shows the dimension of the block boundaries
ADTM1 and ADTM2, The dimension of both the boundaries is 75.00.

If you modify the dimension of ADTM1 and ADTM2 as 40.00 and 100.00
respectively, the cut points on those boundaries also move along with the
bounding geometry as shown in the following figure.

Using Joint Fittings


By default, a joint fitting is not inserted at pipe cut piece location unless you specify
it.
Use the Joint Fitting option in the Cut Pipe dialog box to automatically insert a
joint fitting at the piece cut location. If more than one joint fitting is appropriate for a
particular cut location, you can select a joint fitting from the list of Joint Fittings.
If you choose flange as a joint fitting, the Weld Type options are not enabled.

For Parallel Pipe Cuts


When cutting a set of parallel pipe runs, if the cut on the reference pipe run has a
joint fitting, Spec-Driven Piping creates identical cuts on the target pipe runs with a
similar joint fitting. To select an appropriate joint fitting for the target pipe run, the
reference joint fitting suitable for the size and specification of the target pipe run is
used. If a joint fitting with the specified selection name does not exist in the target
pipeline's specification, the cut is created without the joint fitting.

253
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

For Pipe Cuts at Block Boundary Intersection


When cutting pipelines intersecting with the block boundary a list of all valid fitting
selection names for all the selected pipe segments is displayed in the Joint Fitting
selection list. You can select any fitting from the list for all the cuts.
However, if the specified fitting selection name is not valid for the pipe specification
and size at any of the pipe cut locations, Spec-Driven Piping does not create the cut
and displays a warning message. To process such pipe segments, you can again
specify a valid fitting selection name.

Assigning a Weld Type


You can assign a shop weld attribute or field weld attribute at pipe piece cut
locations. If a welded sleeve or coupling is automatically inserted during the pipe
piece cutting process, then a shop or field weld is automatically assigned to the cut
location based on the weld option currently specified.
When a flange is specified for automatic joint fitting insertion, the weld assignment
option is disabled.
The field weld information is used by the Pipe Spool Generation functionality to
generate pipe spools and number them. The Piping Isometric Drawing functionality
uses both the shop weld and field weld information to mark the shop or field welds
on isometric drawings.
The shop or field welds are graphically represented and have a unique identification
number, which is automatically generated. For example, shop weld numbers are
SW1, SW2, and so on.

At any time during modeling, click on the Pro/ENGINEER toolbar to display or


hide the shop or field welds.
When cutting a set of parallel pipes at a location identical to the location on the
reference pipe, the cut on the target segment is created with the same weld type as
that of the corresponding cut on the reference segment.

To Delete a Pipe Piece Cut


Use this procedure to delete a single pipe cut piece or to delete all cuts on a single
segment, overall pipe run, entire pipeline, or in a block.
1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Delete Cut. The Delete Cut dialog box opens.

2. Based on the location of the cuts to be deleted, do one of the following:

o Select Selected Cut to delete only the selected cut. The name of the
selected cut location is displayed under Select Pipe Cut.

o Select All Cuts in Pipe Segment to delete the cuts on a pipe segment.
Select a pipe segment on the model. The pipeline label of the selected pipe
segment and the ID of the pipe segment are displayed under Select Pipe
Segment.

254
Spec-Driven Piping

o Select All Cuts in Pipe Run to delete all the cuts existing on a pipe run.
Select a pipe run on the model. The pipeline label of the selected pipe
segment and the ID of the pipe segment are displayed under Select Pipe
Segment.

o The pipe run includes all pipe segments between two consecutive free ends
along a straight line, or a free end and a corner, or a corner and a free end,
or a corner and another corner of a pipeline.

o Select All Cuts at Block Boundary to delete all cuts associated with a
block. Under Select Block Name, select a block name from the list.

o Select All Cuts on Pipeline to delete the cuts in an entire pipeline. Select
any pipe segment on the pipeline whose cuts are to be deleted. The pipeline
label of the selected pipe segment is displayed under Select Pipeline.

3. To delete the selected cuts, do one of the following:

o Click to delete all the selected cuts and close the Delete Cut dialog
box.

o Click to delete the selected cuts. The pipeline automatically repaints


with the cut deleted and the Delete Cut dialog box remains open to enable
you to delete any more cuts.

Generating Pipe Spools

About Spool Generation


You can use the spool functionality to:
• Create spool labels for one or more selected pipelines or spools.

• Modify spool labels for a selected pipeline or spool.

• Delete spool labels for one or more selected pipelines or spools.

Each pipe spool label that is created has a unique spool number. The spool label and
its number are stored in the model and are used during the pipe spool piece drawing
generation, the installation drawing generation, and reporting.

To Create a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment


1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Spool. Select Create from the Spool menu that
appears. The Create Spool dialog box opens.

2. To create spool labels for a pipeline, under Select pipeline(s), select one or
more pipelines for which you want to create spool labels. To create spool labels
for spool segments, select one or more spool segments under Select spool(s).
You can select the required pipelines or spool segments from the graphics
window or from the Piping System Tree.

255
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Under Options, Pipeline is selected by default that enables you to select


pipelines. Click Spool to select individual spool segments instead of pipelines.

3. Under Parameters, specify the following:

o If required, specify a prefix for the spool label in the Prefix box to
substitute the value specified for the pipeline_spool_label_format
configuration option. The default value is 0.

o If required, specify a suffix for the spool label in the Suffix box to
substitute the value specified for the pipeline_spool_label_format
configuration option.

o Specify a start number in the Number box for the spool labels that you
want to create. The default value is 01.

Note: The value 01 means that a two-digit spool label number is created
with a leading zero. If you want to assign a three-digit spool label number,
specify 001.

o Specify an increment value for the generated spool label number in the
Increment box. The default value is 1.

If you have selected a spool segment instead of a pipeline to create spool


labels, you can click which is available adjacent to the Prefix, Suffix,
and the Number boxes, to lock the boxes. If you lock these boxes, you
cannot edit the corresponding values unless you use the Modify Spool
dialog box to unlock the boxes.

4. Click to create spool labels for the selected pipelines or spool segments and
close the Create Spool dialog box.

or

Click to create the spools and continue using the Create Spool dialog box.

To Modify a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment


1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Spool. Select Modify from the Spool menu that
appears. The Modify Spool dialog box opens.

2. To modify spool labels for a pipeline, under Select pipeline, select the required
pipeline. To modify spool labels for a spool segment, select the required spool
segment under Select spool. You can select the pipeline or spool segment from
the graphics window or from the Piping System Tree.

By default, Pipeline is selected under Options. Click Spool to select a spool


segment instead of a pipeline under Options.

3. Under Parameters specify the following:

o Specify a new prefix in the Prefix box to substitute the existing value.

o Specify a new suffix in the Suffix box to substitute the existing value.

256
Spec-Driven Piping

o Specify a new start number in the Number box for the spool label that you
want to modify.

o Specify a new increment value for the spool label number in the
Increment box.

o If you have selected a spool segment instead of a pipeline to modify spool

labels, you can click adjacent to the Prefix, Suffix, and the Number
boxes to unlock the boxes, if they are locked.

4. Click to modify spool labels for the selected pipelines or spool segments and
close the Modify Spool dialog box.

or

Click to create the spools and continue using the Modify Spool dialog box.

To Delete a Spool Label for a Pipeline or a Spool Segment


1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Spool. Select Delete from the Spool menu that
appears. The Delete Spool dialog box opens.

2. To delete spool labels for a pipeline, under Select pipeline(s), select one or
more pipelines for which you want to delete spool labels. To delete spool labels
for a spool segment, select one or more spool segments under Select spool(s).
Select the pipelines or spool segments from the graphics window or from the
Piping System Tree.

Under Options, Pipeline is selected by default. Click Spool to delete spool


labels for individual spool segments instead of pipelines.

3. Under Parameters, click the Delete the locked spools check box to delete
spools that are locked previously using the Create Spool or Modify Spool dialog
box.

4. Click to delete the selected pipeline or spool segment.

or

Click to delete the spool and continue using the Delete Spool dialog box.

About Simplified Spool Representation


The simplified representation of a spool is generated automatically when you create
spool labels. This simplified spool version is updated when you modify spool labels
and is deleted when you delete spool labels. The name of the simplified spool
corresponds to the name of the generated spool label.

257
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

To Display a Simplified Spool

1. Click , or click View > View Manager. The View Manager dialog box
opens.

Under Names, all the pipeline spool components are displayed and Master Rep
is selected by default.

2. Double-click a spool component to display the simplified representation of the


selected spool component in the graphics window.

Pipe Insulation

About Pipeline Insulation in Spec-Driven Piping


With Spec-Driven Piping you can assign insulation to a pipeline, part of a pipeline,
and fittings. After you assign the insulation, Spec-Driven Piping creates insulation
features that can be accessed in the Pro/ENGINEER Model Tree.
You can perform the following insulation tasks at any time in the piping design
process:
• Assign insulation to an entire pipeline during pipeline creation or during piping
design.

• Assign insulation to any part of a selected pipeline. Target and insulate specific
pipeline areas.

• Modify any insulation assignment in your piping system.

• Delete any insulation assignment in your piping system.

• Create quilt representations of insulation for immediate graphical identification


and confirmation.

• Generate detailed insulation reports for further insulation analysis.

To Assign Insulation during Pipeline Creation in Spec-Driven


Piping
Note: You can only assign insulation to an entire pipeline using this method.
1. Click PIPING > Pipeline > Create/Route. The Create Pipeline dialog box
opens.

2. Under Pipeline Label, select the applicable pipeline label information.

3. If an insulation code was assigned to the selected specification in the


Specification Directory (database) file, the Insulation box displays the code. You
can select another insulation code but you must select an insulation code.

If an insulation code was not assigned to the selected specification in the


Specification Directory (database) file, click the Insulation check box and select
an insulation code from the list.

258
Spec-Driven Piping

4. Click to save the selections. Spec-Driven Piping saves the insulation data in
an insulation feature in the active assembly.

5. Retrieve insulation information (PIPING > Info) to view the assigned insulation
data.

Note:
• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data
in order to assign insulation to spec-driven pipelines:

o Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the
insulation codes.

o Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an insulation


code must contain insulation data.

• Optionally, Spec-Driven Piping can create insulation quilts after you create pipe
solids.

To Modify Insulation Assigned to a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to modify the insulation assigned to an entire spec-
driven pipeline or assign insulation to an entire uninsulated pipeline. You can add or
modify insulation at any time. However, you cannot use this procedure to delete
insulation or modify insulation assigned to part of a pipeline.
1. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Active Assembly, Spec-Driven Piping displays the current active


assembly. If the pipeline to insulate is in a different assembly, click and
select the assembly that contains the pipeline. You can select the assembly from
either the Model Tree or the Piping System Tree, or by selecting the pipeline in
the graphics window.

3. Under Modify Options, click Edit Pipeline. The Edit Pipeline dialog box opens.

4. If active assembly contains multiple pipelines, select the pipeline to insulate from
the Select Pipeline box.

5. Click the Label tab.

6. Under Pipeline Label, modify the insulation code for the selected pipeline. Two
conditions apply for insulation modification:

o If an insulation code was assigned to the pipeline, the Insulation box


displays the code. You can select another insulation code from the list to
change the insulation.

o If an insulation code was not assigned to the pipeline, select the


Insulation check box and select an insulation code from the list to insulate
the pipeline.

259
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

7. Click to save the selections. Spec-Driven Piping modifies the insulation data
in the insulation feature in the active assembly.

8. Retrieve insulation information (PIPING > Info) to view the assigned insulation
data.

9. Click PIPING > Regenerate to regenerate the assembly and update the model
display.

Note:
• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data
in order to assign insulation to spec-driven pipelines:

o Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the
insulation codes.

o Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an insulation


code must contain insulation data.

• Optionally, Spec-Driven Piping can create insulation quilts after you create pipe
solids.

To Delete Insulation in Spec-Driven Piping


Use the following methods to delete insulation assigned to pipelines:
• To delete the insulation assigned to a part of a pipeline, click PIPING >
Fabrication > Delete Insul and select the insulation to be deleted from the
graphics window.

• To delete the insulation assigned to the entire pipeline:

a. Click PIPING > Modify Pipe. The Modify Pipeline dialog box opens.
b. Under Active Assembly select the active assembly.
c. Under Modify Options, select Edit Pipeline. The Edit Pipeline dialog
box opens.
d. Clear the Insulation option to delete the insulation.

Using the Model Tree to Delete Insulation


1. Open the assembly containing the pipeline and the insulation to be deleted.

2. Click . The Model Tree opens.

3. In the Model Tree, locate the assembly containing the insulated pipeline and
corresponding the insulation feature. You can delete the following types of
insulation features:

o Insulation Features—Stores the insulation data (codes, names, thickness,


sizes, and so on) for a pipeline. Spec-Driven Piping identifies the insulation
features by insulation code.

260
Spec-Driven Piping

o Insulation Segment Features—Stores the start and end points for


insulation on part of a pipe segment. Note that the insulation segment
feature is a child of the related insulation feature. If you delete an
insulation feature, Spec-Driven Piping deletes all related children, including
the insulation segment feature, if applicable. If you delete the insulation
feature from an insulated pipeline that also contains a partially insulated
segment, all insulation data will be deleted.

Note: If you have assigned insulation to a pipeline, the entire pipeline is


the child of the corresponding insulation feature. In such a case, if you
delete an insulation feature, the entire pipeline is deleted.

To Report Insulation Information in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Assign insulation to a pipeline or part of a pipeline.

2. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

3. Click , or click Type and select Insulation.

4. Under Select pipeline(s), select an insulated pipeline or insulated pipe segment


from which to retrieve information. You can select from either the Model Tree,
the Piping System Tree, or the graphics window.

Spec-Driven Piping displays the insulation information under Preview Info. You

can either scroll to view the entire report or click and view the report in the
separate Information Window.

About Assigning Insulation to Part of a Pipeline in Spec-Driven


Piping
Spec-Driven Piping allows you to assign insulation to part of a pipeline (insulation
segment) using the Create Insulation dialog box (PIPING > Fabrication >
Insulation). During piping design, the following special cases can arise and
necessitate an insulation segment:
• Pipelines and fittings not normally insulated require insulation inside special areas
such as purifier rooms.

• Pipelines near equipments can condense when exposed to extreme temperatures.


Hence they must be insulated to prevent damage.

To Assign Insulation to Part of a Pipeline in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Active Asm and select the active assembly that contains the
pipeline that you want to partially insulate.

2. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Insulation. The Create Insulation dialog box
opens. The Start option under Insulation Segment Points is selected by
default.

261
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

3. Follow these steps to select insulation start and end points. Start and end points
must be on the same pipeline:

a. Under Select Start Point, click and select a pipe segment to specify
the insulation start point. Crosshairs indicate the start point on the pipe
segment, and the pipe segment ID is displayed in the Select Start Point
box.
b. Click End under Insulation Segment Points.

c. Under Select End Point, click and select the insulation end point.
Crosshairs indicate the end point on the pipe segment, and the pipe
segment ID is displayed in the Select End Point box.
4. Under Location Type, select one of the following to specify both start and end
point placement.

Note: You must select Start and End under Insulation Segment Points to
place the appropriate points.

—Specifies the distance of the start or end point from the pipe segment's
upstream end.

—Specifies the distance ratio of the start or end point from the pipe segment's
upstream end.

Note: In the above two cases, by default, Spec-Driven Piping considers the
reference location from the start end of the pipe segment. Click available under
Location Parameter to flip the location with reference to the end of the pipe
segment. Spec-Driven Piping changes to to indicate the change in the
reference location.

—Places a start or end point on the pipe segment perpendicular to that pipe
segment.

Note: The pipe segment's start point must be perpendicular to the pipe segment's
end point to make this option available.

—Places a start or end point from a specified datum plane. The datum plane
must be perpendicular to the start or end point pipe segment. Spec-Driven Piping
creates a reference to the datum plane.

—Places a start or end point from a specified fitting. The selected fitting must
exist in the same pipeline and in the same straight pipe piece. Click under
Location Parameter to flip the reference port.

262
Spec-Driven Piping

5. Under Location Parameter, specify the point location parameters based on the
selected placement option. Use the thumb wheel to move the point placement or
enter a value in the thumb wheel box for exact placement.

If you clicked, , select a datum plane from the graphics window. Spec-
Driven Piping displays the datum plane name in the Location Parameter box.

6. Under Insulation Parameters, select an insulation code to assign insulation


between the specified placement points.

7. Click to assign the insulation to the pipe segment.

Note:
• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data
in order to assign insulation to spec-driven pipelines:

o The Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the
insulation codes.

o The Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an


insulation code must contain insulation data.

• Optionally, Spec-Driven Piping can create insulation quilts after you create pipe
solids.

To Redefine Insulation Assigned to a Part of a Pipeline in Spec-


Driven Piping
Spec-Driven Piping creates insulation segment features after you assign insulation to
a part of a pipeline. You can redefine insulation segment features at any time during
the piping design process.
1. Open the assembly associated with the pipeline containing the insulation segment
feature to be redefined.

2. Click . The Model Tree opens.

3. In the Model Tree, locate the insulation segment feature to redefine. The Model
Tree lists the following insulation features:

o Insulation Features—Stores the insulation data such as codes, names,


thickness, sizes, and so on for a pipeline. Spec-Driven Piping identifies the
insulation features by the insulation code. You cannot redefine insulation
features from the Model Tree. You must modify the specification database
insulation files.

o Insulation Segment Features—Stores the start and end points for


insulation on a part of a pipe segment.

263
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Using the Model Tree to Redefine Insulation


1. Select the Insulation Segment feature to redefine from the Model Tree. The
feature is highlighted on the pipeline in the graphics window. Right-click and a
shortcut menu appears.

2. Click Edit Definition. The Redefine Insulation dialog box opens with the
insulation segment selected.

3. Select Start under Insulation Segment Points and perform any of the
following tasks:

o Change the insulation start point. Under Select Start Point, click and
select a pipe segment to specify the insulation start point. Crosshairs
indicate the start point on the pipe segment and the pipe segment ID is
displayed in the Select Start Point box.

o Change the insulation end point. Select End under Insulation Segment
Points. Under Select End Point, click and select the insulation end
point. Crosshairs indicate the end point on the pipe segment and the pipe
segment ID is displayed in the Select End Point box.

o Change the start and end point placement. Under Location Type, select
one of the following to specify both start and end point placement. You
must select Start and End under Insulation Segment Points to place the
appropriate points:

—Specifies the distance of the start or end point distance from the
pipe segment's upstream end.

—Specifies the distance ratio of the start or end point from the pipe
segment's upstream end.

—Places a start or end point on the pipe segment perpendicular to


that pipe segment. The pipe segment's start point must be perpendicular to
the pipe segment's end point to make this option available.

—Places a start or end point from a specified datum plane. The datum
plane must be perpendicular to the pipe segment's start or end point. Spec-
Driven Piping creates a reference to the datum plane.

—Places a start or end point from a specified fitting. The selected


fitting must exist in the same pipeline and in the same straight pipe piece.

264
Spec-Driven Piping

Under Location Parameter, specify the point location parameters based


on the selected placement option. Use the thumb wheel to move the point
placement or enter a value in the thumb wheel box for exact placement.

If you clicked , select a datum plane from the graphics window. Spec-
Driven Piping displays the datum plane name in the Location Parameter
box.

o Change the insulation. Under Insulation Parameters, select a new


insulation code to assign new insulation between the specified placement
points.

4. Click to assign new insulation to the pipe segment. Spec-Driven Piping


creates a new insulation feature and reassigns the insulation segment feature to
it.

Note:
• The following Specification Database files must be populated with insulation data
in order to assign insulation to spec-driven pipelines:

o The Insulation Directory file (Project Data file) must contain records for the
insulation codes.

o The Insulation MCAT file (Master Catalog file) that is assigned to an


insulation code must contain insulation data.

• The Model Tree must display features to redefine insulation segment features
from the Model Tree. Click Settings > Tree Filters. The Model Tree Items
dialog box opens. Under Display, click the Features check box and click OK.

• Optionally, Spec-Driven Piping can create insulation quilts after you create pipe
solids.

Creating Pipe Solids

About Pipe Solids


A pipe solid is the solid geometry that you create inside a solid part using the Pipe
Solid generation functionality.
Spec-Driven Piping automatically creates a new solid part if you use any of the
following modeling functions to update a pipeline that has associated pipe solid
geometry:
• Pipeline routing

• Fitting insertion, deletion, redefinition, replacement

• Group fitting insertion

• Pipeline modification

265
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Pipeline corner modification

• Pipe cutting and cut deletion

To Create or Erase a Pipe Solid


1. Click PIPING > Fabrication > Pipe Solid. The Pipe Solid dialog box opens.

2. Under Select Pipelines/Segments, select one of the following:

o Pipelines—Selects one or more pipelines in an assembly that is active or


not active.

o Segments—Selects one or more segments in an assembly that is active or


not active.

Note: If you select segments to create pipe solids, you cannot select fitting
components.

If you select a piping system node, all pipelines in this piping system are
selected.

3. Under Select Insulation Option below the Selected Pipelines/Segments


table, select one or both of the following:

o Pipe Solid—Only pipe solids are generated or erased for the selected
pipelines or pipe segments.

o Insulation Quilt—Only insulation quilts are generated or erased for the


selected pipelines or pipe segments. You can generate insulation quilts only
if you have assigned appropriate insulation parameters to the selected
pipelines or pipe segments.

Note: If you select Pipe Solid and Insulation Quilt, Spec-Driven Piping
generates or erases both pipe solids and insulation quilts.

The Selected Pipelines/Segments table displays the following information:

o Status—Displays the status of the pipe solid generation.

—All pipe segments associated with the selected pipeline or pipe


segment have no associated pipe solids.

—All pipe segments associated with the selected pipeline or pipe


segment have associated pipe solids.

—Only a few pipe segments associated with the selected pipeline or pipe
segment have associated pipe solids.

o Pipelines/Segments—Displays the pipeline label for the selected pipelines


or pipe segments.

o Solid Name—Displays the actual part name if the pipe solid has been
generated for the selected pipeline or pipe segment. Otherwise, displays a

266
Spec-Driven Piping

system-generated name based on the pipeline label and the increment


number.

Note: You can edit the part name of the pipe solid.

o Solid Start Part Name—Displays the name of the solid start part specified
by the configuration option, pipeline_solid_start_part_name. You can
edit this name.

4. Click to generate the pipe solid or the insulation quilt.

or

Click to generate the pipe solid and the insulation quilt and repeat the Pipe
Solid generation operation for a different set of pipelines or pipe segments.

or

Click to erase the selected pipe solid or the insulation quilt.

Note: If the selected pipe segments have insulation assigned to them, Spec-Driven
Piping automatically creates insulation quilts during the Pipe Solid generation
operation.

Example: Creating Pipe Solids and Insulation Quilts


A piping model with three pipelines that have been modeled with appropriate
insulation parameters is shown in the next figure.

To generate the required pipe solids and insulation quilts, perform the following
steps:
1. Open the Pipe Solid dialog box and select the pipeline 100A-RW-WATER-111-EK
using the Pipelines option.

267
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

2. Use the Pipelines option again to select Pipe Extend id 46 from the Model Tree.
Spec-Driven Piping selects the entire pipeline 50A-HA-STEAM-1111-ES.

3. Under Select Insulation Option, select both Pipe Solid as well as Insulation
Quilt.

4. Click to generate the required pipe solids and insulation quilts as shown in
the following figure:

Using the Piping System Tree to Create and Erase Pipe Solids
The following figure shows three pipelines that are located under different
assemblies.

Use the previous piping model to perform the following steps:


1. Select the assemblies AIR and STEAM from the piping system tree.

268
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Right-click and select Solid > Create from the shortcut menu. The pipe solids
and the insulation quilts are generated for all the pipelines located under the AIR
and STEAM assemblies as shown in the following figure:

3. Use the same selection as discussed in step 1. Right-click and select Solid >
Delete from the shortcut menu. The pipe solids and the insulation quilts are
deleted as shown in the following figure:

Displaying Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation

About Displaying Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation


The Thick Pipe display shows pipe centerlines as 3D shapes without creating a solid
pipe. A thick pipe is a lightweight representation of a solid pipe. A thick pipe actually
uses less memory and creates a more efficient piping assembly for faster
regeneration. Thick pipes are visible in all model display settings (Wireframe, Hidden
Line, No Hidden, and Shading) and in Drawing mode. Thick pipes are independent of
solid pipes and do not have solid pipe attributes.
Thick pipe display:
• Applies to all pipelines in the assembly.

• Makes pipe centerlines available for selection.

• Updates after every change.

269
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Overlaps with solid pipes.

• Is not visually different from solid pipes.

Thick pipes do not have geometric information or data, so keep the following in
mind:
• Boolean operations do not apply.

• A thick pipe does not fail when a solid pipe would.

• Pairs clearance analysis performed on a thick pipe does not have the same
results as on the solid pipe.

• Thick-pipe display cannot be turned on or off for an individual pipe.

• Thick pipes are not part of the BOM or mass properties calculations.

The figure below shows a pipeline displayed as a centerline:

The following figure shows the same pipeline displayed as a thick pipe (in blue):

Thick insulation display is a lightweight representation of insulation that uses less


memory. You can display only thick insulation when thick pipes are displayed.

270
Spec-Driven Piping

To Set the Display of Thick Pipes and Thick Insulation


1. Open a piping assembly.

2. Set the following configuration options to yes:

o display_thick_pipes

o display_thick_insulation

3. Click View > Display Settings > Model Display. The Model Display dialog
box opens.

4. Click Edge/Line.

5. Click the Thick Pipes check box.

6. Click the Thick Insulation check box if required.

7. Click Apply to configure additional Model Display properties, or click OK.

Note: Click to toggle the display of thick pipes and insulation.

About Pairs Clearance Analysis for Pipelines


Pairs clearance model analyses provides different results for thick pipes and solid
pipes. For example, with negative pairs clearance, the solid pipe interferes with the
object being compared. The same pipe as a thick pipe does not interfere with the
object being compared.

To Set Thick Pipe and Thick Insulation Display in Drawings


1. Open a piping assembly.

2. Set the following configuration options to yes:

o display_thick_pipes

o display_thick_insulation

3. Click . The New dialog box opens.

4. Click Drawing.

5. Accept the default Name or enter a new one.

6. Click OK. The New Drawing dialog box opens.

7. Select a Template and click OK. The drawing opens. Three default drawing
views appear in the graphics window.

8. Select a drawing view, right-click, and choose Properties from the shortcut
menu. The Drawing View dialog box opens.

9. Select View Display from the Categories list. The View display options are
listed.

271
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

10. When the Display style is not Shading, you can set a Pipe and insulation
display option:

o Default—Displays the default appearance of pipes for the piping assembly.

o Centerline—Displays pipe centerlines. Insulation is not displayed.

o Thick pipes—Displays thick pipes. Insulation is not displayed.

o Thick pipes and insulation—Displays thick pipes and insulation.

11. Click Apply to apply the change. Continue configuring the Drawing View
properties, or click OK.

Note: To verify the change of display style, click Info > Drawing View, the
Information Window opens.

Creating Weld Parameters

About Welds
Welds are inserted at the physical location of a pipe cut or a fitting port. Welds on a
pipe cut are implied welds and are usually field welds. Welds on a fitting port are
shop welds. When you export pipeline data to a PCF file, an implied weld is exported
without attributes, but a shop weld is not exported. To export a shop weld with
parameters or parameters for an implied weld, you must define them in the Weld
dialog box:
• Weld number

• Weld specification

• Weld type

• Weld description

• Weld note

When you set parameters for a weld the weld number is automatically incremented
by one. When you delete a weld, the number is deleted creating a gap in the
numbering. Setting parameters for a new weld does not fill the gap, it creates a new
incremental number.
Use the Set Display dialog box to display weld numbers in the graphics window.
When a fitting with welds is replaced in a piping assembly by another of fitting, the
welds assigned to the original fitting are transferred to the corresponding ports of the
new fitting.

To Set Weld Parameters


1. In an active piping assembly click Fabrication > Weld. The Weld dialog box
opens.

2. Select the fitting port or cut point weld and click OK. Existing weld parameters
are displayed.

272
Spec-Driven Piping

3. Set additional parameters and modify default weld parameters as needed.

4. Click to configure parameters for an additional weld, or click .

5. Click Done/Return.

To Delete Weld Parameters


1. Click Fabrication > Delete Weld. You are prompted to select a weld.

2. Select the fitting port, cut point weld, or weld number and click OK. The weld
parameters are deleted.

3. Click Done/Return.

Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling

About Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling


Schematic-driven pipeline modeling is 3D pipeline modeling based on 2D Piping and
Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID) data created in the Routed Systems Designer. This
P&ID data or schematic information is stored in an XML file.
During pipeline creation, pipeline routing, and fitting insertion, schematic-driven
pipeline modeling uses the information of a pipeline from the XML file to avoid
inconsistencies between the 2D and the 3D model.
You can use the schematic information in the XML file only if:
• The piping_schematic_driven configuration option is set to yes.

• The piping design mode is spec-driven.

To specify an absolute path to be used as the start location for XML file selection and
look-up, set the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option to the required
path. The default path for the XML file is the Pro/ENGINEER working directory.

About Routed Systems Designer Component Properties in


Schematic-Driven Pipeline Modeling
The Routed Systems Designer component properties that are used during schematic-
driven modeling are listed below.

Pipelines
The SPEC, SIZE, SCHEDULE, MNEMONIC and NUMBER properties associated with a
pipeline label are displayed when you click Label in the Create Pipeline dialog box.
The OPER_PRESSURE, OPER_TEMPERATURE, DESIGN_PRESSURE, and
DESIGN_TEMPERATURE properties are available when you click the Parameters tab
in the Create Pipeline dialog box. Any other property defined in XML is read in the
Defined tab.

273
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

NAME_FORMAT—Format used for naming a pipeline. Functions similarly as the


pipeline_label_format configuration option. A typical value can be <MNEMONIC>-
<NUMBER>-<SIZE>.

Equipment and Nozzles


• CATEGORY—To classify an Routed Systems Designer component as equipment,
specify CATEGORY = EQUIPMENT. To classify a Routed Systems Designer
component as a nozzle, specify CATEGORY = NOZZLE.

• MODEL_NAME—Must be same as the Pro/ENGINEER part name. The part name


is displayed in the Component box in the Pipeline Designation dialog box.

• REF_DES—If a value is assigned to this parameter in Routed Systems Designer,


the same value is exported in XML. If the value is not defined in Routed Systems
Designer, the value of the FULL_NAME property is assigned to REF_DES. This value
is displayed in the Designator box in the Pipeline Designation dialog box.

Note: If a pipeline connects two equipment that have the same REF_DES value,
only one of the equipment is listed during designation. Hence, you must always
assign a unique value to the REF_DES parameter.

• ENTRY_PORT—This Routed Systems Designer property is applied to a


coordinate csys of a nozzle or an equipment. If the value of this parameter
matches the Pro/ENGINEER csys name, then that csys in Pro/ENGINEER is
highlighted during the routing of that pipeline.

Fittings
• CATEGORY—Must be same as the CATEGORY value stored in the
piping_mcat_dir.ptd file. The CATEGORY value controls the activation of the
fitting category icons under Select Fitting Category in the Insert Fitting dialog
box.

• SNAME—Must be same as the SNAME value stored in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd


file for that fitting. The SNAME value is displayed in the Selection Name list for a
category in the Insert Fitting dialog box.

• SIZE—Fittings are filtered according to the size of the selected segment if you
have specified the Routed Systems Designer component property, SIZE, for that
fitting in the XML file. If a fitting does not have the Routed Systems Designer
component property, SIZE, then that fitting is always available for insertion
irrespective of the selected segment size.

• NSIZE—Required while inserting reducers. The NSIZE value in the XML file is the
default value while inserting the reducer. You can change the value of the NSIZE
parameter during insertion.

Note: You can also use the NEW_SIZE parameter instead of the NSIZE parameter.

• BSIZE—The BSIZE value is useful during branch fitting or drain valve insertion.
This is the default branch size value when you insert a particular branch fitting or
drain valve.

274
Spec-Driven Piping

Note: You can also use the BRANCH_SIZE parameter instead of the BSIZE
parameter.

• SPEC—If you have specified SPEC in the XML file and if it is different from the
selected pipe segment, the Specification check box is selected by default and
the list becomes available.

• VALVE_NUMBER—If you have specified the VALVENUMBER parameter in the XML


file, a value is displayed as editable text in the Valve Number box in the Insert
Fitting dialog box.

• ENTRY_PORT—Same as for equipment and nozzles.

• REF_DES—Same as for equipment and nozzles.

• MODEL_NAME—Same as for equipment and nozzles.

Branches
CATEGORY—Specify CATEGORY = BRANCH to classify a Routed Systems Designer
component as a branch. Select a branch point or fitting to designate the branch
component.

About Designating Schematic Information


Designation is the process of associating XML data in RSDesigner to a Spec-Driven
pipeline. The designation process stores the XML data for that particular pipeline.
You can designate schematic information to a pipeline, fitting or equipment using the
Pipeline Designation dialog box if the piping_schematic_driven configuration
option is set to yes.
If the information in the source XML file is changed after being used for designation,
you have to use the Reload option from the Pipeline Designation dialog box to
reload the information in the XML file. Pro/ENGINEER displays a message indicating
that the XML file has been changed and that the user needs to use the Reload
option to update the designation information.
An already designated pipeline can be reverted to the non-schematic mode using the
Undesignate option from the Pipeline Designation dialog box. When you use the
Undesignate option, all the schematic information designated to a pipeline is
erased.

To Designate Schematic Information


1. Click PIPING > Designation. The Pipeline Designation dialog box opens.

2. Under Designate Pipeline, click and select an existing pipeline.

3. Under Schematic, click to select the appropriate XML file from the
directory specified by the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option. You
can also select an XML file from any other directory.

275
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

4. Select the appropriate schematic label to associate the Pro/ENGINEER pipeline


with the schematic pipeline.

5. Under Constrict Assembly, the top level assembly is selected by default to


search for the components. Click to select another assembly to restrict the
search of the components.

6. Click Reload to reload or refresh the schematic information from the XML file for
the selected designated pipeline.

7. Click Undesignate to remove the schematic information from the selected


pipeline. The pipeline is no longer a schematic driven pipeline.

8. Click the Equipment tab to designate the equipment related to the pipeline. In
the Designate Equipment table, the schematic equipments are listed under the
Designator column and their corresponding 3D equipments are listed under the
Component column.

9. Select a row from the Designate Equipment table, then click Designate to
select a 3D equipment to designate, or click Undesignate to undesignate a
designated 3D equipment.

Note: Designate is enabled only if:

o The Status column shows the status as Missing. In this case, click
Options > Allow Mismatch and select the components. The Status
column then changes to Manual Match.

o The Status column shows the status as Multiple. Multiple components are
highlighted.

10. If the equipment has nozzles, they will be listed in the Designate Nozzles table.
The schematic nozzles are listed under the Designator column and their
corresponding 3D nozzles are listed under the Component column. Select a row
from the Designate Nozzles table and click Designate to select a 3D nozzle to
designate, or click Undesignate to undesignate a designated 3D nozzle.

11. Click the Fittings tab to designate fittings of the pipeline. In the Designate
Fittings table, the schematic fittings are listed under the Designator column
and their corresponding 3D fittings are listed under the Component column.

12. Select a row from the Designate Fittings table, and click Designate to select a
3D fitting to designate, or click Undesignate to undesignate a designated 3D
fitting.

13. Click the Fittings tab to designate branches of the pipeline. In the Designate
Branches table, the schematic branches are listed under the Designator
column and their corresponding 3D branches are listed under the Component
column. Select a row from the Designate Branches table and click Designate
to select a 3D branch point or a 3D tee fitting to designate. Click Undesignate to
undesignate a designated 3D branch point or a 3D tee fitting.

14. Click or to commit the designations or undesignation, or click to


cancel the designation or undesignation.

276
Spec-Driven Piping

Designating Equipment, Nozzles, Fittings, and Branches


Designate Equipment, Designate Nozzles, Designate Fittings, and Designate
Branches in the Pipeline Designation dialog box have a list of reference
designators and equipment components.
• Designator is the value of the ref_des property specified in the XML file.

• Model is the value of the modelname property specified in the XML file. The
Model column is not displayed by default. Click Columns > Model to display the
Model column.

• Component is the Spec-Driven Piping component name. The component name is


automatically displayed if the Status column displays the value Auto Match. If
the value of the modelname property displayed under the Model column does not
match any of the Spec-Driven Piping component names in a selected assembly,
the Status column displays the value Missing. To designate the component
manually, click Options > Allow Mismatch and select the required component.
The Status column now displays the value Manual Match.

• The Spec-Driven Piping assembly is searched for a component having a name as


that of the value displayed under the Model column for a row. Based on the
search results, one of the following values is displayed under the Status column:

o Designated—The component is designated and this information is stored


in the pipeline.

o Auto Match—A single instance of the component is found in the Spec-


Driven Piping assembly and is automatically matched.

o Manual Match—The component has been selected manually.

o Multiple—Several components with the same name have been found.

o Missing—A component with the name as that displayed under the Model
column is not found.

o Undesignated—A component that has been undesignated manually.

About Routing a Pipeline Using Schematic Information


You can route a pipeline based on the schematic information if the
piping_schematic_driven configuration option is set to yes.
The schematic information assists the routing operation in the following ways:
• All available start and end terminal locations (Pro/ENGINEER coordinate systems)
along with the corresponding equipment or nozzle, are highlighted during routing.
The Pro/ENGINEER coordinate systems are highlighted only if the ENTRY_PORT
parameter in XML has the same value as the Pro/ENGINEER coordinate system
name of the corresponding equipment or nozzle.

• Terminal locations and models that are already connected are not highlighted.

• If you select a coordinate system of an equipment other than the designated


equipment for a pipeline, a message appears that prompts you to continue or

277
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

abort the selection. You can ignore the warning message and continue the
routing operation from the selected port.

Note: If you ignore this warning message for a particular pipeline, perform a
schematic check later against the updated schematic information.

About Inserting a Fitting Using Schematic Information


You can insert a fitting using schematic information if a pipeline in Spec-Driven
Piping is associated with an appropriate schematic pipeline in XML.
The prerequisites to insert a schematic fitting are:
• The XML information for a fitting must contain a CATEGORY parameter that has a
value specified in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file. This value controls the
activation of the fitting category icons in the Insert Fitting dialog box after you
select a pipe segment.

• The SNAME parameter must have a value in the piping_mcat_dir.ptd file


corresponding to a category. For example, if you specify CATEGORY = VALVE and
SNAME = GATE, the fitting category icon for the valve is activated and the
Selection Name list displays GATE in the Insert Fitting dialog box.

• If the XML information for a fitting contains the SIZE parameter, the fitting is
available only if the selected pipe segment in Spec-Driven Piping has a matching
size. You can insert an XML fitting that does not have a SIZE parameter
irrespective of the selected pipe segment in Spec-Driven Piping.

These prerequisites are also valid when you insert a group fitting.
During the schematic fitting insertion,
• The fitting category icons and the Selection Name list in the Insert Fitting
dialog box are updated each time you insert a schematic fitting.

• Context-sensitive information such as the valve number, new size, and branch
size for the selected fitting are displayed based on the information in the
schematic information file.

Note:

o If the context-sensitive information is not available in the schematic


information file, specify appropriate values.

o You can insert a group fitting using schematic information, using the same
method as for inserting a fitting.

• When you insert all the available schematic fittings, further fitting insertion is
possible only in the nonschematic mode.

About Replacing a Fitting Using Schematic Information


• You can replace a schematic fitting with another schematic fitting only if
schematic fittings are available for the selected pipe segment.

278
Spec-Driven Piping

• You can replace a schematic fitting with a nonschematic fitting by clearing the
XML File check box in the Replace Fitting dialog box. This is possible even if
schematic fittings are available for insertion.

• If no schematic fittings are available when replacing schematic fittings, you can
replace fittings in the default nonschematic replacement mode.

Spec-Driven Pipe Drawing

About Pipe Drawings in Spec-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to create drawings of your piping systems. Drawings
enable you to effectively communicate piping system layout and details to piping
professionals who fabricate piping materials and assemble piping systems.
Spec-Driven Piping provides an interface to Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN).
Using the Generate Isometric dialog box (PIPING > Drawing), you can export
material and geometrical information from a Spec-Driven Piping model to .pcf
ISOGEN files. These files enable you to generate Isometric pipe drawings using an
Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) application.
Spec-Driven Piping also allows you to create drawings for pipe insulations, pipe bend
notes, pipe centerlines, and so on, when you set certain drawing setup options. For
more details on these drawing setup options, refer to the Detailed Drawings Online
Help.

About Drawing Setup Options in Piping


Spec-Driven Piping also allows you to create drawings for pipe insulations, pipe bend
notes, pipe centerlines, and so on, when you set certain drawing setup options.
The following setup options are available for piping:
• Theoretical bend intersection point:

show_pipe_theor_cl_pts—Controls the display of centerlines and theoretical


intersection points in piping drawings.

pipe_pt_shape—Controls the shape of theoretical bend intersection points in a


piping drawing.

pipe_pt_size—Controls the size of theoretical bend intersection points in a


piping drawing.

pipe_pt_line_style—Controls the font of theoretical bend intersection points in


a piping drawing.

• Display of pipe centerlines in drawing views having No Hidden display:

hlr_for_pipe_solid_cl

• Display of insulation cut by a sectional plane in sectional drawing view:

pipe_insulation_solid_xsec

279
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Automatic generation of bend notes in a drawing:

default_pipe_bend_note

A detailed description of each setup option appears in the Drawing Files Setup
Options section of the Detailed Drawings Help. Click About Drawing Setup Options
under See Also.

Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN)

About Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) in Spec-Driven


Piping
Spec-Driven Piping provides an ISOGEN interface that allows you to create isometric
drawings of pipelines. The Isometric Drawing Generation (ISOGEN) interface exports
material and geometrical data from a Spec-Driven Piping model to a readable
ISOGEN .pcf (Piping Component File) format. This format serves as an input to
ISOGEN for creating pipeline, spool, and system isometric drawings.
Using the Generate Isometric dialog box (PIPING > Drawing) you can create
isometric drawings from Spec-Driven Piping models. You can select pipelines, set up
filenames and directories, and export the data to an intermediate .pcf file(s).
ISOGEN reads this .pcf file data and generates the isometric drawings in various
standard data formats.
Note: You must first set the ISOGEN configuration options to use the ISOGEN
interface generation tool.

To Generate an Isometric Drawing in Spec-Driven Piping


Note: You must first set the ISOGEN configuration options to use the ISOGEN
interface generation tool.
1. Click PIPING > Drawing. The Generate Isometric dialog box opens and
prompts you to select a pipeline. The Selection tab is selected by default.

2. Under Select Isometric Drawing Type, specify the isometric drawing type. The
options are:

o Pipeline—Generates a pipeline isometric for each selected pipeline. Spec-


Driven Piping writes data related to each selected pipeline in a separate PCF
file and generates as many PCF files as the number of selected pipelines.

o Spool—Generates a spool isometric for each selected pipeline. Spec-Driven


Piping writes data of spools belonging to one pipeline into a separate PCF
file and generates as many PCF files as the number of selected pipelines.

o System—Generates a system isometric for each selected pipeline system.


For each selected pipeline, the data for connected pipelines is exported to a
PCF. If two or more of the selected pipelines belong to one network, Spec-
Driven Piping ignores any pipeline data that has already been exported.

280
Spec-Driven Piping

3. Under Select pipeline(s), click and select a pipeline to generate the


isometric. You can select pipeline features or segment features from either the
Model Tree, the Piping System Tree, or the graphics window. Spec-Driven Piping
displays all selected pipelines under Select pipeline(s).

4. Under Options, use the following boxes to override any of the ISOGEN
configuration options. Note that any changes to these four options will remain in
effect throughout the Pro/ENGINEER session unless you change them during the
session.

o Output Directory—The value of the config.pro option


isogen_output_files_dir appears in the input panel. If you want to store

the PCF file in another directory, click . The Select Directory to


place output PCFs dialog box opens. Browse for the directory and click
Ok. If there is no value for isogen_output_files_dir, this input panel will
be blank and all files generated by the interface will be written to the
current working directory.

o ISOGEN File—The value of the config.pro option

isogen_mandatory_attr_file appears in the input panel. Click to


select a different ISOGEN file. The Select ISOGEN File dialog box opens.
Browse for the file and double-click.

o Symbol Map File—The value of the config.pro option

isogen_symbol_map_file appears in the input panel. Click to change


to a different symbol map file. The Select Symbol Map File dialog box
opens. Browse for the file and double-click.

o Endtype Map File—The value of the config.pro option

isogen_endtype_map_file appears in the input panel. Click to


change the endtype map file. The Select Endtype Map File dialog box
opens. Browse for the file and double-click.

o Click Generate One PCF File Per Spool to generate one PCF file for each
spool. The default is OFF, that is, Spec-Driven Piping writes the PCF data of
all spools of a pipeline in one PCF file and generates separate PCF files for
each selected pipeline.

5. Click the General Attr tab. These attributes are supported by ISOGEN and can
be used to determine various isometric drawing options.

6. Under Specify General Attributes, click the System Attr tab. The following
fields are optional ISOGEN system attributes:

o Date—Specify the date. Spec-Driven Piping displays the current system


date by default. You can change the value using the format --/--/--. The
value entered here is written to the PCF file for the DATE-DMY ISOGEN
attribute.

o Project Identifier—Specify the project number or name.

281
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

o Revision Number—Specify the revision number.

o Area or Batch—Specify the sections of a project.

o Replot—Specify the number of isometric drawings to be replotted.

o Spool Prefix—Specify the spool identifier prefix.

o Weld Prefix Erection—Specify the erection weld prefix.

o Weld Prefix Fabrication—Specify the fabrication weld prefix.

o Weld Prefix General—Specify the weld prefix.

o Weld Prefix Offshore—Specify the offshore weld prefix.

7. Click the User Attr tab. These are user attributes provided by ISOGEN. Select
from the option list to specify the user attributes. The list contains all the
available user attributes supported by ISOGEN. They are MISC-SPEC1 to MISC-
SPEC5 and ATTRIBUTE1 to ATTRIBUTE99. Select an attribute, specify a
corresponding value, and ENTER. Spec-Driven Piping displays the attributes.

8. Click the Pipeline Attr tab. The attributes under Specify Pipeline Attributes are
usually applicable to one pipeline but you can also use them for multiple
pipelines. ISOGEN supports all of the following attributes, however, not every
attribute is available from the Spec-Driven Piping model.

o Pipeline Type—Select the pipeline construction type. All the valid types
are listed. Note that you should be informed about the other ISOGEN
pipeline construction types before changing this value to anything other
than General.

o Bend Radius—Specify the standard pulled bend radius.

o Painting Spec—Specify the painting specification.

o Tracing Spec—Specify the tracing specification.

o Start Coords—Specify the pipeline replot start coordinates.

o Specific Gravity—Specify the gravity of the pipeline contents.

o Output File Name—Specify the name of the drawing output file. The value
entered is used only when a single pipeline is selected. If pipeline isometric
or multiple pipelines are selected, the value is ignored.

o Highest Part Number—Specify the highest material list part number


generated on the previous run of the pipeline.

o Highest Weld Number—Specify the highest weld number generated on


the previous run of the pipeline.

Note: If you select multiple pipelines and data exists on this tabbed page (other
than the default General in the Pipeline Type option), a message dialog box
opens with following message:

282
Spec-Driven Piping

Multiple Pipelines Selected. Use data in Pipeline Attr tab for all
pipelines?

9. Click Yes to export the data or No (the default) to ignore the data. If you click
Yes, the Output File Name attribute is not exported.

Click to apply the specified options on the selected pipelines, create the
necessary PCF files, and close the dialog box.

or

Click to apply the specified options on the selected pipelines, create the
necessary PCF files, and keep the dialog box open for further selections.

or

Click to cancel the action and close the dialog box.

Component Material Description in Spec-Driven Piping


The material description of each extracted Spec-Driven Piping component appears in
the bill of materials section of the isometric drawing. The material description in the
PCF file format requires an ITEM CODE and DESCRIPTION as shown below:
• MATERIALS

• ITEM-CODE data

• DESCRIPTION data (Single line Description)

• ITEM-CODE data

• DESCRIPTION data (Multiple line Description)

• DESCRIPTION data

Note:
• Spec-Driven Piping uses the STOCKNO (stock number) as the ITEM-CODE. The
STOCKNO uniquely identifies each Spec-Driven Piping component.

• The material description is retrieved from the Pipe Material Master Catalog
(MCAT) file.

Creating Pipe Component Information in Spec-Driven Piping


The coordinate information of pipe segments and other components is converted to
millimeters if the corresponding assembly uses metric units. If the corresponding
assembly uses imperial units, the coordinate information of pipe segments and other
components is converted to inches. Use the ISOGEN switches to display the units on
the isometric drawing during the isometric drawing generation. The nominal size
information is extracted from the Spec-Driven Piping component.

283
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

The ISOGEN component identifier and the information extracted is shown in the next
table.

PCF Identifier Description

BRANCH1-POINT Identifies branch points on various components. For


BRANCH2-POINT example, a typical record using millimeter (mm)
coordinates and an inch bore is as follows:

BRANCH1-POINT 125.0 25.0 0.0 6 BW

Note: The data string after the identifier BRANCH1-


POINT includes coordinates, a nominal size, and an
end type as expected by the PCF file format.

CENTRE-POINT Identifies the center point on various components.


For example, a typical record using millimeter (mm)
coordinates and an inch bore is as follows:

CENTRE-POINT 125.0 0.0 0.0

Note: The data string after the identifier CENTRE-


POINT includes coordinates.

END-POINT Identifies end points on various components. For


example, a record using millimeter (mm)
coordinates and an inch bore is as follows:

END-POINT 150.0 25.0 0.0 6BW

Note: The data string after the identifier END-


POINT includes coordinates, a nominal size, and an
endtype as expected by PCF file format.

SKEY Valid ISOGEN SKEY (Symbol Key). For example, a


record identifying SKEY is as follows:

SKEY VGBW

ITEM-CODE Unique identifier for each component. Spec-Driven


Piping component STOCKNO (stock number) is used
as ITEM-CODE. The ITEM-CODE and the description
are used to populate the bill of materials. For
example, a record identifying ITEM-CODE is as
follows:

ITEM-CODE GATVAA050

284
Spec-Driven Piping

PCF Identifier Description

ANGLE Angle value if the angle is other than 90 or 180


degrees for ELBOW, BEND, OLET, TEE, CROSS, and
ELBOW-TEED type components. Angle values are in
hundredths of degrees. For example, a record
identifying an ANGLE of 60 degrees is as follows:

ANGLE 6000

SPINDLE- Direction of Spindle (Operator) on VALVE. Defines


DIRECTION primary direction only. Valid directions values are
NORTH, SOUTH, EAST, WEST, UP and DOWN. For
example, a record identifying SPINDLE-DIRECTION
is as follows:

SPINDLE-DIRECTION NORTH

FLAT-DIRECTION Direction of Flat side of Eccentric Reducers (ERED).


Defines primary direction only. Valid directions
values are NORTH, SOUTH, EAST, WEST, UP and
DOWN. For example, a record identifying FLAT-
DIRECTION is as follows:

FLAT-DIRECTION NORTH

DIRECTION Used to indicate VALVE Spindle direction and


Eccentric Reducer Flat direction that is in primary
plane. Value in a form Up 45 deg. North will be
shown as a graphical output in primary direction.
For example, a record identifying DIRECTION is as
follows:

Up 45 deg. North

Note: PCF identifiers BRANCH1-POINT, BRANCH2-POINT, CENTRE-POINT are specific


to components and are not applicable for pipe segments.

285
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: ISOGEN Identifiers on a Component (Spec-Driven


Piping)
ISOGEN identifiers on a cross component are displayed in the next figure.

1. CENTRE-POINT

2. BRANCH1-POINT

3. END-POINT

4. BRANCH2-POINT

5. END-POINT

ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


The ISOGEN Attribute Map file maps a Spec-Driven Piping attribute or parameter to
the ISOGEN user-definable attributes. The configuration option
isogen_attribute_map_file sets the ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute file name.
The ISOGEN Attribute Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Description

PROE_ATTRIBUTE Name of the attribute or parameter


in Spec-Driven Piping

ISOGEN_ATTRIBUTE The name of the ISOGEN user


definable attribute. It should be
one from ATTRIBUTEO ~
ATTRIBUTE99

Note: In ISOGEN, the position of the attribute ATTRIBUTE0~ATTRIBUTE99 is


specified in a TextPos file. You can use the TextPos file to turn a particular attribute
on or off on a pipe piece drawing, even if that attribute is available in a PCF file.
During pipe piece drawing generation, the bending data attributes are added into the
Pro/ENGINEER drawing as parameters with the same names automatically. The
attributes used in Spec-Driven Piping for bending data are displayed in the next
table.

Attribute Name Description

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE Start flange twist angle

286
Spec-Driven Piping

Attribute Name Description

START_NODE_NUMBER Start node number of the pipe

START_FLANGE_ANGLE Flange angle, when bending starts


from the start node

START_BENDING_POINT_1 The first bending point, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 The first bending angle, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 The first bending rotation angle,


when bending starts from the start
node

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 The first bending radius, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_POINT_2 The second bending point, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ANGLE_2 The second bending angle, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_RADIUS_2 The second bending radius, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_POINT_3 The third bending point, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ANGLE_3 The third bending angle, when


bending starts from the start node

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_3 The third bending rotation angle,


when bending starts from the start
node

START_BENDING_RADIUS_3 The third bending radius, when


bending starts from the start node

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE End flange twist angle

END_NODE_NUMBER The end node number of the pipe

END_FLANGE_ANGLE Flange angle, when bending starts


from the end node

END_BENDING_POINT_1 The first bending point, when


bending starts from the end node

287
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Attribute Name Description

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 The first bending angle, when


bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 The first bending rotation angle,


when bending starts from the end
node

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 The first bending radius, when


bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_POINT_2 The second bending point, when


bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ANGLE_2 The second bending angle, when


bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 The second bending rotation angle,


when bending starts from the end
node

END_BENDING_RADIUS_2 The second bending radius, when


bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_POINT_3 The third bending point, when


bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ANGLE_3 The third bending angle, when


bending starts from the end node

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_3 The third bending rotation angle,


when bending starts from the end
node

END_BENDING_RADIUS_3 The third bending radius, when


bending starts from the end node

PIPE_CUT_LENGTH The pipe cutting length

Example: ISOGEN Attribute Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_attribute_map.ptd


If you want more than one set of bending data to be shown on a piece drawing, you
can add multiple entries for the same bending data attributes, which point to
different ISOGEN attributes.

288
Spec-Driven Piping

Note: The number of bending data sets that can be shown on a piece drawing
depends on the number of ISOGEN user definable attributes supported by ISOGEN.
ISOGEN allows a maximum of 100 such attributes.
The modified ISOGEN Attribute Map file is as shown in the next table.

PROE_ATTRIBUTE ISOGEN_ATTRIBUTE Values for


spool

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE10 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE11 1

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE12 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE13 1325

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE14 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE15 180

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE16 560

START_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE17 1943.646

START_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE18 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE19 0

START_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE20 560

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE21 4697.292

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE22 0

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE23 2

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE24 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE25 535

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE26 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE27 180

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE28 560

END_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE29 1943.646

END_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE30 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE31 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE32 560

289
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

PROE_ATTRIBUTE ISOGEN_ATTRIBUTE Values for


spool

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE33 4697.292

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE34 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE35 3

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE36 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE37 577.3

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE38 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE39 0

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE40 265

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE41 2227.161

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE42 0

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE43 4

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE44 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE45 1226.6

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE46 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE47 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE48 265

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE49 2227.161

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE50 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE51 5

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE52 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE53 1339.2

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE54 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE55 0

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE56 345

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE57 3335.125

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE58 0

290
Spec-Driven Piping

PROE_ATTRIBUTE ISOGEN_ATTRIBUTE Values for


spool

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE59 6

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE60 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE61 1446

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE62 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE63 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE64 345

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE65 3335.125

START_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE66 0

START_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE67 7

START_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE68 0

START_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE69 1139.2

START_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE70 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE71 -90

START_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE72 345

START_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE73 1441.925

START_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE74 90

START_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE75 0

START_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE76 345

START_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE77 4577.049

END_FLANGE_TWIST_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE78 0

END_NODE_NUMBER ATTRIBUTE79 8

END_FLANGE_ANGLE ATTRIBUTE80 0

END_BENDING_POINT_1 ATTRIBUTE81 1446

END_BENDING_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE82 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_1 ATTRIBUTE83 90

END_BENDING_RADIUS_1 ATTRIBUTE84 345

291
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

PROE_ATTRIBUTE ISOGEN_ATTRIBUTE Values for


spool

END_BENDING_POINT_2 ATTRIBUTE85 1441.925

END_BENDING_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE86 90

END_BENDING_ROTATE_ANGLE_2 ATTRIBUTE87 0

END_BENDING_RADIUS_2 ATTRIBUTE88 345

END_PIPE_CUT_LENGTH ATTRIBUTE89 4577.049

The first two columns in this table are a part of the isogen_attribute map.ptd file.
The last column shows typical values for a spool and is not a part of the
isogen_attribute map.ptd file, but is included for better clarity.
In the previous table isogen_attribute_map.ptd file, bending data of the spool can
be viewed in the following four parts:
• Attributes between 10 and 33 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear
between node number 1 ( a pipe start represented by Attribute 11) and node
number 2 (an entry point of reducer represented by Attribute 23)

• Attributes between 34 and 49 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear
between node number 3 (exit point of reducer represented by Attribute 35) and
node number 4 (an entry point of TEE fitting represented by Attribute 43)

• Attributes between 50 and 65 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear
between node number 5 (right exit of reducer represented by Attribute 51) and
node number 6 (right end of the pipe represented by Attribute 59)

• Attributes between 66 and 89 represent bending data for pipe bends that appear
between node number 7 (left exit of reducer represented by Attribute 67) and
node number 8 (left end of the pipe represented by Attribute 79)

Note: Use the isogen_attribute_map_file configuration option to access the


modified isogen_attribute map.ptd file present in your local directory.

ISOGEN Symbol Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


The ISOGEN Symbol Map file is a Pro/TABLE file that maps a Spec-Driven Piping
fitting generic name against a corresponding symbol key (SKEY) and the ISOGEN
component name. Spec-Driven Piping uses symbol keys for all fitting generic part
sizes. You can modify the ISOGEN Symbol Map file by using a text editor.

292
Spec-Driven Piping

The ISOGEN Symbol Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Field Type Description

FITTING_GENERIC_NAME Character Spec-Driven Piping fitting


generic name

ISOGEN_COMPONENT_NAME Character ISOGEN component name

ISOGEN_SKEY Character ISOGEN component


symbol key (SKEY)

ISOGEN_ITEM Character ISOGEN component


material item type.

The item type must be one


of the following or empty:

• ERECTION-ITEM

• FABRICATION-ITEM

• OFFSHORE-ITEM

Note: If no material item type is found for a fitting, Spec-Driven Piping checks all
the end types of the fitting ports. If any of the end type is welded (an end type that
contains 'W' or 'w' character) or slip on (an end type that contains the 'SO' or 'so'
string), the FABRICATION-ITEM type is assigned to that fitting. Otherwise the
ERECTION-ITEM type is assigned.

Default Symbol Mapping


If you do not provide an ISOGEN Symbol Map file or if you do not list the entries for
the components used in the Spec-Driven Piping model in the Symbol Map file, Spec-
Driven Piping uses the following default mapping scheme. This scheme is internal to
the interface and based on the fitting code.

FITTING CODE ISOGEN COMPONENT ISOGEN SKEY


NAME

INLINE MISC-COMPONENT NC**

INLINE_REDUCING REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RC**

REDUCER-ECCENTRIC (if RE**


eccentric flag is set)

INLINE_JOINT COUPLING CO**

FLANGE FLANGE FL**

GASKET GASKET Not required

CORNER MISC-COMPONENT-ANGLE BA**

293
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

FITTING CODE ISOGEN COMPONENT ISOGEN SKEY


NAME

CORNER_REDUCING ELBOW-REDUCING ER**

CORNER_LET ELBOLET CE**

ELBOW ELBOW EL**

BRANCH TEE TE**

BRANCH_REDUCING TEE TE**

BRANCH_LET OLET NIPL

NOBREAK SUPPORT 01HG

Note: The double asterisks (**) indicate ISOGEN endtypes. You can use these
characters or replace them with suitable endtypes allowed by ISOGEN. If you use the
asterisks, Spec-Driven Piping matches the fitting endtype in the model against the
corresponding ISOGEN endtypes and the ISOGEN endtypes replace the asterisks for
each fitting.
The disadvantage of using the double asterisks is that if the ISOGEN Endtype Map
file does not contain a mapped ISOGEN endtype, Spec-Driven Piping ignores the
setting in the ISOGEN Symbol Map and selects the default symbol key (SKEY).

Symbol Key Selection


Spec-Driven Piping extracts the symbol key (SKEY) from the ISOGEN Symbol Map
file by matching the generic name of the fitting with the name in the
FITTING_GENERIC_NAME column. Spec-Driven Piping extracts the symbol key name
in the ISOGEN_SKEY column and then the endtype string from the ISOGEN Endtype
Map file.
Symbol key selection occurs according to the following conditions:
• If the symbol key is only two characters long, Spec-Driven Piping appends the
endtype string to the symbol key to form the final SKEY used in the PCF file.

• If the symbol key has the double asterisks (**) as a substring and an endtype
string is found, the endtype string replaces the double asterisks in the symbol
key to form the final SKEY.

• If either of these cases fail, the default symbol key is used.

Example: ISOGEN Symbol Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_symbol_map.ptd

294
Spec-Driven Piping

FITTING_GENERIC_N ISOGEN_COMPONENT_N ISOGEN_SK ISOGEN_IT


AME AME EY EM

vl_gate_flrf VALVE VGFL ERECTION-


ITEM

vl_swing_check_flrf VALVE VSFL ERECTION-


ITEM

vl_angle_flff VALVE-ANGLE AVFL ERECTION-


ITEM

flange_neck_rf FLANGE FLFL FABRICATIO


N-ITEM

elbow_90long_bw_stee ELBOW ELBW FABRICATIO


l N-ITEM

elbow_45long_bw_stee ELBOW ELBW FABRICATIO


l N-ITEM

tee_reducing_bw_stee TEE TEBW FABRICATIO


l N-ITEM

tee_straight_bw_stee TEE TEBW FABRICATIO


l N-ITEM

red_concentric_bw_st REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCBW FABRICATIO


eel N-ITEM

red_eccentric_bw REDUCER-ECCENTRIC REBW FABRICATIO


N-ITEM

pipe_clip SUPPORT 01HG ERECTION-


ITEM

Bolt Information in PCF Files


When you export piping information to a PCF file, the bolt and nut information is also
exported by default:
• BOLT is the ISOGEN name for the bolt component.

• A bolt is an ERECTION-ITEM.

295
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• In the PCF file, the bolt component appears below the key fitting as shown in the
following example of a valve with bolts:

VALVE

END-PIONT 0.0000 - 0.0000 10.0000


270.745
0

END-POINT 0.0000 - 0.0000 10.0000


893.042
0

SKEY VGFL

ITEM-CODE VVGA3150FLCR24

SPINDLE- UP
DIRECTION

UNIQUE-COMPONENT-IDENTIFIER BECA7606-5DB6-42B7-A976-FEDFF50AE99C

CATEGORY ERECTION

BOLT

CO-ORDS 0.0000 - 0.0000


893.042
0

BOLT-DIA xxx.xx or *

BOLT-ITEM- MCSS
CODE

BOLT- 12
QUANTITY

BOLT-LENGTH xxx.xxx or *

ERECTION-
ITEM

MATERIALS

ITEM-CODE MCSS

DESCRIPTION xxxxxxxxxxxx

Note:
• CO-ORDS—Downstream END-POINT of the key fitting

• BOLT-DIA—Asterisk (*) if there is no parameter value for the bulk item

296
Spec-Driven Piping

• BOLT-ITEM-CODE—MCSS parameter for the bulk item

• BOLT-QUANTITY—QUANTITY parameter for the bulk item

• BOLT-LENGTH—Asterisk (*) if there is no parameter value for the bulk item

• DESCRIPTION—MATERIAL_DESC parameter of the bulk item

ISOGEN Endtype Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


The ISOGEN Endtype Map file is a Pro/TABLE file that maps Spec-Driven Piping end
types to corresponding ISOGEN end types. You can modify the ISOGEN Endtype Map
file by using a text editor.
The ISOGEN Endtype Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Field Type Description

ENDTYPE Character Spec-Driven Piping end type

ISOGEN_ENDTYPE Character ISOGEN end type

Default End Type Mapping


If you do not provide an ISOGEN Endtype Map file or if you do not list the entries for
the end types used by the Spec-Driven Piping fitting components in the Endtype Map
file, Spec-Driven Piping maps the end types by default.
The string matching rules for default end type mapping is listed in the next table.

ENDTYPE ISOGEN ENDTYPE

endtype string starting with B BW

endtype string starting with C CP

endtype string starting with F FL

endtype string starting with P PL

endtype string starting with SC SC

endtype string starting with SW SW

No match found BW

Note: The default mapping is internal to the interface.

Example: ISOGEN Endtype Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_endtype_map.ptd

297
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

ENDTYPE ISOGEN_ENDTYPE

PE PL

FLFF FL

GKFF FL

FLRF FL

SWLD SW

BWLD BW

Weld Information in PCF Files


Weld components are created in PCF files for welds implied by cuts and welds with
parameters defined in the Weld dialog box. The weld type is exported to a PCF file
for a weld created by an implied cut. Parameters set for a weld in the Weld dialog
box are exported as ISOGEN attributes to a PCF file.

Parameter ISOGEN Attribute

Number REPEAT-WELD-IDENTIFIER

Specification WELD-ATTRIBUTE1

Type SKEY

Description WELD-ATTRIBUTE2

Note WELD-ATTRIBUTE3

Example: Weld Components in a PCF File


Note the weld components in the PCF file below
ISOGEN-FILES isogen.fls
UNITS-BORE MM
UNITS-CO-ORDS MM
UNITS-BOLT-DIA MM
UNITS-BOLT-LENGTH MM
PIPELINE-REFERENCE 100A-MS-STEAM-S
DATE-DMY 31/01/07
PIPING-SPEC ms
END-CONNECTION-EQUIPMENT
CO-ORDS 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

298
Spec-Driven Piping

CONNECTION-REFERENCE ASM_DEF_CSYS
PIPE
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 100
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 200.0000 100
FABRICATION-ITEM
ITEM-CODE PIPEAB40PE-100
WELD
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 200.0000 100
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 200.0000 100
SKEY WF
REPEAT-WELD-IDENTIFIER 11
WELD-ATTRIBUTE1 AB
WELD-ATTRIBUTE2 WELD DESCRIPTION
WELD-ATTRIBUTE3 WELD NOTE
PIPE
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 200.0000 100
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 600.0000 100
FABRICATION-ITEM
ITEM-CODE PIPEAB40PE-100
WELD
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 600.0000 100
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 600.0000 100
SKEY WS
REPEAT-WELD-IDENTIFIER 21
WELD-ATTRIBUTE1 AB
WELD-ATTRIBUTE2 WELD DESCRIPTION
WELD-ATTRIBUTE3 WELD NOTE
PIPE
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 600.0000 100
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 1000.0000 100
FABRICATION-ITEM
ITEM-CODE PIPEAB40PE-100
PIPE
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 1000.0000 100

299
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 1200.0000 100


FABRICATION-ITEM
ITEM-CODE PIPEAB40PE-100
END-POSITION NULL
CO-ORDS 0.0000 0.0000 1200.0000
WELD
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 1200.0000 100
END-POINT 0.0000 0.0000 1200.0000 100
SKEY WS
MATERIALS
ITEM-CODE PIPEAB40PE-100
DESCRIPTION WT=6mm PIPE, PE SEAMELSS TO API GRADE B

ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


The ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file is a Pro/TABLE file that maps the Spec-Driven
Piping sizes used for modeling to the industry standard nominal size or nominal bore
(NB). Nominal bore can be measured in millimeters (mm) or inches.
Spec-Driven Piping extracts the component size and its units from the model using
the following conditions:
• If the units are metric, UNITS-BORE is selected as MM.

• If the units are in inches, UNITS-BORE is selected as INCH.

Spec-Driven Piping matches the extracted size against the nominal size in either the
NB_MM or NB_INCH column. The nominal size must correspond to the model size in
the SIZE column.
You can modify the ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file by using a text editor. The
ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file format is displayed in the next table.

Field Name Field Type Description

SIZE Character Spec-Driven Piping Size


String

NB_MM Character Nominal Bore (NB) Value

NB_INCH Character Nominal Bore (NB) Value

Note:
• Spec-Driven Piping allows you to specify any character as a nominal size.
However, the ISOGEN PCF file format expects a number as the pipe nominal size.

• For Nominal Bore (NB) values, use only the numbers 0-9, the period (.), or the
slash (/).

300
Spec-Driven Piping

• For NB values in millimeters, only integers can be entered.

• For NB values in inches, you can use fractions (For example, 1-1/2 for a one and
one half inch bore).

• NB values cannot include white spaces.

• For NB values, the symbol (") used normally for inches cannot be used

Default Nominal Size Mapping


If you do not list a size in the SIZE column or if you do not define the nominal size in
the selected NB column, Spec-Driven Piping outputs the model size to the PCF file by
default where NB is needed. If a nominal size map file does not exist, the same
result occurs.
Note: An invalid nominal size may result from a wrong isometric size annotation or
from an ISOGEN PCF file export malfunction.

Example: ISOGEN Nominal Size Map File (Spec-Driven Piping)


Default Path

<ProE load
directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen_nominal_size_map.ptd

SIZE NB_INCH NB_MM

10A ¼ 10

15A ½ 15

20A ¾ 20

25A 1 25

32A 1-1/4 32

40A 1-1/2 40

50A 2 50

65A 2-1/2 65

80A 3 80

100A 4 100

125A 5 125

150A 6 150

200A 8 200

301
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

SIZE NB_INCH NB_MM

250A 10 250

300A 12 300

350A 14 350

400A 16 400

450A 18 450

500A 20 500

550A 22 550

600A 24 600

650A 26 650

700A 28 700

750A 30 750

800A 32 800

850A 34 850

900A 36 900

1000A 40 1000

1050A 42 1050

1100A 44 1100

1150A 46 1150

1200A 48 1200

1250A 50 1250

1300A 52 1300

1350A 54 1350

1400A 56 1400

1450A 58 1450

1500A 60 1500

1600A 64 1600

302
Spec-Driven Piping

SIZE NB_INCH NB_MM

1700A 68 1700

1800A 72 1800

1900A 76 1900

2000A 80 2000

2100A 84 2100

2200A 88 2200

2300A 92 2300

2400A 96 2400

2500A 100 2500

2600A 104 2600

¼" ¼ 10

½" ½ 15

¾" ¾ 20

1" 1 25

1-1/4" 1-1/4 32

1-1/2" 1-1/2 40

2" 2 50

2-1/2" 2-1/2 65

3" 3 80

4" 4 100

5" 5 125

6" 6 150

8" 8 200

10" 10 250

12" 12 300

14" 14 350

303
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

SIZE NB_INCH NB_MM

16" 16 400

18" 18 450

20" 20 500

22" 22 550

24" 24 600

26" 26 650

28" 28 700

30" 30 750

32" 32 800

34" 34 850

36" 36 900

40" 40 1000

42" 42 1050

44" 44 1100

46" 46 1150

48" 48 1200

50" 50 1250

52" 52 1300

54" 54 1350

56" 56 1400

58" 58 1450

60" 60 1500

64" 64 1600

68" 68 1700

72" 72 1800

76" 76 1900

304
Spec-Driven Piping

SIZE NB_INCH NB_MM

80" 80 2000

84" 84 2100

88" 88 2200

92" 92 2300

96" 96 2400

100" 100 2500

104" 104 2600

ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File (Spec-Driven Piping)


The ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute file contains attributes that correspond to the
ISOGEN mandatory attributes listed in ISOGEN-FILES. The configuration option
isogen_mandatory_attr_file sets the ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File name. The
default is isogen.fls. You can use the default file provided by the ISOGEN package
or create a file.

Example: ISOGEN Mandatory Attribute File (Spec-Driven Piping)


Default Path

<ProE load directory>/text/piping_data/isodata/isogen.fls

Attributes Directory Path

PLOT FILE- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\OUTPUT\PLOT


PREFIX

OPTION- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.OPL
SWITCHES-
LONG

MESSAGE C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\OUTPUT\SPOOLS.MES

DRAWING- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.DXF
FRAME

DRAWING- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.DDF
DEFINITION

ALTERNATIVE- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.ALT
TEXT

305
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Attributes Directory Path

POSITIONED- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.POS
TEXT

WELDING- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.WDF
DEFINITION

MATERIAL- C:\PISOGEN\PROJECTS\abc\SPOOLS\SPOOLS.MLD
LIST-
DEFINITION

ISOGEN Error Log File (Spec-Driven Piping)


If Spec-Driven Piping encounters errors while processing pipelines during isometric
drawing generation, Spec-Driven Piping creates a log file named isointf.err. The
error log file contains a collection of error logs from multiple sessions. The
isogen_output_files_dir configuration option sets the directory in which Spec-
Driven Piping stores this log file.
Spec-Driven Piping creates the following two types of error log entries:
• Errors—Identifies problem pipeline segments, components, and fittings that
caused the errors. Spec-Driven Piping highlights these items and displays them in
the Pro/ENGINEER graphics window. To restore these components to their
original color, use the Repaint command in Pro/ENGINEER (View > Repaint).

• Warnings—Identifies issues that occur due to processing errors.

Example: ISOGEN Error Log File (Spec-Driven Piping)

Date : 25-4-2000
ERROR LOG file for **ISOMETRIC DRAWING GENERATION INTERFACE**
ERROR : Processing Fitting TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-65X50 in Pipeline 65A-SPEC-
STEAM-1.
WARNING : Material Description not found for 3 item(s) in Pipeline 65A-
SPEC-STEAM-1.
ERRORS : ISOGEN may fail to process intermediate output PCF files.
REPAINT to restore Highlighted components in case of error.
WARNINGS : ISOGEN may not fail to process but some of the desirable
data may be missing.
This file may be appended with errors occurring in future sessions.

306
Spec-Driven Piping

Installation Drawing Generation

About Installation Drawing Generation


A piping installation drawing shows different views of a piping model with dimensions
and various annotations. All the hidden lines are removed in the installation drawing.
Installation drawing is used to guide the piping installation work.
Spec-Driven Piping allows you to automatically display all pipe segments in the
installation drawing using a single line or double-line representation. You can insert a
pipe slope symbol on the pipe segments to display the slope of pipe segments in the
installation drawing.

307
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Piping Installation Drawing

To Specify Display Style for Pipe Segments


1. Click File > Open and select the drawing to be activated.

2. Click Applications > Piping.

308
Spec-Driven Piping

3. Click View > Pipeline Display > Style from the top menu bar. The Display
Style dialog box opens.

4. Under Select View, click one of the following options to select views from the
drawing:

o View—Selects a view or multiple views from the drawing.

o Sheet—Selects all views from the current drawing sheet.

o All Sheets—Selects all views from all drawing sheets.

The names of the selected views are displayed in the selection list.

5. Under Select Style, click one of the following options to specify the style for
displaying pipe segments in the drawing:

o Single Line—Displays pipe segments in single-line representation.

o Double Line—Displays pipe segments in double-line representation.

Note: To display a pipe in double-line representation, its solid


representation must be present in the pipeline assembly.

o Double Line Above—Displays pipelines of different sizes in different


display styles. Type a value for the pipe size in the adjacent field.

Note: Spec-Driven Piping displays all pipelines with a size greater than the
specified size in double line representation and all pipelines with a size smaller
than or equal to the specified size in single line representation.

6. Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and
close the dialog box.

or

Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and
keep the dialog box open for further selections.

or

Click to cancel the action and close the dialog box.

Pipe Display Style


You can display pipelines in the selected views in single-line representation or
double-line representation. You can also display all pipelines with a size greater than
the specified size in double-line representation and all pipelines with a size smaller
than or equal to the specified size in single-line representation.

309
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

All the pipe segments of a pipeline, irrespective of their sizes, displayed in single-line
representation are shown in the next figure.

All the pipe segments of a pipeline, irrespective of their sizes, displayed in double-
line representation are shown in the next figure.

310
Spec-Driven Piping

Pipe segments of a size larger than the specified size in double-line representation
and all the other pipe segments in single-line representation are shown in the next
figure.

To Select a Slope Symbol for Pipe Segments


1. Click File > Open and select a drawing.

2. Click Applications > Piping.

3. Click Insert > Piping Symbol > Slope from the top menu bar. The Slope Mark
dialog box opens.

4. Under Select View, click one of the following to select views from the drawing:

o View—Selects a view or multiple views from the drawing. Click and


select a view or multiple views from the drawing using the SELECT menu.

o Sheet—Selects all views from the current sheet.

o All Sheets—Selects all views from all sheets.

The names of the selected views are displayed in the selection list.

5. Under Select Symbol, use one of the following methods to select a symbol for
displaying the slope of pipe segments in the drawing:

o Select a symbol from the adjacent selection list. All symbols in the current
drawing are displayed in the list.

You can also type a symbol name in the adjacent field. Before loading the
specified symbol, Spec-Driven Piping searches the directories in the following
order:

o The current working directory

311
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

o The path specified using the search_path configuration option

o The symbols directory under the project data directory specified using the
piping_project_data_dir configuration option

o Click to browse the directory specified by the pro_symbol_dir


configuration option, and select a symbol.

Note: The default symbol for pipe slope, slope.sym, is located in the
$PTCSRC/text/piping_data/sample_project/symbols directory.

6. Under Select Symbol Parameter, specify the parameters for the selected
symbol.

o Click Symbol Height to specify the height of the pipe slope symbol on the
drawing. Enter a value in the adjacent field. The unit for this value is the
active drawing unit.

Note: If you do not specify the height for the slope symbol, Spec-Driven
Piping considers the height to be equal to the outer diameter of the pipe.

o Click Interval between Symbols to specify the distance between two


consecutive pipe slope symbols. Enter a value in the adjacent field. The unit
for this value is the active drawing unit.

Note: The default value is 5 mm or its equivalent in the active drawing


units.

7. Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and
close the dialog box.

or

Click to display the pipelines in the selected views in the specified style and
keep the dialog box open for further selections.

or

Click to cancel the action and close the dialog box.

Pipe Slope Symbol


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to display the slope of pipelines in each view of the
piping installation drawing using a slope symbol mark.
If a pipe segment is not parallel to the selected view, the slope of the pipeline cannot
be shown in the selected view of the drawing. To display the slope of a pipeline, a set
of slope symbols are placed along the pipe segment. The direction of the symbols
indicates the slope direction.

312
Spec-Driven Piping

Front View of the Pipeline

Top View of the Pipeline

1. Slope direction

2. Slope symbol

3. Pipe slope symbol interval

The pipe slope symbol is created as a Detailed Drawings drawing symbol. When the
location of the pipe segment on the drawing changes, the pipe slope symbol also
changes its location.
If you change the outer diameter of the pipe segment in the model, use Regenerate
> Draft to update the diameter of the pipe slope symbol.

To Annotate Installation Drawing


1. Click File > Open to open the drawing to be annotated.

2. Click Applications > Piping.

3. Click Insert > Annotations. The Annotate Attr/Params dialog box opens.

313
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

4. Click one of the following options:

Select Spec File—Select an Attribute and Parameter Specification file to access


the list of valid object types that can be selected for annotation. The system
selects the aec_dwg_anno_attrparam_spec.ptd file by default.

Note: To use a customized Attribute and Parameters Specification file, the


following entry must exist in your config.pro file:

aec_dwg_anno_attrparam_spec_file spec.ptd

where spec.ptd is the customized Attribute and Parameters Specification file.

Or, use to browse the directory for selecting the Attribute and Parameter
Specification file. This new file is used instead of the file specified by the
configuration option. The new file is valid till you exit the Annotate
Attr/Params dialog box.

Select Object Type—Select the type of objects to be selected from the drawing
from the adjacent list. This list comprises objects specified in the
USER_OBJECT_TYPE column of the Attribute and Parameter Specification file.

The list also includes object types Part and Feature. Use these object types to
select any standard part or feature from the drawing.

Select Objects—Select an object, feature, feature geometry, or part from the


drawing. You can select only the type of object specified in the Select Object
Type. You can select single or multiple objects but only of the specified type. To
select objects:

o Click to select the objects to be annotated directly from the drawing.

o Click to select one or more views in the drawing. All objects of the
specified type are selected and annotated in the selected views.

o Click to automatically select all views in the current sheet. All objects
of the specified object type are selected and annotated in all views.

Select Attributes—All the attributes and parameters specific to the selected


object type are displayed in the list. This list comprises the ATTRPARAM_NAME
entries for the selected object type specified in the Attribute and Parameters
Specification file. All attributes specific to the selected object are displayed, as
listed in the specification file. All parameters are sorted in alphabetical order and
are displayed below the attributes in the Select Attributes list.

The following options are used to filter, select, or deselect items in the list:

o —Displays only those attributes and parameters that are listed in the
ATTRPARAM_NAME column for the selected object type in the Attribute and
Parameter Specification file.

314
Spec-Driven Piping

o —Displays all attributes and parameters of the selected object. The list
displays all the attributes and parameters, even if they are not specified in
the Attribute and Parameter Specification file.

o —Displays only attributes that are listed in the ATTRPARAM_NAME


column for the selected object type in the Attribute and Parameter
Specification file. The list does not display the parameters of the object,
even if they are specified in the Attribute and Parameter Specification file.

o —Selects all the items. All the items in the list are highlighted for the
insertion of a note in the drawing.

o —Deselects all the items. The items that were highlighted earlier are
no longer highlighted.

If multiple objects in a drawing are selected, Spec-Driven Piping lists only the
attributes and parameters that are specific to the object that you first selected.

Note: The values of these selected attributes and parameters are inserted at the
specified location in the drawing.

Select Note Option—Use the following options to control the format and
location of the note in the drawing:

o Derive note location—Allows the system to determine the location of the


note based on the position of the object in the drawing.

o Create multiple notes—Inserts separate notes for each of the attributes


and parameters selected in the list. Each attribute and parameter is
displayed as a separate note in a row. If required, you can relocate all these
notes separately. If you do not select this option, a single note with multiple
rows is created. You can move these rows together.

o Create leader line—Creates the notes with a leader line. For multiple
notes, separate leader lines are created for each note. The end of the
leader line is displayed with an arrow. Place this arrow on the selected
object that is to be annotated.

o Note angle—Specifies the text angle for the note to be inserted. All the
used angles are listed in the adjacent option list. This option overrides any
angle specified for style in the Attribute and Parameter Specification file. If
you do not select this option, notes are created aligned to the selected
object.

o Note style—Specifies the style for the notes to be inserted in the drawing.
All the styles available in the current drawing are listed in the adjacent list.
The style that you specify using this option overrides the style defined in
the Attribute and Parameters specification file. The first item in the list is
User Specified style and displays the style specified in the Attribute and
Parameters Specification file for inserting the note.

315
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

5. Click to insert the notes.

or

Click to insert notes with current selections without closing the Annotate
Attr/Params dialog box. You can select a different object or different items from
the Select Attributes list for the currently selected object. When you select a
different object of the same type, the items selected in the Select Attributes list
remain highlighted if the attributes and parameters are valid for the new object.

Note: If the value of any attribute or parameter changes after insertion into the
drawing, the drawing does not automatically update with the new value. Edit the
existing note or insert it again.

Attribute and Parameter Specification File


The Attribute and Parameter Specification file lists the attributes and parameters
valid for the user-definable objects. It also defines the format, style, and layer for
inserting the values of these attributes and parameters as notes in the drawing.
The default Attribute and Parameter Specification file name is
aec_dwg_anno_attrparam_spec.ptd. The default file is available at
<proe_load_point>/text/aec_data. Pro/ENGINEER applications read this file while
launching the Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.
Use the Pro/TABLE tool to view and edit this file outside Pro/ENGINEER. Set the
following option in your config.pro file to use a customized Attribute and Parameter
Specification file:
aec_dwg_anno_attrpar_spec_file spec.ptd
where spec.ptd is the customized Attribute and Parameter Specification file.
Any change in the Attribute and Parameter Specification file does not trigger an
automatic regeneration of the drawing.
This file has a tabular format and consists of the following columns:
• USER_OBJECT_TYPE

• ATTRPARAM_NAME

• FACTOR

• FORMAT

• STYLE

• LAYER

User Object Type


The first column specifies the types of user-definable objects to be annotated in the
drawing. All the types of objects specified in this column are displayed in the options
list for the Select Object Type option in the Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.

316
Spec-Driven Piping

Attribute and Parameter Names


The second column specifies the attribute and parameters valid for the corresponding
object type specified in the first column. You can specify a number of attributes and
parameters for a single object type. Specify each attribute and parameter in a
separate row in Pro/TABLE. You can repeat the parameters or attributes for a set of
valid object types. All the attributes and parameters valid for the selected type of
object are displayed in the options list for the Select Attributes option in the
Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.
The attributes and parameters valid for the corresponding object types are specified
in the next table.

Object Name Attribute Name Description

PIPELINE LABEL

SPOOL LABEL

Fillet_Weld, Butt_Weld WELD_CODE String—Weld code

Fillet_Weld, Butt_Weld WELD_CONNECT_TYPE String—Weld


connect type

Factor
The third column specifies the multiplication factor. This is valid only for the
attributes or parameters with double or integer types. The attribute and parameter
value is multiplied by the given factor before being displayed in the specified format
on the drawing. By default, the multiplication factor is 1. It is useful for the
conversion of units, that is, to display units in millimeters when the model unit is in
meters.

Format
The fourth column specifies the format for the notes for displaying the attribute and
the parameter values in the drawing. The format string consists of two parts,
ordinary characters and the conversion specification.
• Ordinary characters are displayed in the drawing notes as specified.

• The conversion specification is replaced with the actual value of the attribute and
the parameter before being displayed in the drawing notes.

317
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Each conversion specification begins with a % and ends with a conversion


character. Include the following characters in the given sequence between the %
and the conversion character:

Use the following flags to modify the formatting of the notes:

o A minus sign (-) to specify the left alignment of the value in its field.

o A plus sign (+) to specify that the value is displayed with a sign.

o A space ( ) to prefix the value with a space in the absence of any sign.

o Zero (0) for numeric conversion. It assigns leading zeroes as padding for
the field width.

o A hash mark (#) to specify an alternative output form. Alternative form


changes the behavior of conversion characters. For example, the following
table gives different meanings of %G and %#G for the same value.

Value Conversion Factor = Conversion Factor =


%G %#G

0.00000000123 1.23E-09 1.23000E-09

1.0 1 1.00000

• A number to specify the minimum field width. The converted value is displayed in
the field with the specified minimum width, or if required, in a field wider than
the specified minimum width. If the converted value has fewer characters than
the specified minimum field width, trailing or leading spaces are added to the
field. If you have specified the zero flag, trailing or leading zeros are used.

• A period to separate the field width from the precision number.

• A number to specify the precision. For example:

o The number of characters to be displayed from a string.

o The number of digits to be displayed after the decimal point of a double


value.

o The minimum number of digits to be displayed for an integer.

The conversion characters for strings, integers, and double values are shown in the
next table.

Character Value Display Format


Type

d, i Integer Decimal number.

s String Displays characters from the string till the end or


the number of characters given by precision.

318
Spec-Driven Piping

Character Value Display Format


Type

f Double [-]m.dddddd, where the number of ds depends on


the specified precision. By default, six digits are
specified after the decimal point.

e Double [-]m.dddddde+xx or [-]m. dddddde-xx, where the


number of ds depends on the specified precision.
By default, six digits are specified after the decimal
point.

E Double [-]m.ddddddE+xx or [-]m.ddddddE-xx, where the


number of ds depends on the specified precision.
By default, six digits are specified after the decimal
point.

g, G Double Use %e or %E if the exponent is less than -4 or


greater than or equal to precision. Otherwise, the
system uses %f. Trailing decimal point and trailing
zeros are not displayed.

% No Displays %.
value

Style
The fifth column specifies the default style of the note to be used for the
corresponding parameter or attribute. The specified style must be available in the
current drawing.

Layer
The sixth column specifies the default layer to be used for displaying the note
created for the corresponding parameter or attribute. If the specified layer is not
available, a new layer is created.

Example: Attribute and Parameter Specification File


USER_OBJECT_TYPE ATTRPARAM_NAME FACTOR FORMAT STYLE LAYER

Pipeline LABEL

Spool LABEL

Fitting VALVENUMBER

319
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

AEC Object Type File


The Architecture, Engineering and Construction (AEC) Object Type file lists the user-
definable object types and their correspondent AEC object types. These user-
definable object types are displayed in the options lists of Select Object Type in the
Annotate Attr/Params dialog box.
The default AEC Object Type file name is aec_object_type.ptd, and it is available
at <proe_load_point>/text/aec_data.
Use the Pro/TABLE tool to view and edit this file outside Pro/ENGINEER. Set the
following option in your config.pro file to use a customized AEC Object Type file:
aec_object_type_file <customized_aec_object_type>.ptd

This file has a tabular format and consists of the following two columns:
• USER_OBJECT_TYPE

• AEC_OBJECT_TYPE

User Object Type


The first column specifies the type of object specified by the user.

AEC Object Type


The second column specifies the AEC object type for the corresponding object
specified in the first column.
The list also includes object types Part and Feature. Use these object types to select
any standard part or feature from the drawing.

Example: AEC Object Type File


USER_OBJECT_TYPE AEC_OBJECT_TYPE

Pipeline PIPELINE

Spool SPOOL

Fitting FITTING

Pipe PIPE

The attributes and parameters valid for the corresponding object types are specified
in the next table.

AEC Object Type Attribute Name Description

PIPELINE Label

SPOOL Label

FITTING Label

320
Spec-Driven Piping

AEC Object Type Attribute Name Description

PIPE Label

Pipe Spool Drawing Generation

About Pipe Spool Drawing Generation


The pipe spool drawings are generated using the ISOGEN interface. The ISOGEN
interface uses an intermediate .pcf (Piping Component file) file and Data Control
files to generate the pipe spool drawings in various standard data formats.
Note:
• You must first set the ISOGEN configuration options to use the ISOGEN interface
generation tool.

• The isogen_pcf_filename_format configuration option when set to SPOOLNUM


controls the name format of the .pcf files that are generated after you create
spool drawings. If a filename has more than one spool and you select a pipeline
for generating the spool drawing, SPOOLNUM allots the spool numbers in the
ascending order.

A pipeline is split into several small pieces called pipe pieces or spools. The pipe
spool (or piece) drawing provides detailed information for fabrication.
The pipe spool drawings are divided into three major areas: graphics area, bill of
material area, and title block area. The pipe piece drawings generated are:
• Not to scale

• Automatically dimensioned (associative)

• With item numbering

• With material description

• With pipe bending data

• With a list of pipe pieces

321
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Process Flow of Pipe Spool drawing Generation

You can use the following process for pipe spool drawing generation with
Pro/ENGINEER and ISOGEN.

Using Pro/ENGINEER
Use Pro/ENGINEER for generating the .pcf (Piping Component File) format using the
following process. The .pcf files are provided as an input for ISOGEN for generating
the spool drawing files in .dxf format.

Data Mapping Files


Prepare the necessary data mapping files. These are .ptd files that you can view or
edit using the Pro/TABLE tool. These files are used to map the definition used in
Spec-Driven Piping to their equivalent in ISOGEN, for example, ISOGEN Symbol Map
file, ISOGEN Nominal Size Map file.

Spec-Driven Piping Model


Activate the assembly that has a pipe piece. Generate spools for the pipelines that
have not been spooled.

Spool Information Extraction Program


Extract the spool information of the selected pipeline and write it into the .pcf file.

322
Spec-Driven Piping

PCF files contain material and geometrical data from a Spec-Driven Piping model in a
readable ISOGEN .pcf (Piping Component File) format. This format serves as an
input to ISOGEN for creating pipeline isometric drawings.

Using ISOGEN

Data Control Files


Prepare the necessary data control files. These are text files with an ISOGEN-
specified extension that are used to control generation of pipe spool drawing using
ISOGEN. You can control what is displayed in the pipe spool drawing and how that
should be displayed using these files. Refer to the ISOGEN documentation for their
details.

Spool Drawing Generation Program


Load the .pcf files generated by Spec-Driven Piping into ISOGEN and run ISOGEN to
generate pipe piece drawings in .dxf format. Multiple .pcf files can be processed by
ISOGEN in a single execution.
You can open the .dxf format in Detailed Drawings or use any other CAD package
that supports .dxf files for further editing and plotting.

Drawing in Detailed Drawings


Activate a drawing and import a .dxf file generated by ISOGEN into Detailed
Drawings. If required, additional annotation or modification on the drawing can be
done using the functionality provided in Detailed Drawings. Subsequently, you can
send the drawing to plot. Pro/BATCH provides functionality to plot these drawings in
batch mode.

ISOGEN Data Control Files

About ISOGEN Data Control Files


ISOGEN uses a set of data control files to control pipe spool drawing generation.
These files are text files with predefined extensions.
• Option Switches file

• Alternative Text file

• Position Text file

• Drawing Definition file

• Drawing Frame file

• ISOGEN file

323
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Option Switches File


The Option Switches file contains all the option switches definitions required for pipe
spool drawing generation. Option Switches files have a .OPL extension. Some option
switches are listed in the following table.

Option Switch Note

O.S. 2 CUT PIECE NUMBERING/LIST TYPE Controls the cut piece list generation
and the corresponding cut piece
Identifiers.

O.S. 5 CO-ORDINATES – Selectively suppresses the spool end


CONNECTION/CONNECTIVITY coordinate information.

O.S. 12 DRAWING MARGIN - TOP Controls the top margin of the


graphics area.

O.S. 13 DRAWING MARGIN - BOTTOM Controls the bottom margin of the


graphics area.

O.S. 15 DRAWING SIZE – HEIGHT Controls the drawing height.

O.S. 16 DRAWING SIZE - WIDTH Controls the drawing width.

O.S. 24 MATERIAL LIST – Controls the length units used in the


PIPELINE/DRAWING/PIPE LENGTH UNITS BOM.

O.S. 38 PIPELINE SPLITTING – Controls the automatic pipeline


AUTOMATIC splitting.

O.S. 41 BORE/DIMENSION/WEIGHT Controls the dimension format.


CONTROL

O.S. 66 CO-ORDINATES - Controls the elevation annotation.


SUPPLEMENTARY

O.S. 71 PLOTFILE FORMAT Controls the output drawing format.

Alternative Text File


The Alternative Text file is used to control the replacement of the selected ISOGEN
standard text string. You can also turn on or off, the selected ISOGEN standard text

324
Spec-Driven Piping

string from the drawing. Alternative Text files have a .ALT extension. Some standard
text strings related to pipe spool drawing are listed in the following table.

Identification Number Note

-207 Turns nominal diameter on or off

-208 Turns CONN. TO on or off

Position Text File


This Position Text file is used to control the ISOGEN parameters. Position Text files
have a .POS extension. Some parameters related to pipe spool drawing are listed in
the following table.

Parameter ID Number Note

-700 Sets location to x0y0 to turn off the


north arrow

Drawing Definition File


This Drawing Definition file is used to control the appearance of isometric drawings.
Drawing Definition files have a .DDF extension. Some features related to pipe spool
drawing are listed in the following table.

Feature Note

BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION Sets the representation of bend and


elbow to sharp corner or round corner.
BEND ROUND/SQUARE

ELBOW SQUARE/ROUND

Drawing Frame File


A Drawing Frame file has a .DXF extension. You can define your own Drawing Frame
file. To create a Drawing Frame file, export a Pro/ENGINEER drawing or template
drawing into DXF format.

ISOGEN File
An ISOGEN file specifies the part name of each ISOGEN Data Control file used. All
ISOGEN files have the .FLS extension. You can customize the layout of a pipe piece
drawing and the contents displayed on it using the ISOGEN Data Control files.

325
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Displaying Bending Data

About Bending Data


In Spec-Driven Piping, you can use bending data to indicate how a pipe must bend.
Bending data is exported to a .pcf file when a spool drawing is generated. The
number of digits in the bend information can be controlled using the
default_dec_places configuration option. The default value is 2.
The types of bending data used are:
• Node number

• Bending angle

• Bending radius

• Bending rotation angle

• Flange angle

• Flange twist angle

• Pipe cutting length

About the Node Number


Node numbers are displayed temporarily in the graphics window after you generate a
spool drawing.

326
Spec-Driven Piping

The node numbers as displayed in the graphics window are shown in the next figure.

In the above figure the numbers 1 to 8 represent node numbers. Node numbers 2
and 3 are assigned to the either sides of a reducer. Node numbers 4, 7, and 5 are
assigned to each end of a TEE fitting. Node numbers 1, 6, and 8 are assigned to pipe
ends.
Refer to the example on the ISOGEN Attribute Map file for details on how you can
modify the isogen_attribute map_file.ptd file to generate the bending data for
the figure above.

About the Bending Point


Bending point is the point where the bending starts. The distance between two
bending points or the distance between a bending point and a pipe end represents
the bending point.
Theoretical bending point—The bending point that is derived directly from a pipe
3D model as shown in the following figure.

327
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

1. First bending point

2. Second bending point

a(n) Bending angle

b(n) Bending length

l(n) Bending point location

r(n) Bending radius

328
Spec-Driven Piping

When flanges are welded to the pipe before bending, the flange faces are the
bending start and end points as shown in the following figure:

1. Bending end

2. Second bending point

3. First bending point

4. Bending start

Real bending point—If the bending point moves away from the theoretical location,
you must mark the real bending point on the pipe before the actual bending.
The bending points move away from their theoretical locations during the bending
process due to the following:
• Bending spring back

• Bending elongation

329
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

About Bending Spring Back


After the bending operation, the elasticity of the pipe material causes the bending to
spring back. To compensate for the spring back, you must increase the bending
angle and move the bending point forward. When the pipe is released from the
bending machine, the bending angle and the bending point spring back to the
theoretical value as shown in the following figure:

1. Bending direction

2. Bending point

3. Real bending point

a(n) Bending Angle

l(n) Bending point location

A(n) Real bending angle

L(n) Real bending point location

S(n) Spring back

Note: Only the theoretical bending angle is shown on a pipe piece drawing.

330
Spec-Driven Piping

About Bending Elongation


The real straight pipe length is generally shorter than its theoretical length. The
theoretical length of the pipe is the same as the bend arc length in the 3D model.
The difference between the real straight pipe length and the theoretical straight pipe
length is the bending elongation as shown in the following figure.

1. Bending direction

2. Elongation

b(n) Bending length

l(n) Bending point location

B(n) Real bending length

E(n) Bending elongation

You can calculate the real bending point for the bend of a pipe using the following
formula:
L(n) = S(n-1) + l(n) - E(n-1) - S(n)

Where,

o L(n)—The real bending point for the (n) bend

o S(n-1)—The bending spring back for the (n-1) bend

o l(n)—The theoretical bending point for the (n) bend

o E(n-1)—The bending elongation for the (n-1) bend

331
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

o S(n)—The bending spring back for the (n) bend

About Pipe Cutting Length


The real bending points for the example shown in the following figure are:
L1 = 0.0 + l1 - 0.0 - S1

L2 = S1 + l2 - E1 - S2

L3 = S2 + l3 - E2 -0.0

b(n) Bending length

l(n) Bending point location

B(n) Real bending length

L(n) Real Bending Point Location

S(n) Spring back

E(n) Bending elongation

l Pipe length

L Pipe cutting length

Where, l is the theoretical pipe length derived directly from the 3D model and L is
the real pipe length after considering the elongation caused by the bending process.

332
Spec-Driven Piping

Pipe cutting length or real pipe length is the straight pipe length before the actual
bending. You can calculate the pipe cutting length using the following formula:
L = L1 + L2 + L3 + ... + L(n-1) + L(n)

Where,

L—The pipe cutting length

L1 ~ L(n)—The real bending points

About the Bending Angle


Bending angle is the rotation angle required to obtain the correct bend shape. A
bending angle is as shown in the following figure:

1. Bending angle

2. Bending direction

l(n) Bending point location

About the Bend Radius


Bend radius is the radius of the bend centerline. An example of a bend radius is
shown in the following figure.

1. Bend radius

2. Bend direction

333
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

l(n) Bending point location

About Bending Rotation Angle


If the bending direction of a bend is different from the previous bend, the pipe piece
must be rotated at a certain angle before bending to obtain the right bending
direction. This angle at which you rotate the pipe piece is called the bending rotation
angle. The bending rotation angle is shown in the following figure.

1. Pipe piece rotation by 180 degrees before the second bending

2. Bending direction

l(n) Bending point location

About the Flange Twist Angle


If a pipe has flanges at both ends, weld the end flange to the straight pipe while
rotating at an angle relative to the start flange before bending. This angle is the
flange twist angle. Rotate the pipe at the flange twist angle so that after bending,
the end flange bolt holes are at the correct position.

334
Spec-Driven Piping

The following figure shows a pipe with two flanges welded at both ends. The start
flange is yellow and the end flange is blue. The start flange baseline is along the z-
axis. The end flange baseline has an angle with the z-axis.

1. Start flange baseline

2. End flange baseline

335
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

When you unbend a pipe, the remainder of the angle between the start flange
baseline and the end flange baseline divided by the angle between the flange holes is
the flange twist angle. Looking from the end flange to the start flange, when the
rotation is in the clockwise direction, the value of flange twist angle is negative.
When the rotation is in the counterclockwise direction, the value of flange twist angle
is positive. The details are shown in the following figure.

1. Looking from the end flange to the start flange

2. End flange baseline

3. Flange twist angle

4. Start flange baseline

The end flange is welded on to the pipe with the specified flange twist angle against
the start flange.

About the Flange Angle


Flanges are welded onto a pipe before bending. The pipe must be rotated through an
angle before bending so that after bending, the flange bolt holes are at the correct
position.

336
Spec-Driven Piping

The installation position of a pipe with a flange welded at one of its ends is shown in
the following figure. The z-axis and the black segment form the flange base plane.
The black and blue segments of the pipe form the bending plane. The remainder of
the angle between the flange base plane and the bending plane divided by the angle
between the flange holes is the flange angle.

1. Flange angle

2. Flange base plane

3. Bending plane

If the black segment is along the z-axis, then the flange base plane is formed by the
y-axis and the black segment.
The next figure shows a flange welded onto the straight pipe.

1. Flange baseline

337
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

After welding the flange onto the pipe, you must load the pipe on the bending
machine. When you load the pipe on the bending machine, first align the flange base
plane with the bending plane, then rotate the flange with the given flange angle.
Standing in front of the bending machine, looking into the pipe when the rotation is
in the clockwise direction, the value of the flange angle is negative. When the
rotation is in the counterclockwise direction, the value of the flange angle is positive.

1. Bending plane

2. Looking into the bending machine

3. Flange base plane

4. Flange angle

5. Before flange angle rotation

6. After flange angle rotation

7. Bending plane

338
Spec-Driven Piping

8. Flange angle

Note: The flange base plane aligns with the z-axis when you put the pipe at its
installation position.
The pipe is ready for the first bending after the flange angle rotation. The first
bending is shown in the next figure.

1. Bending plane

2. Flange angle

3. Flange angle

Spec-Driven Pipeline Reporting

About Pipeline Reporting in Specification-Driven Piping


Spec-Driven Piping allows you to create various reports about specification-driven
pipelines. You can select a pipeline, fitting, or pipe segment for creating reports. You
can create the following types of reports using the Report Pipeline dialog box:
• Segment

• Pipeline

• Fitting

• Insulation

• Bills of Materials

• File Interchange Format (FIF)

339
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Schematic Consistency Check

• Designatable Reports:

o Bend Location Report

o Bend Machine Report

o Holes Report

o Clocking Angle Report

The report is displayed in the Report Pipeline dialog box or in a separate


Information Window. It is also saved in your working directory as a .dat file by
default. Each report type is provided in a standard format. You can only change the
format of the Pipeline Network report.
Note: If a fitting specification matches the pipeline specification, the specification
info for the fitting is not reported.

To Create Pipeline Reports in Spec-Driven Piping


1. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Click Type and select the type of report that you want to create.

o —Segment report

o —Pipeline report

o —Fitting report

o —Insulation report

o —Bill of Materials report

o —Output FIF report

o —Schematic Consistency Check report

Note: For this report set the piping_shcematic_driven configuration


option is set to yes.

o —Designatable reports

o —Bend Machine report

o —Bend Location report

340
Spec-Driven Piping

Note: When the piping_enable_designate_report configuration option is


set to no, the Bend Machine and Bend Location reports are available.

Note: You can indicate the number of decimal places in the Bend Location report,
the Bend Machine report, and the Output FIF report by specifying a value for the
default_dec_places configuration option. The default value is 2.

3. To select a different report format, choose from the Select Report Format list.

Click to create or edit a report format.

Note: Select Report Format is available only if you select the report type as
Pipeline.

4. Click to select the segment, pipeline, or fitting from which you want to
retrieve information. You can select the segment, pipeline, or fitting from the
Model Tree, the Piping System Tree, or the graphics window.

5. Click Preview Info to display the results the Report Pipeline dialog box.

Alternatively, click to view the results in a separate Information Window.


You can save, edit, or close the report displayed in the Information Window.

6. Click .

To Generate a Bend Location Table


1. Click Piping > Info. The Report Pipeline and the Select dialog boxes open.

2. Under Type, click .

3. Under Select pipe segment or pipe feature, click and select a pipe
segment or pipe feature from which you want to retrieve information.

Note: All segments with a bend angle of 1.4° or less will not appear in the
report.

4. Click OK in the Select dialog box. The bend location information table is
displayed in the Information Window. The table displays the bend number, the
XYZ coordinates, bend angle, and bend radius.

Bend location information is also displayed under Preview Info in the Report

Pipeline dialog box. You can either scroll to view the entire report or click
and view the report in a separate Information Window.

Note: You can regulate the number of decimal places in the bend location table by
specifying the value for the default_dec_places configuration option. The default
value is 2.

To Generate a Bend Machine Table


1. Click Piping > Info. The Report Pipeline and the Select dialog boxes open.

341
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

2. Under Type, click .

3. Under Select pipe segment or pipe feature, click and select a pipe
segment or pipe feature from which you want to retrieve information.

Note: All segments with a bend angle of 1.4° or less will not appear in the
report.

4. Click OK in the Select dialog box. The bend machine information table is
displayed in the Information Window. The table displays the bend number, offset,
twist angle, bend angle, and bend radius.

Bend location information is also displayed under Preview Info in the Report

Pipeline dialog box. You can either scroll to view the entire report or click
and view the report in a separate Information Window.

Reporting the Weight and COG Information for Pipe Segments


Spec-Driven Piping calculates the weight of a pipe segment based on the following:
• Density information specified in the piping specification database

• Outer diameter of the pipe segment

• Thickness of the pipe segment

• Length of the pipe segment

Spec-Driven Piping uses the value of the density that you specify in the
MATL_DENSITY column of the Piping Material file to calculate the weight of the pipe
segment.
Spec-Driven Piping determines the center of gravity (COG) of the pipe segment
based on the geometric details of the segment. The x-, y-, and the z-coordinates for
the center of gravity are reported based on the start location of the pipeline.
The pipeline report, which is stored in your working directory as a text file named
pline_info.dat, reports the weight and COG information for the selected pipe
segment.

Example: Pipe Segment Report


The pipe segment report is stored in your working directory as a text file named
pline_info.dat.
Pipeline Information
======================
Assembly Name : PIPING_P1_CT1
Pipeline Label : 150A-MS-WATER-
Main Size : 150A
Main Size : ms

342
Spec-Driven Piping

Pipe Segment Information


===========================
Pipe Size : 150A
Pipe Spec : ms
Stock Number : PIPEAB40PE-150
Material Code : AB
Model Unit : MM
Schedule : 40
Outer Diameter : 165.2000
Wall Thickness : 7.1000
Pipe Length : 317.4000
Weight : 0.0087 TONNE
COG : X = -2450.0000 Y = 1925.5401 Z = 326.4595
Pipe Layer : ha_layer
Pipe Color : yellow

Example: Fitting Report


The pipe fitting report is stored in your working directory as a text file named
pfitt_info.dat.
Example: Break Fitting Report
====================

Pipeline Information

====================

Pipeline Label : 150A-MS-STEAM-11-EN

Pipe Size : 150A

Pipe Spec : ms

Model Unit : MM

====================

Fitting Information

====================

Assembly Name : WATER-1-50A-150A

Component Name : VL_GATE_FLRF-STEEL-20K-150

Designation : UNDESIGNATED

343
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Valve Number : V250

Stock Number : GATEAA20FLRF-150

Material Desc : GATE VALVE, FLANGED RAISED FACE STEEL ASTM A105

MCCS : 322AA20150

Size : 150A

Weight : 146.1152 KG

COG : X = 5494.000 Y = 873.089 Z = -7296.131

Layer : ms_layer

Color : magenta

Example: No-break Fitting Report


====================
Pipeline Information
====================
Pipeline Label : 150A-MS-STEAM-11-EN
Pipe Size : 150A
Pipe Spec : ms
Model Unit : MM
====================
Fitting Information
====================
Assembly Name : WATER-1-50A-150A
Component Name : PIPE_CLIP_150A
Designation : UNDESIGNATED
Number : C100
Stock Number : CLIPAA40-150
Material Desc : PIPE CLIP, STEEL ASTM A105
MCCS : 322AA40150
Size : 150A
Weight : 2.3805 KG
COG : X = 4199.042 Y = 848.809 Z = -10000.000
Layer : ms_layer
Color : magenta

344
Spec-Driven Piping

Example: Insulation Report


The Insulation report is stored in your working directory as a text file named
insulation_info.dat.
PIPELINE SPEC : ha

INSULATION CODE : EK

Pipe Insulation Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MATL. SIZE PIPE OD LENGTH THICKNESS STOCKNO DESCRIPTION

CODE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MWCOVER 250A 267.40 20083.73 30.00 Mineral wool pipe cover:


Bare 110KG/M3 * 30.00 T * 250A

SWIRE Steel Wire A6

BOND Bond: D-9800HD


(Non-Flammable Type)

GCLOTH Glass Cloth With


AL-FOIL 0.12T Flange Insulation

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MATL. SIZE QUANTITY THICKNESS STOCKNO DESCRIPTION

CODE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MWCOVER 250A 10 30.00 FLANGE_SLIP_FF-STEEL-5K-250 Mineral


wool pipe cover
Bare 110KG/M3 *
MATL_THKT
* SIZE

GCLOTH Glass Cloth


With AL-FOIL
0.12T

GYARN Glass Yarn D8

SHOOK SS400 Steel


Hook 1.0T

345
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Bill of Materials


The bill of materials is stored in your working directory as a text file named
pline_bom_info.dat.
ASM NAME QTY LINE NAME /SEGMENT LINE STOCK LENGTH PART NAME

---------- --- ------------ --------------- ---------- ----------- ---------

ASSY_PLANT 1 STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A001 MS_150A_40 3524.746 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A002 MS_150A_40 6823.458 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A003 MS_150A_40 4516.233 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A004 MS_150A_40 3304.746 ---

STEAM-1-150A/STEAM-1-150A005 MS_150A_40 2600.000 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A001 MS_100A_40 7765.344 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A002 MS_65A_40 3128.313 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A003 MS_65A_40 2356.491 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A004 MS_50A_40 3437.021 ---

STEAM-2-100A/STEAM-2-100A005 MS_50A_40 7454.663 ---

STEAM-3 1 STEAM-3-100A/STEAM-3-100A001 MS_100A_40 6563.020 ---

STEAM-3-100A/STEAM-3-100A002 MS_100A_40 44722.919 ---

STEAM-4 1 STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A001 MS_100A_40 8577.138 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A002 MS_100A_40 22154.132 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A003 MS_100A_40 1985.125 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A004 MS_80A_40 1139.600 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A005 MS_100A_40 18643.767 ---

STEAM-4-100A/STEAM-4-100A006 MS_100A_40 1868.614 ---

STEAM-5 1 STEAM-5-100A/STEAM-5-100A001 MS_100A_40 9580.089 100A-MS-


STEAM-5001

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assembly ASSY_PLANT contains:

1 Part CARGO_TABLE

1 Part PURGE_TABLE

1 Part EVAPORATOR_TABLE

1 Part CARGO_CONDENSER

1 Part PURGE_CONDENSER

346
Spec-Driven Piping

1 Sub-Assembly ASSY_EVAPORATOR

1 Sub-Assembly STEAM-3

1 Sub-Assembly STEAM-4

1 Sub-Assembly STEAM-5

3 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-150X100

1 Part NIPPLE_BW-100A

1 Part RED_CON_BW-STEEL-100X65

1 Part VL_GATE_FLRF-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-65

1 Part RED_ECC_BW-STEEL-65X50

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-50

4 Bulk item 33AA30065

0 Bulk item 357AA40065

24 Bulk item 33AA20050

0 Bulk item 357AA40050

Sub-Assembly ASSY_EVAPORATOR contains:

1 Part EVAPORATOR

2 Part NOZZLE

Sub-Assembly STEAM-3 contains:

1 Part TEE_STR_BW-STEEL-100X100

Sub-Assembly STEAM-4 contains:

1 Part TEE_STR_BW-STEEL-100X100

1 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-100X80

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-100

4 Bulk item 33AA20100

0 Bulk item 357AA40100

347
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Sub-Assembly STEAM-5 contains:

1 Part 100A-MS-STEAM-5001

Summary of parts for assembly ASSY_PLANT:

1 Part CARGO_TABLE

1 Part PURGE_TABLE

1 Part EVAPORATOR_TABLE

1 Part CARGO_CONDENSER

1 Part PURGE_CONDENSER

1 Part EVAPORATOR

2 Part NOZZLE

2 Part TEE_STR_BW-STEEL-100X100

1 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-100X80

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-100

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-100

4 Bulk item 33AA20100

0 Bulk item 357AA40100

1 Part 100A-MS-STEAM-5001

3 Part TEE_RED_BW-STEEL-150X100

1 Part NIPPLE_BW-100A

1 Part RED_CON_BW-STEEL-100X65

1 Part VL_GATE_FLRF-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-65

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-65

1 Part RED_ECC_BW-STEEL-65X50

1 Part VL_S_CHK_FLRF-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part GASKET_SLIP-STEEL-20K-50

2 Part FLANGE_SLIP_RF-STEEL-20K-50

4 Bulk item 33AA30065

0 Bulk item 357AA40065

24 Bulk item 33AA20050

348
Spec-Driven Piping

0 Bulk item 357AA40050

Spec-Driven Designatable Pipe Reporting

About Designating Pipeline Reports

You can designate some reports in specification-driven Piping by clicking from


the Report Pipeline dialog box. You can then generate and designate the following
reports:
• Bend Location

• Bend Machine

• Holes Report

• Clocking Angle

Note: Designatable reports are only available when the


piping_enable_designate_report configuration option is set to yes.
When you designate a pipeline report, the information for that pipeline is stored in
the assembly. When you select the Designate check box, the report is available in
the drawing associated with the selected pipe segment.
You can also use Pro/REPORT with Spec-Driven Piping to view and remove report
setups using Show Report Setup under Info Type in the Designatable Reports
dialog box.
Under Saved Analysis, you can save information for bend location, bend machine,
holes report, and clocking angle. You can also name, retrieve, or delete the saved
information or analysis and designate this information for report setup. To retrieve a
saved analysis click Retrieve under Saved Analysis. The analysis is displayed
under Results in the Designatable Reports dialog box. You can delete a saved
analysis by clicking Delete under Saved Analysis.

To Generate Designatable Reports


1. Click Piping > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Designatable Reports dialog box opens.

3. Select the Info Type, the type of report to generate:

o Bend Location

o Bend Machine

o Holes Report

o Clocking Angle

o Show Report Setup

349
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

4. Click to select a pipe Segment.

Note: When you select a pipe segment, a directional arrow appears on the
selected pipe segment. Click Flip to reverse the direction of reporting on the pipe
segment. Pro/ENGINEER calculates and displays the changed values in the
report.

5. Click and select a Coordinate System. The report information is displayed in


the Results box.

6. Click to display the report in a separate Information Window.

7. Click the Designate for Report Setup box to make the information available in
Pro/REPORT. The report information is now available in Drawing Mode.

8. Type a Name for the saved report and click . The name appears in the
Saved Analyses box.

Note: You can regulate the number of decimal places displayed under Results
by specifying a value for the default_dec_places configuration option. The
default value is 2.

About Bend Location Information


The location at which the pipe is bent is the bend location of that pipe. A Bend
Location report generates a table of information about the bend number, the bend
vertex (x, y, z) in the specified coordinate system, bend angle, and bend radius. The
bends are numbered in the report starting from the specified pipe end.
For a Bend Location report:
• The pipeline must have at least one bend.

• The segments in a selected pipeline should have a minimum angle of 1.5°.

Note: Bend Location information is available for all pipelines with bends. It is also
available for pipelines with a combination of bends and miter cuts.

Example: Bend Location Report


The pipe bend location report for the selected pipeline is stored in your working
directory as a text file named bend_locs.dat in the following format:
Bend Location Information

=========================

Bend # X Y Z Bend Angle Bend


Radius

-------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------- ---------

1 0.00 0.00 0.00

350
Spec-Driven Piping

2 0.00 0.00 1495.39 90.00 560.00

3 0.00 10100.00 1495.39 90.00 560.00

4 0.00 10100.00 3989.39 90.00 560.00

5 5718.30 10136.89 3989.39

Information about designated reports is stored in the piping assembly. You can
access this information by using the Pro/REPORT repeat region functionality in the
Drawing mode. The following table maps the entities in the report with their
corresponding parameters:

Entity Parameter

Pipe Segment &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.name

Bend Location Csys &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.loc_csys.name

Bend # &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.loc_csys.bend.loc_num

X &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.loc_csys.bend.loc_x

Y &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.loc_csys.bend.loc_y

Z &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.loc_csys.bend.loc_z

Bend Angle &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.loc_csys.bend.loc_angle

Bend Radius &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.loc_csys.bend.loc_radius

About Bend Machine Information


Bend machine information is the specifications required by the bending machine to
bend a pipe. A Bend Machine report generates a table of information containing the
bend number, bend point, bend angle, bend radius, and bend twist angle. The
information is calculated based on the bends in the pipe starting from the specified
pipe end.
Bend Machine information is available for all pipelines with bends and for pipelines
with a combination of bends and miter cuts.
For a Bend Machine report:
• The pipeline must have one or more bends.

• The segments in a selected pipeline should have a minimum angle of 1.5°.

Note: For the twist angle information to appear in the Bend Machine report, the
pipeline must have two or more bends.

351
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Bend Machine Report


The pipe bend machine report for the selected pipeline is stored in your working
directory as a text file named bend_mach.dat in the following format:
Bend Machine Information

========================

Bend # Offset Twist Angle Bend Angle Bend Radius

-------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------

1 935.39 90.00 560.00

2 8980.00 180.00 90.00 560.00

3 1374.00 90.37 90.00 560.00

4 5158.41

Information about designated reports is stored in the piping assembly. You can
access this information by using the Pro/REPORT repeat region functionality in the
Drawing mode. The following table maps the entities in the report with their
corresponding parameters:

Entity Parameter

Bend # &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.mach_csys.bend.mach_num

Offset &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.mach_csys.bend.mach_offset

Twist Angle &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.mach_csys.bend.mach_twist

Bend Angle &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.mach_csys.bend.mach_bend

Bend Radius &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.mach_csys.bend.mach_radius

About Holes Information


Using the Holes Report option in the Designatable Reports dialog box, you can
generate holes report information for a selected segment. Holes report information is
generated only for the holes that are placed on a straight pipe segment and not for
holes that are place on a bend.
To generate a holes report, the following conditions must be met:
• The holes must be circular holes.

• The axis of the hole should be normal to the pipe centerline.

• To generate a holes report, a hole or an olet fitting must be present on the


pipeline.

352
Spec-Driven Piping

The holes report is generated for holes created by:


• Stub-in branch connection

• Hole and Cut features affecting pipe solid geometry

• Inserting an olet fitting on a pipeline or deleting an existing olet fitting

• Creating a hole on the pipeline using the Hole toolbar in Pro/ENGINEER

Example: Holes Report


The holes report for the selected pipeline is stored in your working directory as a text
file named hole_rprt.dat in the following format:
Holes Information
==================
Hole # Offset Angle Diameter
------ ------------ ------------ ------------
1 438.15 180.00 60.50
2 1163.11 0.00 42.70
Information about designated reports is stored in the piping assembly. You can
access this information by using the Pro/REPORT repeat region functionality in the
Drawing mode. The following table maps the entities in the report with their
corresponding parameters:

Entity Parameter

Hole # &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.holes.hole_params.hole_num

Offset &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.holes.hole_params.hole_offset

Angle &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.holes.hole_params.hole_angle

Diameter &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.holes.hole_params.hole_diam

About Clocking Angle Information


Pro/ENGINEER determines the clocking angle, also called the twist angle, between
fittings on the ends of a flattened hose. The selected segment may not have any
bends or miter cuts, but may have straight sections that control the tangency of the
shape. The clocking angle information is necessary to manufacture hoses.
Clocking angle information is available only for flexible pipes and flexible pipes with
straight sections.
You can access clocking angle information through a Pro/REPORT parameter, an
evaluate feature, or in the Report Pipeline dialog box.
Within Pro/ENGINEER, you can obtain information about the clocking angle between
fittings in a flexible hose. When two end fittings of a flexible pipe or hose are

353
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

assembled into a hose and the hose is taken from its routed state to a flattened
state, the fittings must be correctly twisted and assembled into the hose. This is
done so that the hose fits in the assembly properly without requiring the hose itself
to twist. Many fittings are not axially symmetric and require a specific orientation
when they are assembled.
Pro/ENGINEER calculates the clocking angle by sliding the initial coordinate system
from one end of the flexible pipe until its origin is coincident with the final coordinate
system at the other end of the segment. It then determines the angle between the
two x-axes of the coordinate systems.

Example: Clocking Angle Report


The clocking angle reportfor the selected pipeline is stored in your working directory
as a text file named clocking.dat in the following format:
Segment Clocking Angle Information
==================================

Start Port Segment Name Clocking Angle End Port


----------- ------------- --------------- --------
ASM_DEF_CSYS WATER-1-80A001 176.219993 ACS0
Information about designated reports is stored in the piping assembly. You can
access this information by using the Pro/REPORT repeat region functionality in the
Drawing mode. The following table maps the entities in the report with their
corresponding parameters:

Entity Parameter

Pipe Segment &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.name

Start Port &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.clk_ang.cs1

Clocking Angle &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.clk_ang.ang

End Port &asm.mbr.pipe.segment.clk_ang.cs2

Example: Clocking Angle


The following is an example of how to show the clocking angle value in a 3D note.
1. Create an evaluate feature for clock angle in Piping mode.

2. Create an assembly parameter, clockangle, that is driven by the following


relation:

clockangle = clk_ang:fid_30:57

354
Spec-Driven Piping

where

30 is the evaluate ID

57 is the session ID

3. Create a 3D note in the assembly and type “The clock angle is &clockangle” as
the text of the note.

The 3D note is displayed as “The clock angle is XXX”, where XXX is the value of
the assembly parameter, clockangle.

Accessing Clocking Angle as a System Parameter


When you designate clocking angle information for use in Pro/REPORT,
Pro/ENGINEER automatically creates an evaluate feature in the active assembly
containing the pipe segment. The clocking angle is identified as a measurement
named clk_ang.
You can access the clocking angle as a system parameter by making notes, relations,
and other parameters using one of the following formats:
clk_ang:fid_<EVALUATE_ID>:<SESSION_ID>

or
clk_ang:fid_<EVALUATE_NAME>:<SESSION_ID>

Where,
EVALUATE_ID is the ID of the evaluate feature.
SESSION_ID is the session ID of the assembly in which the evaluate feature is
created.
EVALUATE_NAME is the name of the evaluate feature.
A seg_name feature parameter is created in the evaluate feature to identify its parent
segment. On regenerating the model, Pro/ENGINEER updates the evaluate feature
for a particular segment of the pipe to a new value if the segment changes.
Using pipeline and pipe segment Pro/REPORT parameters, you can access clocking
angle information specific to particular segments.

About Using Show Report Setup


You can use Pro/REPORT with Spec-Driven Piping to view and remove designated
reports.
• Only those reports that are designated by checking the Designate for Report
Setup check box in the Designatable Reports dialog box are available in the
Names Designated for Report Setup box.

• Reports that are not designated using the Designate for Report Setup check
box are available in the Saved Analysis box, if saved.

355
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• When you select the name of a report in the Names Designated for Report
Setup box, the details of the report appears in the Results window in the

Designatable Reports dialog box. Alternatively, when you click , the


report appears in a separate Information Window.

To Use the Show Report Setup Information


1. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Click . The Designatable Reports dialog box opens.

3. Under Info Type, click Show Report Setup.

4. Click and select a pipe segment or coordinate system in the graphics window.
Saved reports for bend machine, bend location, holes, or clocking angle
information display in the Names Designated for Report Setup list.

Note: You can select a pipe segment or a coordinate system only from an active
assembly.

5. Select a report from the list. The report appears in the Results box.

6. Click to display the reports in a separate Information Window.

7. If required, click Remove to remove a selected designated report or click


Remove All to remove all designated reports.

About Output FIF


You can generate a file interchange format (FIF) file for a selected pipeline segment
that contains bend information. This FIF file is formatted with the necessary
commands to drive an Eagle Eaton Leonard bending machine.

To Generate an FIF File


1. Click Piping > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Under Info Type, click .

3. Under Select pipe segment or pipe feature, click and select a pipe
segment or pipe feature. The bending information is displayed according to the
File Interchange Format (FIF) under Preview Info.

Alternatively, click to display the report in a separate Information Window.

356
Spec-Driven Piping

Accessing the Designated Report Parameters in a Drawing


When you access the designated pipeline report parameters to use in assembly
drawing tables, remember the following points:
• Information about designated reports is stored in the piping assembly. You
access this information by using the Pro/REPORT repeat region functionality in
Drawing mode.

• To create a piping report in Drawing, make sure that you set the repeat region
attribute to Recursive.

• To create a report that contains only piping information in the top-level assembly,
set the Recursive attribute in the repeat region and add the filter
[&rpt.level==1].

• Use the report parameters or the Report Symbol dialog box to set the values in
the table cells.

• You cannot use report parameters that contain more than 32 characters in report
relations, for example, as filters to determine what is displayed in a table.

For more information, search the Detailed Drawings functional area of the
Pro/ENGINEER Help Center.

Pipeline Network Report

About the Pipeline Network Report


The Pipeline Network report provides the following information:
• The labels of the pipeline or equipment connected to the selected pipeline as
FROM and TO

• All branch pipelines routed from the main pipeline

• All pipe segments and fittings included in the entire pipeline

Additionally, the Pipeline Network report provides information about design rule
violations and missing corner fittings and flanges.
Spec-Driven Piping provides a predefined format for the Pipeline Network report. You
can change the format of a Pipeline Network report using the Report Pipeline dialog
box. You can then use these customized formats to create subsequent Pipeline
Network reports.
The report provides information in the following sequence:
• Information about the pipeline network. The information includes:

o The label of the pipeline

o The labels of the equipment between which the pipeline is connected to as


FROM and TO

o The size of the pipeline and its specification

357
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

• Information about the main pipeline and all branch extensions is provided in a
tabular format. The standard report consists of six columns for size, specification,
name, length or angle, material code, and description. The number of rows is
based on the number of elements fabricated on a pipeline.

Note: In the report, the information related to each pipeline is separated by a


continuous dotted line.

• Name of the co-ordinate system is reported under FROM and TO. If this
coordinate system is a part of an equipment, you can report the coordinate
system name in the Equipment-Csys format by assigning an appropriate name to
the component in the Feat Name column of the Model Tree or by designating the
equipment if you have created the pipeline using an XML file.

Example: Pipeline Network Report -1


===================
Network Information
===================
LABEL FROM TO SIZE
SPEC
STEAM-11-150A COOLING_TOWER-CT_ WATER-111-50A 150A ms
OUTLET HEAT_EXCHANGER-EQ
COOLING_TOWER-CT_ P_IN
INLET TANK-TANK_OUT
WATER-EO-PI-150A
SIZE SPEC NAME LENGTH MATL. STOCKNO
ANGLE CODE
MAIN 1 COOLING_TOWER-CT_ WATER-111-50A
OUTLET
========================================================================
150A ms *PIPE 8731.046 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 8731.046 : Max =
236.220.
===>> Clamp Length Check Failed.
150A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAA40BW-
150
150A ms PIPE 2542.800 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 2542.800 : Max =
236.220.

358
Spec-Driven Piping

150A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAA40BW-


150
150A ms PIPE 3572.800 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 3572.800 : Max =
236.220.
150A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAA40BW-
150
150A ms PIPE 1578.730 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 1578.730 : Max =
236.220.
MAIN 2 COOLING_TOWER-CT_ TANK-TANK_OUT
INLET
========================================================================
80A ms *PIPE 2251.171 AB PIPEAB40PE-080
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 2251.171 : Max =
236.220.
===>> Clamp Length Check Failed.
===>> Sizes mismatch. Free port 150A : pipeline 80A.
150AX80A ms CRED AA CREDAA40BW-
150X080
150A ms *PIPE 12050.181 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 12050.181 : Max =
236.220.
===>> Clamp Length Check Failed.
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
150A ms GATE AA GATEAA20FLRF-150
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
150A ms *PIPE 6628.562 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 6628.562 : Max =
236.220.
150AX150A DRAIN_A
APNT5 150AX150A ms BRAN DRAIN_A-150

359
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

150A ms NIPPLE
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms SLIPFLANGE
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms GATE
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET
APNT0 150A ms PIPE 2275.666 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 2275.666 : Max =
236.220.
===>> Missing Branch ...
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms GATE AA GATEAA20FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
150A ms PIPE 362.321 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 362.321 : Max =
236.220.
BRANCH 2.1 APNT0 HEAT_EXCHANGER-EQ
P_IN
------------------------------------------------------------------------
150A ms *PIPE 5318.214 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 5318.214 : Max =
236.220.

360
Spec-Driven Piping

150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms GATE AA GATEAA20FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
150A ms PIPE 1548.832 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 1548.832 : Max =
236.220.
150A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAA40BW-
150
150A ms PIPE 442.800 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 442.800 : Max =
236.220.
150A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAA40BW-
150
150A ms PIPE 628.520 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 628.520 : Max =
236.220.
APNT1 150AX150A ms BRAN AA BRANAA40BW-150
150A ms PIPE 1014.229 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 1014.229 : Max =
236.220.
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms GATE AA GATEAA20FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...

361
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-


150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
150A ms PIPE 1503.318 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 1503.318 : Max =
236.220.
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKFF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG20GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKFF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms SLIPFLANGE AA
SLIPFLANGEAA20FLRF-150
150A ms PIPE 1202.173 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 1202.173 : Max =
236.220.
BRANCH 2.2 APNT1 WATER-EO-PI-150A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
150A ms PIPE 865.520 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 865.520 : Max =
236.220.
150A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAA40BW-
150
150A ms PIPE 1124.990 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 1124.990 : Max =
236.220.
150A ms NECKFLANGE AA
NECKFLANGEAA30FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKRF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG30GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKRF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms NECKFLANGE AA
NECKFLANGEAA30FLRF-150

362
Spec-Driven Piping

150A ms NECKFLANGE AA
NECKFLANGEAA30FLRF-150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type FLRF Rate *** and Type GKRF Rate *** ...
150A ms GASKET AG GASKETAG30GKFF-
150
===>> Ends Incompatible : Type GKRF Rate *** and Type FLRF Rate *** ...
150A ms NECKFLANGE AA
NECKFLANGEAA30FLRF-150
150A ms PIPE 1170.530 AB PIPEAB40PE-150
===>> Pipe maximum segment length violated. Actual = 1170.530 : Max =
236.220.
====================
Material Information
====================
QTY SIZE STOCKNO MCCS DESCRIPTION
------------------------------------------------------------------------
52561.231 150A PIPEAB40PE-150 WT=7.10 mm
PIPE, PE SE
A
MLESS TO API 5L GRADE B
2251.171 80A PIPEAB40PE-080 WT=5.50 mm
PIPE, PE SE
A
MLESS TO API 5L GRADE B
------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 150A ELBOW90LRAA40BW-1 90 LR ELBOW,
BUTT-WELD S
50 CH
40 STEEL A234 GR WPB
C
S
1 150AX80A CREDAA40BW-150X08 REDUCER, BUTT-WELD
CONCE
0
NTRIC STEEL ASTM A105
10 150A SLIPFLANGEAA20FLR 33AA20150 FLANGE, SLIP-ON STEEL
AS
F-150 TM
A105

363
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

9 150A GASKETAG20GKFF-15 34AG20150 GASKET, 1.5MM FLAT


RING
0
CAF GRAPHITED BOTH SIDES
4 150A GATEAA20FLRF-150 322AA20150 GATE VALVE, FLANGED
RAIS
E
D FACE STEEL ASTM A105
1 150AX150A DRAIN_A-150
5 150A
1 150AX150A BRANAA40BW-150 TEE, BUTT-WELD
STRAIGHT

STEEL ASTM A234 GRADE WP

B MATCH PIPE
4 150A NECKFLANGEAA30FLR FLANGE, RAISED
FACE WELD
F-150
NECK STEEL ASTM A105
2 150A GASKETAG30GKFF-15 GASKET, 1.5MM
FLAT RING
0
CAF GRAPHITED BOTH SIDES
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 CFD 33AA30150 BOLT NUT
ASTM CS 111

Errors in the Pipeline Network Report


In addition to information about the pipeline connections and the existing pipe
objects, the Pipeline Network report also displays the following types of warning
messages:
• Missing gaskets and flanges for fittings in the upstream or downstream direction

• Missing corner fittings in the case of a pipe vertex modeled as a corner fitting

• Mismatch in end types for a fitting in the upstream or downstream direction

• Violations in the design rule about the minimum clamp length at the start or end
of a pipe piece

• Violations in the design rule about the minimum or maximum pipe segment
length

364
Spec-Driven Piping

• Mismatch in any of the pipeline label formats

• Extensions that are nor connected with the pipeline network

• Mismatch in sizes between free port and its connected pipeline

A piping model with two pipelines is shown in the next figure:

• The 50A-MS-STEAM-1111-ES (magenta) pipeline is modeled under assembly


ASM0001.ASM.

• The 40A-RW-WATER-2222-EN (green) pipeline is modeled under the WATER-


2222.ASM assembly, that is, a sub-assembly of ASM0001.ASM.

The corner fitting for the 40A-RW-WATER-2222-EN (green) pipeline is missing at


the first branch. The valve does not have gaskets and flanges for fittings in the
upstream and downstream direction.

These errors are reported as shown:


===================

Network Information

===================

LABEL FROM TO SIZE SPEC

50A-RW-WATER-2222-EN 50A-MS-STEAM-11111-ES UNDEFINED 50A ms

365
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

SIZE SPEC NAME LENGTH MATL. STOCKNO

ANGLE CODE

MAIN 1 50A-MS-STEAM-11111-ES UNDEFINED

===================================================================================

50A ms PIPE 1000.000 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

===>> Missing ELBOW

50A ms PIPE 565.559 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

50A ms GATE AA GATEAA20FLRF-100

===>> Missing upstream Flange/Gasket...

===>> Missing downstream Flange/Gasket...

50A ms PIPE 492.650 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

50A ms ELBOW90LR 90.000 AA ELBOW90LRAABW-50

50A ms PIPE 823.800 AB PIPEAB40PE-50

====================

Material Information

====================

QTY SIZE STOCKNO MCCS DESCRIPTION

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2882.010 50A PIPEAB40PE-50 WT=3.9mm PIPE, PE SEAMLESS

TO API 5L GRADE B

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 50A ELBOW90LRAABW-50 90 LR ELBOW, BUTT-WELD SCH

40 STEEL A23

1 50A GATEAA20FLRF-50 GATE VALVE, FLANGED RAISED

FACE STEEL ASTM A105

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 CFD 33AA30100 BOLT NUT ASTM CS 111

To Change the Pipeline Network Report Format


1. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

366
Spec-Driven Piping

2. Click , or under Type select Pipeline to create a pipeline network report.

3. Under Select Report Format, click to change the default format of the
report. The Report Format dialog box opens.

a. Under Name, type a name for the new report format or select an
existing format name from the list.
b. Under Parameters, select the parameters that you want to display in
the new report. All the available parameters are displayed in the
Parameters box. You can also specify the order of the columns to be
displayed in the report from the left to the right and the width of each
column.
Under Columns, all parameters selected from the Parameters list are
displayed under the Name, Width, and Parameter columns.

Note:

Use to move a selected field from the Parameters box into the
Columns box. Use to move a selected field from the Columns box
back to the Parameters box.

Use to shift the selected field in the Columns box in the upward
direction. Similarly, use to shift the selected field in the downward
direction. The fields are displayed from the left to the right in the report
based on the specified order.

c. To include a tally for a pipe, fitting, and bolt and nut at the end of the
pipeline network report, under Tally, select:
Pipe to add a pipe tally.

Fitting to add a fitting tally.

Bolt & Nut to add a bolt and nut tally.

d. Click to save the format.


By default, the format is saved in the pipe_info_fmt.ptd file in your working
directory. You can use this format to create the subsequent pipeline network
reports.

4. Click to close the dialog box.

Example: Pipeline Network Report with Changed Format


===================

Network Information

===================

367
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

LABEL FROM TO SIZE SPEC

STEAM-4-100A STEAM-3-100A STEAM-5-100A 100A ms

CONDENSER-P3 CONDENSER-P2

NAME SPECIFICATION SIZE BoltNutCode BoltNutQty

MAIN 1 STEAM-3-100A CONDENSER-P2

====================================================================

PIPE ms 100A

BRAN ms 100AX100A

PIPE ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

GASKET ms 100A

CHECK ms 100A CFE 4

GASKET ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

PIPE ms 100A

BRAN ms 100AX100A

*PIPE ms 100A

BRAN ms 100AX80A

*PIPE ms 100A

BRANCH 1.1 APNT1 APNT3

--------------------------------------------------------------------

*PIPE ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

GASKET ms 100A

GATE ms 100A CFD 4

GASKET ms 100A

SLIPFLANGE ms 100A CFB 16

*PIPE ms 100A

BRAN ms 100AX100A

BRANCH 1.2 APNT2 APNT3

----------------------------------------------------------------------

368
Spec-Driven Piping

PIPE ms 100A

BRANCH 1.3 CONDENSER-P3 APNT0

----------------------------------------------------------------------

PIPE ms 80A

BRANCH 1.4 APNT3 STEAM-5-100A

----------------------------------------------------------------------

====================

Material Information

====================

QTY SIZE STOCKNO MCCS DESCRIPTION

----------------------------------------------------------------------

51772.004 100A PIPEAB40PE-100 WT=6.00 mm


PIPE,PE SEAMLESS TO
API 5L GRADE B

1139.600 80A PIPEAB40PE-080 WT=5.5mm PIPE, PE


SEAMLESS TO API 5L
GRADE B

------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 100AX100A BRANAA40BW-100 TEE, BUTT-WELD


STRAIGHT STEEL ASTM
A234 GRADE WP B MATCH
PIPE

4 100A SLIPFLANGEAA20FLR FLANGE, SLIP-ON


STEEL
AS

F-100 TM A105

4 100A GASKETAG20GKFF-10 GASKET, 1.5MM FLAT


RING

0 CAF GRAPHITED BOTH


SIDES

1 100A CHECKAA20FLRF-100 CHECK VALVE, FLANGED


RAISED FACE SWING
STEEL AST M A105

1 100AX80A BRANAA40BW-100X08 TEE, BUTT-WELD


REDUCING

369
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

0 STEEL ASTM A234


GRADE
WP B MATCH PIPE

1 100A GATEAA20FLRF-100 GATE VALVE, FLANGED


RAISED FACE STEEL
ASTM A105

1 100AX100A

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

4 CFE 33AA20100 BOLT NUT ASTM CS 114

4 CFD 33AA30100 BOLT NUT ASTM CS 111

Reporting the Bolt and Nut Quantity for Fittings


The Bolt Nut Selection file, piping_bolt_nut_select.ptd, specifies the total
number of bolts and nuts required for the main fitting and for the flanges mated to
the main fitting. A summary of all bolts and nuts required for the pipeline appears at
the end of the Pipeline Network report.
• In a fitting with two mated flanges, the quantity of bolts and nuts that appears in
the report depends on only the bolt nut code assigned to the main fitting. A
typical valve fitting with mated flanges is shown in the next figure.

1. Flange fitting

2. Main fitting

3. Flange fitting

• For 2 mated flanges, the total quantity of bolts and nuts in the report is the sum
of half the quantity from both the flanges. For example, in a mated flange, 1
flange requires 6 bolts and the other flange requires 8 bolts. The total quantity

370
Spec-Driven Piping

reported in this case is 7. A typical pair of mated flanges is shown in the next
figure.

1. Flange fitting

2. Flange fitting

• In a group fitting, the quantity of bolts and nuts in the report is based on the
following rules:

o For the two main fittings, which are located at each end of the group, the
quantity in the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file (bolt_nut_mcat.ptd) is
multiplied by a factor of 0.75.

o For the main fittings, which are not located at the ends of the group, the
quantity in the Bolt Nut Master Catalog file (bolt_nut_mcat.ptd) is
multiplied by a factor of 0.50.

o The end flanges of the group fitting are not considered to be main fittings.
They have lower priority, and the quantity of bolts and nuts is not included
in the report.

371
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

A group fitting with three main fittings (globe valves) and two flanges at the ends
of the group is shown in the next figure.

1. Flange fitting

2. Main fitting

3. Main fitting

4. Main fitting

5. Flange fitting

Bolt nut codes for the group fitting in the figure above are assigned as shown in
the following table:

Fitting Bolt_Nut_Code Actual Reported Quantity


Quantity

Main Fitting (2) CFA 16 0.75 X 16 = 12


(End1 of group)

Main Fitting (3) CFA 16 0.50 X 16 = 8


(Middle of
group)

Main Fitting (4) CFB 12 0.75 x 12 = 8


(End2 of group)

Flange Fitting CFF 8 0


(1) (End1)

Flange Fitting CFF 6 0


(5) (End2)

372
Spec-Driven Piping

In the Bolt Nut Summary report, the quantities reported in the Material
Information area follow.

QTY SIZE STOCKNO MCCS DESCRIPTION

20 CFA

8 CFB

Schematic Consistency Check Report

About the Schematic Consistency Check Report


The Schematic Consistency Check report provides information about the correctness
of a 3D piping model against its 2D schematic information stored within the 3D
model or in an XML file. Reports can be generated for all typical pipeline
configurations in a complex piping design.
The report is generated by comparing the schematic information and the information
of the 3D model.
Note: You can use this functionality only if:
• The piping_schematic_driven configuration option is set to yes.

• The piping design mode is spec-driven.

To specify an absolute path to be used as the start location for the XML file selection
and look-up, set the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option to the
required path. The default path for the XML file is the Pro/ENGINEER working
directory.
To generate an accurate report, you should designate as many 3D fittings,
equipment, and branch points as possible.

To Create a Schematic Consistency Check Report


1. Click PIPING > Info. The Report Pipeline dialog box opens.

2. Click , or select Schematic Check as the Type to check pipelines for


schematic consistency. The Schematic Consistency Check dialog box opens.

3. Under Pipeline Selection Option, do one of the following:

o Select a pipeline or pipelines directly from the graphics area, model tree, or
from the piping system tree. The 3D model will be checked against the
schematic information stored within the 3D model.

All the selected pipelines appear in the box under Select pipeline(s).

Note: If you select a pipeline that is not designated, a warning appears and
the selection is not made.

373
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

or

o Select From XML File and click to browse to the required XML file.
The 3D model will be checked against the schematic information stored in
the XML file.

Click to select an XML file.

Note: Use the piping_schematic_xml_dir configuration option to change


the default directory path for selecting the XML file.

All pipelines present in both the XML file and the model appear in the
Schematic Pipelines box.

o Click to select all pipelines or manually select required pipelines.

o Click to clear the box.

4. After selecting the pipelines, do one of the following:

Click to generate the Consistency Check Report for the selected pipelines in a
separate window, and close the Schematic Consistency Check dialog box.

or

Click to generate the Consistency Check Report in a separate window, then


continue checking the schematic consistency of other pipelines.

5. Click to cancel the operation and close the dialog box.

Schematic Consistency Check Report


The Schematic Consistency Check report is generated by comparing the schematic
information from the 2D design and the 3D pipeline model information.
The following events occur during schematic consistency checking:
• The schematic pipeline is divided into multiple extensions.

• The 3D pipeline is divided into multiple extensions.

• Each 3D extension is identified and matched to the appropriate schematic


extension.

• The FROM, TO, PIPE, FITTING, SEGMENT, and segment parameters SIZE and SPEC
on each schematic extension are compared to and matched against the 3D
extension.

• The comparison results are presented, extension by extension, in a Schematic


Consistency Check report.

374
Spec-Driven Piping

The report has four columns:


• Key—The items or names to compare.

• Schematic Info—The names of the schematic items or values to compare.

• Status—The result of the comparison.

Status Description Note


Value

() The schematic item or


Blank parameter matches the
space corresponding 3D item or
parameter.

(+) Plus The item is absent from the The corresponding


sign schematic diagram, but Schematic Info cell is
present in the 3D model. blank.

(-) The item is present in the The corresponding Model


Minus schematic diagram, but Info cell is blank.
sign absent from the 3D model.

(X) The value of the schematic


charact parameter does not match
er its corresponding 3D
parameter.

• Model Info—The names of the 3D items or values to compare.

If schematic information does not match a corresponding 3D model series, it is listed


separately (under Series in Schematic Pipeline not matched in Model).
A Schematic Consistency Check Report contains information in the following
sequence:
• General pipeline information (Mnemonic, Number, Size, and Spec). Each pipeline
in the report is delineated by a continuous dotted line. Extensions are separated
by a blank line.

• Information related to the main extension, followed by data for each branch
extension. Branch extensions are identified by the BRxx DETAILS string, where xx
is the extension number.

• The connected series and the constituent components within each extension are
reported in the flow direction and the sequence in which they appear on the
pipeline.

• Each Key is reported in its own row.

375
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Example: Schematic Consistency Check


This example shows a comparison between a 2D schematic diagram and the 3D
model. After creating the schematic diagram using Routed Systems Designer, the
schematic information was exported to an XML file. Spec-Driven Piping was used to
create an equivalent 3D piping model.
The schematic diagram from Routed Systems Designer is shown here:

1. C-301 6. Nozzle 1 11. Check Valve 2

2. E-101 7. Nozzle 2 12. Reducer

3. P-101 8. Check Valve 1 13. Gate Valve 2

4. Branch 9. Tee 15. Nozzle 3

5. Globe Valve 1 10. Gate Valve 1

376
Spec-Driven Piping

The 3D piping model is shown next. Note the extra fitting (14), the placement of
Gate Valve 1 (10) and Check Valve 2 (11), and Nozzle 3 (15) in the schematic
diagram and in the 3D model. These discrepancies appear in the report.

1. C-301 6. Nozzle 1 11. Check Valve 2

2. E-101 7. Nozzle 2 12. Reducer

3. P-101 8. Check Valve 1 14. Extra Fitting

4. Branch 9. Tee

5. Globe Valve 1 10. Gate Valve 2

377
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Click Piping > Info to compare the 3D model with the schematic information in the
XML file. The resulting Schematic Consistency Check Report is shown below:

=======================================================================

KEY SCHEMATIC INFO STATUS MODEL INFO

=======================================================================

PIPELINE steam-1001-100A STEAM-1001-100A

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 100A 100A

FROM C 301-P2 C 301-P2

SEGMENT <187941084-351> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 100A 100A

FITTING REDUCER_1 REDUCER_1

SEGMENT <1879410184-156> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 100A X 80A

TO P_101-P1 P_101-P1

BR1 DETAILS

FROM P_101-P2 P_101-P2

SEGMENT <186230070-95> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 100A 100A

FITTING GATE_2 -

SEGMENT <186472913-83> -

BRANCH TEE_1 TEE_1 (BRAN)

SEGMENT <186230070-82> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

378
Spec-Driven Piping

SIZE 100A 100A

FITTING CHECKV_1 CHECKV_1

SEGMENT <187941084-474> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 100A 100A

TO NOZZLE_2-P1 NOZZLE_2-P1

BR2 DETAILS

FROM TEE_1 TEE_1 (BRAN)

SEGMENT <187941084-134> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 80A 80A

FITTNG + GATEV_1

SEGMENT + PIPE

FITTING CHECKV_2 CHECKV_2

SEGMENT <187941084-453> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 80_A 80_A

FITTING GATEV_1 -

SEGMENT <187941084-425> -

TO BRANCH_1 BRANCH_1 (STUB-IN)

BR3 DETAILS

FROM NOZZLE_1-P1 NOZZLE_1-P1

SEGMENT <187941084-77> PIPE

SPEC rw X ms

SIZE 100A 100A

379
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

FITTING GLOBEV_1 GLOBEV_1

SEGMENT <187941084-337> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 100A 100A

BRANCH BRANCH_1 BRANCH_1 (STUB-IN)

SEGMENT <187941084-412> PIPE

SPEC ms ms

SIZE 100A 100A

FITTING + CHECK

SEGMENT + PIPE

TO C 301-P1 C 301-P1

Series in Schematic Pipeline not matched in Model

FROM NOZZLE_3-P1

SEGMENT <188999489-64>

SPEC ms

SIZE 100A

TO UNDEFINED

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Note:

Status Item Details

X SIZE The value SCHEMATIC INFO = 100 does


not match the value MODEL INFO = 80A.

- GATEV_2 (13) Starting from TEE_1 (BRAN), there is no


match in the comparison between each
item in MODEL INFO and SCHEMATIC INFO
until the end of the extension. The same
applies for pipe segment <186472913-
83> and a - status is assigned.

380
Spec-Driven Piping

Status Item Details

+ GATEV_1 and SCHEMATIC INFO item CHECKV_2 can


PIPE match the corresponding item in the
MODEL INFO only after GATEV_1 and PIPE
are skipped.

- GATEV_1 (10) Starting from BRANCH_1 (STUB-IN),


there is no match in the comparison
between each item in MODEL INFO and
SCHEMATIC INFO until the end of the
extension. The same applies for pipe
segment <187941084-425> and a -
status is assigned.

X SPEC The value for SPEC in SCHEMATIC INFO =


rw does not match the value in MODEL
INFO = ms.

+ CHECK and PIPE There are no comparable SCHEMATIC


3D items INFO items in the list.

Series Starting from Nozzle_3 (15) the pipe


in segment from E-101 (2) is present in the
Schemati schematic but absent in the 3D model.
c
Pipeline
not
matched
in Model

381
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

Glossary

Glossary for Specification-Driven Piping


Term Definition

bend table Used to calculate the length of straight pipe


(developed length) required to make a bend of a
specific radius and angle.

corner type Specifies the type of corner (fitting, bend, or miter)


in the pipeline.

dynamic design rule Checks for design rule errors such as bend
checking violations, missing fittings, and end type
compatibility.

entry port The point at which a pipeline starts or terminates


on a fitting or equipment. The z-axis points out of
the fitting, and the pipeline enters parallel to the z-
axis.

equipment Assembly components with predefined entry ports,


for example, tanks or pumps. Pipelines are routed
to and from equipment ports.

fitting Parts or assemblies that perform specific functions


when added to piping systems. Three types of
fittings include corner, end, and internal.

Fitting Library Pro/ENGINEER part files with their associated


Family Tables. These files display a physical
representation of fittings in the piping model.

flow direction The direction fluid flows in a pipeline, indicated by a


temporary arrow in the graphics window.

line shape Specifies the pipe shape as straight, flexible, or


both.

Line Stock A set of parameters that describe material, grade,


outside diameter, shape, corner type, and other
pipeline properties. These must be configured
before a pipeline can be created.

Master Catalog Design information required for pipe modeling


contained in Pro/Table (ASCII) files. These files
consist of manufacturers' catalogs and industry
standards and practices.

382
Spec-Driven Piping

Term Definition

pipeline routing The act of configuring line stock and pipeline start
points and of creating pipeline segments.

pipelines One or more consecutive sections of pipe segments


with fittings.

Process and Schematic 2D designs created in Routed Systems


Instrumentation Designer to map fluid systems. XML files exported
Diagrams (P&ID) to the 3D piping designs contain equipment, major
functional components, and pipeline details such as
flow direction and bore size.

Project Specification A database of project-specific data from the Master


Database Catalog. When routing pipelines and assigning
fittings, only project-specific files are available.

Schematic Checks the 3D pipe model against the 2D schematic


Consistency Check information in an XML file.
Report

Specification-Driven Specification-Driven Piping is an application used to


Piping design 3D piping designs. These designs are driven
by a set of design rules and piping specifications.
XML files from 2D schematic designs created in RSD
can be used to automate the design process.

start point An entry port, pipe end, or existing or new datum


point that is the beginning of the pipeline route. A
start point displays as a highlighted circle.

383
Index
B cut pipe

bend data block ...................................... 249

bending angle ......................... 333 pipe reference cutting ............... 237

bending point .......................... 327 plane reference cutting ............. 236

bending radius ........................ 333 single location cutting using fitting


port reference ....................... 238
flange angle ............................ 336
single location cutting using
flange twist angle .................... 334
placement ............................ 235
node number........................... 326
cut pipe ..................................... 235
overview................................. 326 D
pipe cutting length ................... 332
design rules
bend data .................................. 326
checking ................................. 134
bend table
parameters.............................. 131
assigning ................................ 149
violations .........................136, 137
data ....................................... 146
design rules................................ 134
defining .................................. 144
drawing ..................................... 279
deleting .................................. 145 E
modifying ............................... 145
equipment Nozzles
reading to a model................... 146
routing from ............................ 183
showing.................................. 146
routing from port...................... 183
writing to a file ........................ 146
routing to port ......................... 183
bend table ................................. 143
equipment Nozzles ...................... 182
C
F
configuration options
fabrication
setting ..................................... 12
cutting pipes..... 235, 237, 238, 242,
configuration options..................... 11 243, 249

convert .............................. 151, 155 deleting pipe piece cuts ............. 254

corner type fabrication.................................. 234

changing and updating ............. 124 fitting

modifying ........................ 229, 230 branch .................................... 211

corner type ................................ 228 checking end type compatibility.. 222

385
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

deleting .................................. 223 installation drawing

elbow ..................................... 215 annotating............................... 313

inserting .....203, 204, 210, 211, 217 installation drawing ..................... 307

key ........................................ 221 insulation quilt ..............................10

modifying ............................... 222 ISOGEN

overlap checking...................... 227 data control files ...................... 323

redefining ............................... 225 generating............................... 280

replacing ................................ 226 ISOGEN ..................................... 280

schematic ............................... 278 L

fitting............................................ 2 layer

fitting geometry ........................... 90 overview ................................. 166

fitting library file viewing ................................... 167

overview................................... 87 layer ......................................... 166

fitting library file........................... 87 P

fitting parameter ........................ 103 parallel pipe piece cutting......243, 244

fitting port pipe insulation

creating.................................... 92 assigning..........................258, 261

requirements............................. 96 deleting .................................. 260

fitting port ................................... 91 modifying ................................ 259

flexible routing .................... 175, 176 redefining................................ 263

flow direction reporting ................................. 261

displaying and hiding................ 198 pipe insulation ............................ 258

flow units................................ 198 pipe segment

reversing ................................ 232 modifying ................................ 229

rules ...................................... 196 reporting weight and COG


information ........................... 342
violations ......................... 199, 232
suppressing and resuming ......... 200
flow direction ............................. 195
pipe segment.............................. 156
I
pipe solid
inlet port
creating ............................ 10, 266
specifying ............................... 101
erasing ................................... 266
inlet port ................................... 101

386
Index

pipe solid................................... 265 displaying from active assembly .... 8

pipe spool.................................. 255 piping system tree ......................... 5

pipe spool drawing...................... 321 R

pipeline report

creating.................................. 157 creating .................................. 340

deleting .................................. 159 designatable reports ... 19, 340, 349,


351, 352, 356
highlighting using piping system tree
.............................................. 8 pipeline network................357, 366

merging.................................. 159 schematic consistency check ..... 373,


374
renaming ................................ 159
report ........................................ 339
reorganizing using piping system
tree......................................... 8 report ........................................ 349

resuming ................................ 166 routing

routing using schematic information branch .................................... 185


.......................................... 277
extend ....... 176, 177, 178, 179, 181
suppressing ............................ 166
follow ..................................... 184
pipeline ..................................... 156
inserting a datum point ......188, 189
piping assembly
referencing a pipe edge............. 170
activating ............................... 151
route pipe menu....................... 168
converting ................ 151, 153, 154
setting a start point ... 167, 169, 185
inserting and modifying in another
assembly ............................. 190 routing ...................................... 167

S
piping assembly ......................... 151

piping specification database schematic-driven pipelines

auto-selection files ..................... 61 designating.............................. 275

master catalog files .................... 26 routing.................................... 277

project data files........................ 57 schematic-driven pipelines ........... 273

specification directory files .......... 58 spec-driven piping

piping specification database.......... 25 accessing ................................... 3

piping system tree configuring .......................... 11, 12

accessing.................................... 6 overview .................................... 4

customizing .............................. 11 spec-driven piping.......................... 2

specification break

387
Spec-Driven Piping – Help Topic Collection

inserting ................................. 164 simplified representation ........... 257

specification break ...................... 164 spool ......................................... 255

specification override spool label

fitting insertion ........................ 208 creating .................................. 255

fitting replacement................... 226 deleting .................................. 257

specification override .................. 208 modifying ................................ 256

spool spool label.................................. 255

displaying ............................... 258 standards................................... 110

388

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy